|
Lawrence Dennis

The Coming Of
American Fascism
Lawrence Dennis
CHAPTER I
THE CRISIS OF A SYSTEM : IT
WON'T WORK
Every social
situation has an unlimited number of aspects. Unworkability of the existing
system is the particular aspect of the present social situation in the United
States which, to the fascist way of thinking, seems most challenging to
thoughtful analysis and immediate action. It is the unworkability of a given
social system in a changed set of conditions which is most responsible for
revolutionary social change. Feudalism, for instance, gave way to modern
capitalism, not because any number of the people at any given moment decided
that they would prefer a new social order, but because a series of discoveries
of new lands and inventions of new machines and techniques created new
conditions, among them the rise of a new business class, in which the feudal
system could not work. This is not to state a thesis of rigid economic
determinism or an exclusively materialistic interpretation of history. It is to
recognize that changes in things act on preferences as well as changes in
preferences on things.
It seems a fairly sound
generalization to say that no social group, after debating the merits of the
existing order versus those of a possible successor, proceeded to scrap the old
and adopt the new as long as the old system was maintaining a semblance of order
or working. Indeed, it is a part of the process of maintaining order and making
a given social system work to see to it that the people like what they have. In
measure as defenders of a system deem it necessary to argue with the people in
favor of the preservation of the old system, they really admit and advertise its
doom. There is no doubt but that the continuous attacks on fascism and defenses
of the present system featured by powerful publications like the Saturday
Evening Post, and in the public utterances of influential citizens like Mr.
Hoover, do more to advertise and further fascism than almost any other factor
calling fascism to the attention of the American people. A social system is
either on the offensive, or it is doomed.
There is little point to
drawing conservative inferences from the fact that the people are attached to
their Constitution and nine elderly exponents of it, to their king and his
nobles or to the Druid priests and their human sacrifices. The people are always
attached- to their leaders; institutions and folk customs, no matter how absurd
or barbarous these latter may appear from other points of view. If and when,
under changed conditions, the old system proves unworkable, or fails adequately
to meet its imperatives, the undermining and upsetting of it are always directed
by a small minority of the discontented or frustrated elite who may be divided
into several groups but who, in some one minority group, gradually roll up
enough mass following to achieve their ends. The defenders of the old system
have to learn that the only good argument for the old system is to make it work.
And this means, among other things, taking care of those elite who otherwise
become discontented and ultimately revolutionary.
The usual defense of the system
made today by its supposed friends, however, consists mainly in apologies for
the system's unworkability and in appeals for loyal support no matter how it
works. There is a typically liberal naiveté in appealing to Y's reason to be
loyal to a system which still suits X, but which is not working so well for Y.
That kind of loyalty is not born of reason but habit, early conditioning and
wholly unreasoned impulses. One of the earliest proofs of the unworkability of a
system, after its failure to care for the elite, is its failure to maintain the
suitable mass conditioning for the system's survival. But of this we shall have
more to say under another heading.
In the fascist view of the
situation, the unworkability of the present system is the starting point in
social thought and action. It is also the most vulnerable point for attack—and
the fascists are attackers. Taking this particular view of the system's crisis
or slow decline does not mean that a fascist-minded person sees nothing else in
the situation but mechanical defects or that he minimizes other aspects of the
situation. That the injustices of the present social situation, in which
millions suffer hunger and privation while productive instruments, like human
hands, land, and factories, remain in enforced idleness, are a crying shame, the
fascist fully recognizes. That Father Coughlin and his League for Social Justice
should emphasize this phase of the situation and demand its correction is both
humane and helpful. But, if an individual or a group sets about the correction
of these injustices, the first order of problems encountered will be found to
lie squarely in the fields of social mechanics or government and management in
the broadest sense of these terms.
These problems are matters of
getting things done rather than of formulating moral judgments. It is well to
say what ought and what ought not to be, but satisfying any given moral or
ethical imperative about social conditions is largely a matter of using the
coercive force of government and the resources of technical management of the
social and material factors determining social conditions. In other words, while
the impulse to get something done may spring from wishing to have it done,
getting it done is not exclusively a matter of imagining or wishing it done.
The voice of the prophet, which
is the voice of conscience denouncing sin and extolling righteousness-word these
phenomena as you will and let them take the personal and institutional forms and
expressions they will in different ages and cultures—has been a moral force in
every civilization. But, after conscience or the prophet has denounced a
condition and demanded its correction in the name of some metaphysical value or
social myth, without which no social scheme has ever operated, there always
remain the governmental, managerial and technical tasks of getting it done.
Today these tasks are more complex and inter-related than ever.
In ancient times and even down
to the opening of the industrial revolution towards the close of the 18th
century, the period when most of our American social concepts, norms and
institutions were supposed to have reached their final and definitive form for
all time, it was ordinarily enough for some measure of correction of an evil to
have the voice of conscience, through the prophet or priest, convince the
Prince, or small group of head men, that it ought to be done—provided, of
course, the prophet whipped up some enthusiasm for the correction by a little
effective indoctrination of the people. In those bygone, pre-capitalistic,
pre-industrial days, it could reasonably be expected that satisfactory
improvement of a social situation would result from an effective pointing out of
the evil and a fairly general observance of certain rather elementary rules of
personal conduct such as are to be found in all the world's great moral codes.
Before division of labor had
been carried very far, or before the industrial revolution, and as long as
people lived in simple, closed and self-sufficing economies in which the members
of one small group produced about everything they consumed, the chief moral
imperative was doing the decent thing by one's neighbor—in other words,
President Roosevelt's "good neighbor" philosophy. The "good neighbor" code was
still fairly adequate in the comparatively recent days of our frontier rural
communities, long after the drafting of the Constitution. There were no really
significant divergences between the moral imperatives for good neighbor behavior
as laid down by Hammurabi, Moses, Buddha, Socrates or Jesus. In the days of
simple social organization and simple economic arrangements, the problem of
public order was largely one of having the king or leader listen to the voice of
conscience and having the subject fear God and obey the king.
It is amazing how many
otherwise intelligent people still imagine that, in our complex modern society,
public order can be maintained by having certain elementary rules of conduct
appropriate to simple rural communities followed by millions of individuals.
These latter are in fact grossly unequal in economic power, and each individual,
or legal person, including the billion-dollar corporation, is left free to
interpret the Constitution for himself, and to hire as many lawyers as his means
will allow to champion through endless litigation his particular
interpretations. Only the lush opportunities of the opening of the earth's
largest and richest area for appropriation and settlement could furnish enough
to be grabbed off by almost every one to make it possible to maintain public
order under such a regime, which Thomas Carlyle once characterized as anarchy
plus a constable.
In taking the traditional
attitude towards social evils and social reform, 19th century reformers have
rarely made an attempt to think through the social mechanics of getting any
desirable social situation achieved. Where the reformers of the era of modern
capitalism have essayed to do a little thinking through of the problem of
correcting a social evil, they have usually confined their thinking to one
rather narrow field of social institutions or phenomena such as taxation (Henry
George), currency (William Jennings Bryan), or business regulation by law
making—and law enforcement (Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson).
Broadly generalizing, one may
say that, in modern Christendom, only reformers thinking in the framework of the
Roman Catholic faith, and the various schools of modern fascist and communist
thought, have— consistently and seriously attempted to work out social solutions
in terms of an all-embracing social synthesis. It is interesting to note in
connection with this generalization that the distinguished jurists and,
especially, the economists of modern capitalism, have all been fairly radical
and daring in their thought or really of a definitely reforming kind.
Blackstone, for instance, wanted to reform the absolutism of the Stuarts; John
Marshall wanted to go much farther than the writers of the Constitution in
strengthening the Union and centralizing social control—not in the Federal
Executive or Legislature but in the Federal Judiciary; while the much venerated
(and now considered conservative) Adam Smith, in the gloomy field of economics,
was nothing short of a radical for his time, because he assailed the eminently
respectable theses of applied 17th century mercantilism and demanded a regime of
economic laissez-faire such as the world had never known before and such as it
is not going to know again for a long time.
Now, it is a distinguishing
characteristic of practically all the builders of the liberal capitalistic
scheme of concepts, norms, and social institutions that they have tried to
restrict their social thinking to some one field, like law or economics, and
that, even within these already narrowly delimited fields, they were apt to
specialize in one particular subdivision. This, doubtless, was a part of the
separation of powers and division of labor ideals of the late 18th century. The
jurists and statesmen assumed that no economic development could ever prevent
the enforcement of the Constitution and lawful contracts, while the economists
and business men took it for granted that no political or legal development
could seriously or for long interfere with the free market, the laws of economic
supply and demand, or the fixation of wages and prices in free competition by
freely contracting legal parties.
They did not foresee
billion-dollar corporations as parties contracting with fourteen-year-old
children. The rise of the modern trust has upset their premise of a market free
from monopoly, restraint of trade, and innumerable sorts of present day economic
coercion. Specifically, they assumed that a mortgage could always be foreclosed,
and that hunger could always be relied on to make a man work for the highest
bidder however low the bid, but that no one would be coerced by combinations and
conspiracies in restraint of free trade.
The political and economic
systems thus fully, ably and separately expounded by a long line of legal and
economic rationalizations, were assumed to be permanently workable and both fool
and disaster proof, each functioning in its own watertight compartment. These
compartments, of course, were kept water-tight from time to time by the
definitions of legal decisions and the pedantic treatises of writers on the
various social sciences. There was supposed to exist a series of perfect
institutional harmonies, and it was a pious dogma that democracy was fool and
disaster proof. The 19th century cultural leaders of liberal capitalism, though
innovators, reformers, and improvers, as well as rationalizers, rarely thought
in terms of a universal or even a national synthesis. Indeed, most of the 19th
century socialists were incapable of such thinking.
The reason why Karl Marx towers
among all the prophets and reformers since Luther and Calvin is that his was the
first influential mind after the industrial revolution to try to think things
through in connection with the denunciation of what he considered evil and the
advocacy of what he considered righteousness. Marx, in his prophecy, did not
proceed on the assumptions that the social evils he deplored were in the nature
of defects rather than properties of the prevailing system, and that social
justice, as he idealized it, was something obviously attainable within the
framework of prevailing institutions, provided the people so willed it. He
worked out a theory of the existing system to explain the evils he deplored the
exploitation and misery of the workers; a theory of a new system to realize the
ideal he cherished—a classless, stateless, governmentless society of workers
enjoying the highest standard of living which available resources could afford;
and a program of action to effect the transition to this ideal order—the
transitional program being the dictatorship of the proletariat.
I am inclined to find in his
explanation of the existing system and its inevitable course to collapse many
flaws in logic and science. I find the ideal of a classless, stateless,
governmentless society of workers enjoying social order and material abundance
fantastic and unattainable. It appears unattainable for the reason that social
order requires government and administration by a ruling class or
power—exercising class which must always be an aristocracy of management,
however selected, operating through some set of mechanisms of social. control,
economic as well as political. Incidentally, it is to be remarked and even
stressed that communist Russia, no less than the fascist countries, the
billion-dollar capitalist corporation, or the efficient army in the field, meets
with extreme thoroughness and rigor these universal imperatives of social order
and administrative efficiency. The communists will, of course, admit this fact
but try to convince the non-communist as well as themselves that these features
of contemporary Russian communism are peculiar only to the present revolutionary
phase, and that when revolution is finished, i.e. when the communist millennium
comes, the state, government and the dictatorship of the proletariat will be
sloughed off. The noncommunist with a realistic turn of mind will find this
prediction of a coming millennium lacking in plausibility.
Incidentally, one of the
important points of difference between fascism and communism is that fascism is
singularly free of millenarianism. Fascism is without the naivet6 peculiar to
the belief that we today can have in the mind's conception an ideal social
pattern for all time or for the people living a hundred or a thousand years
hence. The only social patterns a hard, realistic mind can find useful in the
enterprises of life are those of immediate organization and action, either to
conserve what we now have and like, or to change from what we now have and do
not like to something different which we can never accurately foresee but which
we hope will be more to our liking. The social end must always be composed
largely of the means of its achievement, which is to say that social ends and
means are much the same things. Social ends and means are not only parts of a
whole but, if they are to have any meaning, they must be parts of a whole which
is realizable in a lifetime.
There is something vicious in
the wish to impose on future generations our scheme of values. The fascist
proposes only to give posterity a heritage of achievements and instruments of
achievement, not a heritage of eternal truths and values to which it must
slavishly be bound. The egotistical wish to define the values of future
generations is common both to the liberal constitutionalists and the communist
believers in the classless society of the future. What right or logical reason
can we possibly have to take it for granted that our values or ideals will be
acceptable to future generations or appropriate to their material situation?
Only the belief that we have received a revelation of eternal truth can
rationalize such a pretentious assumption. Interestingly enough, Russian
communism, as an operating fact, is essentially a phenomenon of one five-year
plan after another, just as capitalism, as an operating fact, is a phenomenon of
one boom-crash-depression-recovery cycle after another.
The chief end of communism,
regardless of its rationalizations, has to be considered the successful
execution of one fiveyear plan after another. Of course, it is not material
whether the duration of the plan be five years or ten years, but it is fairly
certain that it cannot be for more than a comparatively short period like five
years. Certainly, a fifty- or hundred-year plan would neither make sense nor
serve any useful purpose. The chief end of communism is the success of the
present five-year plan, which is to say, the success both of the ends and the
means of that plan. The millennium of a classless society cannot be an end, nor
a governmentless society a means, of any five-year plan-including' that of 1935.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER II
CAN WE RETURN TO THE PRE-WAR BASES
?
THE SOCIAL MECHANICS OF AN EXPANSION ERA
THE only
conclusive test of the workability of a social system must be that of survival.
But if one is to help choose the successor system and to shape transitional
developments, one must recognize the beginning of the end long before the end is
a demonstrable fact. Whatever may be said in derogation of the accuracy of
Marx's predictions of the doom of capitalism, it must now be admitted that those
predictions were a useful formula in preparing hard-minded Marxists like Lenin
and his best associates for effective action in such a social crisis as that
through which Russia went in 1917.
On the other hand, it now seems
evident that the best liberal teaching of two centuries had not so prepared
Kerensky and scores of other liberal leaders of the post-war era. Mussolini was
well prepared for social crisis by a mental formation in the thought of
philosophers like Nietszche, Sorel, Marx, and Pareto, none of whom could claim
Mussolini as a disciple and no two of whom were at all alike in their
philosophies except, possibly, as to a general rejection of the assumptions of
liberal philosophies. And so it may be said that while one can never prove in
advance of the event the final collapse of a given social order, one does get a
splendid preparation for the event, whenever it occurs, if one has previously
formulated a clear hypothesis of trends which always move in that direction long
before the event takes place.
The case for the unworkability
of the liberal capitalist system can be built squarely and securely on any
honest attempt to answer certain questions which I shall try to state and
discuss in this and the next five chapters. The first question, or group of
questions, and the subject of this chapter, is: Can we return to the pre-War
formula of settling new territory with a million European immigrants a year,
preempting vast natural resources for the sale of which there is an assured
world market, and capturing new foreign markets for a steadily expanding output
of manufactured goods?
That, in the thesis of this
book, is the only sound or workable liberal capitalism, and that, it is held,
can be workable only during the comparatively limited period of a century or so,
while the settling, grabbing and conquest of new resources and markets are
possible.
A second question is: Can we,
in lieu of being able to finance expansion of the pre-War type, resume
the--roughly--1915-1929 formula of financing consumption-consumption of
munitions to kill people, or consumption of innocent and desirable things, like
better homes and automobiles for people who have not enough money to pay for
such things under the system when soundly run? In the thesis of this book,
financing consumption of things by states, cities or individuals for which they
haven't the money to pay, although it produces a happy state of affairs while it
lasts, cannot be a workable formula for liberal capitalism.
A third question is: Can we go
on under some depression formula (Great Britain has been on one since the War)
of supporting from a fourth to a third of our working population in unproductive
and discontented idleness, and thereby preventing a financial and social crash,
by means of huge yearly governmental deficits or by means of sufficiently heavy
taxation to avoid the deficits? (Great Britain reduced her deficit by
repudiating her obligations on her sterling debt and by defaulting on her
obligations to our Government.)
A fourth question is: Can we
effect a sound world economic reorganization so as to put the old system in a
better position for a fresh start, assuming satisfactory operating conditions
are attainable? That is to say, more concretely, Can we reduce debts to
manageable proportions without causing too much of an upset through the results
for the creditors? Can we restore comparative freedom of international trade and
investment, restore confidence in future credit contracts by currency
stabilization on a permanently sound basis, and liberate such things as prices,
wages, supply and demand from disturbing political interferences, which are
destructive of sound capitalism, without being constructive of a workable
socialism?
The question whether we can go
back to the i9th century or pre-War formula, of expanding population and
exploitation of new territory and markets, is obviously answerable only in the
negative. Developing the answer must be largely a matter of explaining the laws
of population growth, for capitalism is as population grows.
With a rapidly expanding
population, serious political obstruction of capitalist ways, or attempts at
maintenance of wages above a given minimum at which production is profitable,
cannot prove effective. The rapidly expanding labor supply flouts all such
attempts. The fact that real wages rose during a period of large labor supply
and comparatively little political interference, though there was some
unimportant labor union interference with wages, is easily explainable by the
accompanying facts that, during the same period, the supply of good land and
natural resources for exploitation, as well as the efficiency of the techniques
of production, were increasing more rapidly than the supply of labor. Briefly,
then, the supplies of labor and natural and technical resources for capitalistic
exploitation were increasing at a rate to make capitalism workable, which is to
say, profitable; and the supply of natural resources and productive techniques
were becoming available fast enough to insure steady improvement in the lot of
labor. The capitalist thrived and the worker was content not to interfere
seriously or politically with the system.
What has made capitalism a
workable system has never been stability or slow growth. Capitalism has worked
only to the extent that it has been able to grow in geometrical progression or
at compound interest. The possibility of compounding the return on the total
investment is necessary in order to keep up continuous reinvestment in capital
goods. Continuous reinvestment in new capital goods is necessary, in turn, in
order to keep up employment if certain receivers of income receive more than
enough for their current consumption. Every intelligent exponent of the present
system, whether a practical business man or a professional economist, has only
to offer, as the way out of the depression, a revival of new capital investment.
There are wide differences of opinion as to what are the best policies for
inducing an increase in new capital investment but never as to the necessity for
such investment.
It is not recognized that in
the present depression we may be facing the challenge of a physical or
mathematical law which, at last, is becoming operative in respect of the growth
of capitalism. The ideas that, according to mathematical and physical laws,
every quantity which grows by geometrical progression or at compound interest
must in a comparatively short time reach the top of its growth curve, and that
the total volume of capital invested for a return is a quantity which has to
grow at compound interest if the capitalist system is to work, have simply not
been tolerated in any respectable body of theory or teaching about our present
social order. For over a century of rationalizing capitalism, these simple and
obvious ideas have been rigorously excluded from every important body of social
doctrine except, of course, that of Marxian communism. Even the harshest critics
of modern capitalism have never for a moment questioned its ability to go on
growing indefinitely in geometrical progression. During the past six years of
the depression, even, it is little less than surprising that reforming liberals
of the Nation and New Republic types, or avowed socialists of the
Norman Thomas type, have continued to assume that recovery from depression is
well nigh automatic and virtually inevitable.
Now, the laws of mathematics
and physics as to every compound interest growth curve flattening out and
turning downwards at some point, do not indicate that this particular depression
must be the last in the history of modern capitalism. But these laws do prove
that there must be a last depression, and that its coming cannot be a matter
either of millenniums or centuries. With this fundamental proposition
established as a basis for discussion, instead of the classical assumption that,
as human wants are insatiable and as physical resources for their satisfaction
are far from being fully used, capitalistic investment the world over can
continue indefinitely to compound as it has done for a century or so, it becomes
a relatively easy matter to deduce from many of the signs of the times that the
culminating point in the growth curve of capitalistic investment has been, or is
now being, passed. The simplest and most obvious fact indicating this deduction
is that of the failure of vast accumulations of current savings, or of immense
credit potentialities of our banking systems, to make new investments.
The point of this chapter is
that liberal capitalism, involving among other things, as it does, a quantity of
profit yielding investments, furnishes no exception to the mathematical laws of
growth. Liberal capitalism has not the quality of being able to go on growing as
nothing else on this planet can go on growing. If any one is inclined to
question that liberal capitalism was ever supposed to be an exception to this
rule, let him but read either the dry-as-dust economic texts or the bigger and
better business propaganda of any period during the past hundred years. This
contrary-to-fact assumption of the possibility of indefinite growth for
capitalism was never expounded with more confidence, absurdity, or scholarship
than during the five years just preceding 1929, all of which merely proves that
the social sciences are merely the sciences of propaganda, and operation of the
existing system, and never sciences of detached observation and description of
the existing system.
Mathematicians and natural
scientists have understood the laws of growth for generations. It is taking the
world crisis, and Lenin, Mussolini, and Hitler to teach the social scientists of
liberalism that this old law of growth applies to accumulations of income
producing investment as well as to everything else that grows in quantity. It is
the same law that explains why the descendants of two flies, two guinea pigs,
two fish, or bacteria spores, do not and cannot cover the face of the earth in
six months or some brief period of time, according to the initial rate of
reproduction. If one cent had been put on compound interest, annually at one per
cent by a Garden of Eden Investment Trust 6000 years ago, the present fund would
be large enough to make every one of the two billion inhabitants of the globe
worth about a half a quadrillion dollars. The total wealth of the globe probably
does not exceed two trillion dollars, as values are now computed.
Two rather simple series of
events prevent the multiplication of any biological species in geometrical
progression or at a compound interest rate: The first of these events is the
failure to find enough food (in the case of reproductive capital the failure to
find profitable markets). The rapidly multiplying creatures soon begin to eat
each other, die of starvation, or get eaten by other creatures who find
themselves up against the same survival difficulty. The second of these events
is autointoxication. As the members of the rapidly multiplying colony attain a
certain density of population, the poisons which their life processes generate
kill off multitudes of them.
The laws of growth can be found
in any number of works on natural science, an excellent discussion of the
subject being contained in Raymond Pearl's recent Biology of Population
Growth. He points out that the laws of growth can be expressed in recondite
statements or in mathematical shorthand. They amount to saying about this,
"Growth occurs in cycles. Within one and the same cycle, and in a spatially
limited area or universe, growth in the first half of the cycle starts slowly by
the absolute increment per unit of time, and increases steadily until the mid
point of the cycle is reached. After that point, the increment per unit of time
becomes steadily smaller until the end of the cycle." It is self-evident that
this generation is living in a period which marks the turning point in the curve
of population growth of the capitalistic nations. The significance of this fact
for the capitalistic system is, of course, the central idea of the present
chapter.
It is seldom that people stop
to think, in discussing the workability of the present system, that in the
hundred and fifty odd years of the system's modern operation, or since 1780, the
population of this country has grown fiftyfold, or from 2,200,000 in 1780 to
123,000,000 in 1930. The populations of the preeminently capitalistic countries
show a similarly geometric progression in population growth, Britain and Germany
for instances. All that is needed to give a clear and quick view of the
significant population trends for the United States since 1780 is a glance at
the curves of total population and percentage of yearly increase in population,
respectively. Such a tableau may be found on Page 2 of Recent Social Trends,
in the article on the "Population of the Nation" by Warren S. Thompson and P.K.
Whelpton. The population curve, after over a century of rise, is beginning to
flatten out in the 20th century, and the percentage of increase has been
steadily going down since the 1830's. During the sixteen decades from 1710 to
1860, the average increase per decade was 34 per cent. In the period 1860-1910
it averaged 23 per cent per decade. In the two decades 1910 to 1930 it has
dropped to 15 per cent per decade. By the end of the decade 1930-1940, it will
have dropped to 8 per cent per decade.
Writing on "The Population
Question Restated," Mr. Roberts, in the New Statesman of June 16, 1934
says "At the present time every four female children born in England and Wales
leave on the average but three female descendants. In other words, if the
present birth rates continues, the number of potential mothers will diminish by
one-quarter in every generation. Assuming no further fall in the birth rate, Dr.
Charles says that, once a stable age composition has been reached, the
population of England and Wales will in Zoo years have fallen from 35,000,000 to
6,000,000 (where it was in 1830). Should the net reproduction rate fall to
two-thirds of its present figure, our total population would in 300 years drop
to 45,000." Kuczynski, an American authority on population, points out in The
Balance of Births and Deaths that "According to the fertility and mortality
in western and northern Europe in 1926, one hundred mothers gave birth to ninety
mothers only. With the fertility of 1926 the population is bound to die out
unless mortality of potential mothers decreases beyond reasonable expectation."
He predicts that population will reach its maximum in France in 1937, in Germany
in 1946, in the British Isles in-1942, in the United States, a maximum of 142
million by 1960. Russia is the one large country in Europe with a rapidly
increasing population. There, 100 mothers are giving birth to 165 potential
future mothers.
These population figures show
that even if we had not stopped three-fourths of the pre-War yearly immigration
by new restrictive legislation just after the War, the time would soon have
come-it is here now-when our annual quota of immigrants must be reduced to a
small fraction of what it was before the War. Actually, during the past three
years we have been losing more people by emigration than we have been gaining by
immigration. The chief reason, of course, for the end of our population growth
by immigration, even assuming no restrictive legislation in this country, is
that the European countries, with the exception of Russia, no longer have a rate
of population increase which affords them an export surplus.
Capitalism, as a working
system, requires opportunities for profit-making. Profit-making requires the use
of factors of labor and natural resources in a situation of rapidly expanding
demand for their products. A growing supply of workers is not the only essential
for capitalist prosperity, but it is one of the absolutely indispensable
essentials. It would be difficult, for instance, to measure how much
capitalistic prosperity in this country for a hundred and fifty years has owed
to rising land values produced by nothing so much as rapid population growth.
Many a unit of a basic industry, like farming, railroading, merchandising or
amusement, has been operated inefficiently and at a loss but shown a net profit
over a number of years, due solely to the sale of real estate that had doubled
and trebled in value while in use. To restore this element of capitalist
prosperity, rising land values, we must reverse the present trend in population
increase. And none of the would-be saviors of liberal capitalism are even
suggesting such a remedy. On the contrary, most of them support the demands of
labor for immigration restriction and the demands of many for birth control.
The pre-War pattern of
capitalism called not only for plenty of cheap labor to exploit, but also for
plenty of cheap and good land, and plenty of rich but cheap natural resources to
preempt and exploit. It was the cheap labor that made the resources valuable,
and the cheap resources that made the cheap labor valuable. And it was an
unusual combination of circumstances which made a market for the products of
these combined factors of production. It should be obvious that the happy
combination of factors making for an increasing volume of production and of
market demand for the product could not be indefinitely maintained. The iron
laws governing the phenomena of compound interest will not allow such
geometrical progression to infinity.
Indeed, a stable market, or
even a market whose demand increases by arithmetical progression or at a simple
interest rate, would not make capitalism workable, for such a market would not
provide the necessary incentives for the investment of the surplus. No; the
market demand required for the healthy working of capitalism must expand at the
same rate of compound interest as savings, which rate, even if it were only one
per cent, would turn one cent into two billion times a trillion dollars in 6ooo
years and would turn the present capital of the world into some equally
fantastic quantity in fifty years. Modern capitalism does not mean merely
ownership of the instruments of production or private management of production.
It means that ownership may take as large a cut as it can get, and that it may
or may not reinvest its surplus as the prospects of profits are thought to
indicate.
The feudal lord of the manor
was quite as much a property owner as the millionaire under modern capitalism.
He had property rights in the tools of production, and often directed some of
the processes of production. But, unlike the man of property under modern
capitalism, he could never make a decision in respect of his property rights one
of the results of which would be widespread unemployment and destitution, for,
as a practical matter, he could not expel the serf from the land or deny him the
use of the land and some elementary capital for the production of food, shelter
and clothing.
Modern capitalism is the first
important system of property rights to allow property owners to make decisions
which result in large scale unemployment. The much vaunted freedom of modern
capitalism is largely a matter of the freedom of property owners from social
responsibility for the consequences of their economic choices. It is a matter of
the freedom of property owners not to invest their savings if the profit
incentive is not considered sufficient. To say that it is also a matter of the
freedom of the worker to abstain from work is to utter a shallow mockery of
human necessity. The rich man is, in a practical sense, free to withhold his
savings from investment. The poor man is never free in any but a legal and
absurd sense to withhold his labor from the highest bidder, however low the bid,
if, as the principles of sound capitalism require, so to withhold his labor is
to starve. At the present time, one of the fundamental rules of sound capitalism
is being violated by the payment of the dole, which prevents a man from starving
and thus enables him to withhold his labor from the highest bidder if the bid is
not materially higher than the amount obtainable from the dole.
Of course, the chief
assumptions on which liberalism, in contradistinction from feudalism, has
accorded the prevailing measure of economic freedom to capital and labor are
that the profit incentive will always suffice to insure a full and voluntary use
of savings and available credit in new work-making investments or enterprises,
and that hunger will always insure the acceptance by labor of the highest bidder
for labor. Both of these assumptions are knocked into a cocked hat by present
facts. The latest figures on unemployment and the hoarding of bank credit and
private savings suffice to prove that the profit incentive is not forcing idle
funds and credit into new investment. And an almost universal dole is preventing
the hunger incentive from driving the unemployed to accept the market wage which
might be as low as, or lower than, the dole. The point of this reference to the
difference between feudalism and capitalism is not to argue any proposition as
to the relative merits of the two systems and certainly not to plead for a
return to feudalism. The point merely is that property rights are not synonymous
with modern capitalism, or that a regime respecting private property rights can
also impose social responsibilities and discipline on property owners which our
good liberal system and American Constitution expressly exempt property owners
from bearing. The point may also be put in this way: Whereas modern liberal
capitalism requires a market expanding in geometrical progression for its
successful operation, other systems maintaining property rights did not require
any such rate of market expansion.
If modern capitalism simply
meant private ownership and management of the factors of production with a view
to yielding owners and managers a return for ownership and management (such
return to be fully consumed by the recipients, put into necessary capital
replacements and even into some expansion of production as well as use property
in arithmetical progression or at simple interest, without any considerable
compounding of profits) there is no iron mathematical law which would doom it to
collapse in some comparatively brief period of feverish operation. That sort of
system of private ownership and management could be made stable and workable,
given good national planning and good government. And that sort of system
fascism envisages. But that sort of system is not capitalism, nor is it workable
within the framework of the present system. If profit-yielding investments
cannot be piled up in a compound interest or geometrical progression ratio,
capitalism does not work. It will, of course, be asked by many, Why not?
The constant cry of the liberal
reformers is for a readjustment or revamping of the present system to get rid of
some of its contradictions or mechanical defects. Why these readjustments cannot
be made within the framework of the system is really one of the larger themes of
this book, and cannot be covered fully in any one chapter. Suffice it to say at
this point that the fundamental reason why a stable system of private ownership
and management cannot be operated under the present system is that any stable
system would have to include a large measure of state planning and state
imposition of many features of the unique national economic plan, all of which
the State is now, by Constitutional inhibitions and a lack of necessary
mechanisms, prevented from realizing.
In short, no return to the 19th
century pattern of expansion is possible today. Possibly, a thousand or more
years hence, after the world's population shall have been reduced from two
billion to a few score million, and after the Americas shall have been returned
to a mere handful of nomadic aborigines, a new liberal, capitalistic culture may
arise from the ruins of decadent planned economies and flourish while the new
continents are being settled, and while population is being increased several
thousand per cent in the course of a few brief decades. The break needed for a
revival of liberal capitalism is the starting point of 1775 or even 1840. For a
cycle of expansion, or growth in geometrical progression, nothing matters so
much as the starting point, whether it is a case of multiplying flies or
productive capitalistic plants. You can start a rapid growth cycle quite easily
with two flies-but not with several quadrillion. You can start a rapid growth
cycle with several million dollars seeking profitable investment but not with
several hundred billion. Most of the pleas by liberal economists and sound
business men for a revival of capital investment, and most of the
recommendations as to the ideal conditions to provide for such a revival,
entirely ignore all this. The starting point for the expansion cycle is the
thing.
That, briefly stated, is the
dilemma of modern capitalism in 1935 as it faces a world of closing markets and
the inevitable corollaries of rising fascism and communism. Since 1914, broadly
speaking, the two prevailing formulas for the operation of the system have been
the financing on credit of consumptive expenditures and/or the financing of pure
depression relief, equally on credit. In the United States financing consumption
on credit with great accompanying prosperity, was the formula from 1914 to 1930,
except for a minor set back in 1920. And financing on credit relief for banks,
railroads, farmers and the unemployed has been the formula from 1930 to date.
The questions whether we can resume the consumption credit financing of the boom
days or go on with the relief financing of the New Deal, will be discussed in
succeeding chapters.
CHAPTER III
CAN WE RESUME CONSUMPTION FINANCING ON CREDIT ?
IN THIS chapter
I shall take up the question, Can we resume the financing on credit of large
scale consumption ? In the next two chapters we shall continue the discussion,
with attempts to answer the questions . Can the present system go on carrying
the depression ? and Can we effect reorganization under the present system ?
As to whether financing
consumption on credit is a workable formula, it should be enough to state the
question to have answered it in the negative . But, thanks to the material
achievements as well as the fallacious propaganda of the late new era, and
thanks also to the numerous and influential money and credit management schools
of thought, the consumption-credit formula needs refuting . The case for the
consumption-credit formula is made appealing by the statement of three
indisputable facts : The first is the enormous increase in our material
equipment and productive capital between 1914 and 1929 ; the second is a great
increase in the productive efficiency of man and machinery ; and the third is a
rise in the average standard of living and a 32 per cent increase in the real
wages of the employed between 1914 and 1928 .
These achievements were, of
course, marred by a slow but sure growth of technological unemployment and an
increasing tendency for real wages to lag behind the rise in productive
efficiency and the total output . But these defects, which the Technocrats and
most schools of social critics used as good talking points against the system,
did not suffice to discredit it greatly with the masses or to prove it
unworkable . The only thing effective that can be said against the prosperity
of 1915 to 1929 is that it could not be kept up .
President Hoover's Committee on
Recent Economic Changes, in a report drafted in 1929, just before the crash,
reassured the country that as human wants were nearly insatiable, we should be
able to keep up and even enlarge indefinitely our production . But the
depression has taught that the insatiability of human wants has little to do
with the volume of effective demand for goods and services .
After the insatiability of
human wants, the excellence of the latest financial machinery and techniques was
generally supposed to constitute the next best guarantee of continued prosperity
under the formula of credit financed consumption . Yet all that the excellence
of the financial institutions and their operation served to do was to enable a
bigger inflation bubble be blown than the world had ever seen before, with this
difference between the ensuing sequel and that of all previous bubbles--when the
bubble burst the explosion was bigger .
Before 1929 it would have
seemed necessary to argue the point that the volume of production could not be
maintained indefinitely by lending people money to pay for consumer goods which
they could not otherwise afford to purchase . This argument, stated more fully
in my previous book, Is Capitalism Doomed ? (see pages 17-30), runs somewhat as
follows : First, the buyers whose added consumption is financed are, in a short
time, borrowed up to their limit, and thereafter they are forced to buy and
consume less by the amount of interest they have to pay than they could buy, pay
for and consume had they never borrowed . Second, the receivers of the interest
will not consume or reinvest their full interest income because, among other
reasons, the payers of the interest are consuming less and so furnishing less
incentive for the investment of new capital .
All this has now been
demonstrated practically by depression experience . In this connection it is
not amiss to remark that Professor E.R.A. Seligman, the dean of American
economists, wrote The Economics of Instalment Selling at the peak of the boom,
this work being subsidized by General Motors Finance Corporation, as an
objective study of consumptive credit . The most interesting thing about this
voluminous work was that it devoted less than a page to the barest mention of
the only important feature of instalment buying, namely, the interest cost to
buyers and its implications . Professor Seligman might have shown, but did not
show, that instalment buyers never pay less than fourteen per cent interest, and
in some cases pay over fifty per cent . The high actual interest charge, of
course, is somewhat concealed by a nominal rate like six per cent on the initial
amount borrowed, which may amount to an average of fourteen or eighteen per cent
on the money actually in use, for the borrower goes on paying six per cent on
100 for ten or twenty months, though he may have that amount of debt outstanding
only during the first month .
Today, the simple plea to lend
people money to pay for goods they cannot afford, though common enough, is less
often heard than during 1914 to 1929 . The consumptive credit fallacies are by
no means dead, but they are less blatantly proclaimed . The main reason,
probably, is that so many influential people, including notably the rich and the
bankers, are now preaching economy, retrenchment and a balanced budget to the
richest government in the world, all of which makes it a little inconsistent for
them publicly to exhort poor people and or cities in the next breath to buy and
spend on credit .
The most appealing current
arguments for an attempt to resume the consumption-credit formula for
capitalistic prosperity come from the money and credit cranks, and are strangely
interwoven in their various schemes of inflation, managed money and managed
credit . In effect, what they say amounts to something like this "You have had
your fingers burned playing the Wall Street and high pressure sales schemes of
credit uses . Now try our new system, which can't lose . It is different . "
Some of these apostles of more
money or cheaper money or lower interest rates by the Central bank are eminent,
erudite and disinterested believers in their scheme . Keynes, Cassel and Irving
Fisher may be named as distinguished examples of this art . The vast majority,
however, have a personal interest to serve, even if it is only reëlection, in
getting the government to buy silver, gold, cotton, wheat, government bonds,
commercial bank paper, preferred stocks of banks or anything else with paper
money at a price in excess of market value . The simplest set of interests
served by the inflationists is that of the Congressman who wants the votes of
the people to whom the Government gives the money, as well as the votes of the
people who don't want to put up this money in additional taxes .
Practically all the money and
credit panaceas involve an increase in the quantity of paper money or central
bank deposit credit, on the following line of reasoning : The central problem
of any depression is getting more goods paid for ; getting more goods paid for
is a matter of getting more money spent ; getting more money spent is a matter
of getting more money into circulation ; getting more money into circulation is
a matter of getting more money printed by the Government printing press or
created by the Federal Reserve Banks in the form of loans to member banks of the
Federal Reserve System, or purchases by the Federal Reserve Banks with their
simple notes or credit of gold, silver, bank paper or anything else Congress, by
law, may authorize them so to acquire .
These reasonings, of course,
completely disregard many simple and obvious facts . First, there is always
enough money in circulating currency, plus bank deposit credits, to permit
enough buying to put every idle man to work on overtime and to keep him busy
indefinitely, provided there were the requisite disposition to keep on spending
and investing . There was no decline in the total volume of bank deposits in
the United States until the third year of the depression . As for currency
circulation, its total volume has varied little except during the run on the
banks in the early part of 1933 .
Second, money does not get
spent or invested merely by reason of being deposited in banks, whether by the
Government depositing newly created money or whether by private individuals
depositing their genuine savings . If the banks do not find that the state of
business justifies lending out the money deposited with them, or, rather, using
such money as a reserve base for the creation of new loans and deposits, the
banks can receive no end of new money from the Government, or savings from
private individuals, without, in consequence, increasing total deposits or loans
. This statement is now established as a fact by the holding of nearly three
billion dollars of surplus reserves by the banks of the United States, or
reserves enough to support thirty billion dollars of new loans and deposits, the
. investment of which in new capital goods would give us a boom for four or five
years .
Believers in money and credit
panaceas generally fail to perceive that the uses made by the banking system of
genuine savings and the instrument of bank credit determine more than any other
group of factors the beginning, duration and end of a depression . It is the
use and not the quantity of money savings or money reserves that counts . And
quantity of money does not determine its use . In the case of a vast majority
of the people, sheer need determines the use made of 100 per cent of the money
which passes through their hands--this money gets spent by them as fast as
received . If the poorest half of the population received ten per cent increase
in money income, they would, it is fair to assume, spend the entire ten per cent
. But if the richest two per cent of the people received ten per cent increase
in money income today, it is fair to assume that hoarding would be increased to
this extent . In the case of the surplus money held by those who can save, or
the surplus money held by banks, quantity has little to do with use . Only the
general business situation, or the prospects of making a return with safety for
the principal, determine the bulk of decisions made either by banks or
individuals as to the use made of surplus money .
Only during the past year or
two have professional economists come to recognize that a dollar saved and
deposited in a bank is not, necessarily, a dollar invested in new capital goods
. Up to five years ago, it was dogmatically asserted in every respectable
economic text book that a dollar saved was, necessarily, a dollar invested .
Making this assumption served a useful purpose as propaganda . For instance,
extreme conservatives could reason from this premise or axiom that the greater
the inequalities in income, the larger would be the savings and, hence, the
greater the increase in productive capital for the general enrichment of mankind
. With this fallacious axiom firmly planted at the outset of the discussion,
any attempt to open up the question of the effects of unequal distribution of
income could be completely crushed .
It is from this same fallacious
premise that the money and credit believers, and the quantity-theory-of-money
believers, have invariably reasoned to the conclusion that more money, rather
than merely more money for people who have not enough for decent living, is the
acute need . The crux of the problem, so far as getting money spent is
concerned, is that two-thirds of our savings are made by 2.3 per cent of the
families of the country, or those having incomes in excess of 10,000 a year, and
that our total savings do not get invested new capital goods as fast as
accumulated .
It is not the fact that savings
are made, but the fact that savings are not promptly converted into demand for
new capital goods that is responsible for the initial decline in total
production and consumption . The reason why savings are not continuously and
fully invested, of course, is that consumption does not increase fast enough .
And, one of the chief reasons why consumption does not increase fast enough is
that so much of the national income is being withheld from consumption or saved
. This dilemma is fully explained in the series of the Brookings Institution,
on America's Capacity to Produce, America's Capacity to Consume, and The
Formation of Capital . The dilemma is in no sense a monetary one .
The monetary and credit
theorists never propose anything quite as simple as having the Government print
and give away so much money to so many poor people just for the sake of getting
the money spent . If they did, their case would be much stronger in logic
though not in political discussion . And, of course, they never propose
anything as obvious and sensible as having the Government take so much money
from so many people who are not spending or investing it and give that much
money to people who are so poor and needy that they would be sure to spend any
money they received as soon as they got it . It takes a mind as intelligent as
that possessed by the late Senator Long to think of anything as simple and
sensible as that--simple and sensible if the real purpose is to get more money
spent .
No, the monetary and credit
crank schemes work on a theory which is much more complex and silly . The basic
assumption is that the whole system works inevitably, and would work better if
it got a little monetary or credit shot in the arm . The government accordingly
puts out more money, or causes the Federal Reserve Banks to put out more
money--which is the same thing . This is done in such a way that the Government
is said to be giving no one something for nothing . And no one having anything
taken from him for nothing . Everybody, including Uncle Sam, gets his money's
worth . When it is all over, there is supposed to be more money and more goods
to buy with that money .
Most of these money theories
and policies for getting more money into use (or really into the banks) have
been, and are actually being, tried out by the Roosevelt Administration . Chief
among these policies is that of having the Government offer to buy in
theoretically unlimited, though in practically quite limited, amounts 22 grains
of fine gold for 1.67, whereas it used to pay 1 for that much gold . Thus, the
Government puts out 67 cents more for the same quantity of gold, which it does
not have any earthly use for, as it already has more gold than it requires .
But almost every monetary theorist felt that if the Government paid 67 cents
more for a given quantity of gold it did not need, prosperity would follow .
This measure was also supposed to help the debtors, who, obviously, have no gold
and who have had just as hard a time getting a paper dollar since 1933 as they
had before . Of course, had the yearly gold output of the United States been
increased several thousand per cent as a result of the higher buying rate for
gold, the Government could have put out a great deal more money .
But doubling the American
yearly output of gold for the new price would not mean putting out much more
than an extra hundred million new paper dollars, a mere trifle for a Government
which is spending six times that much paying the C.C.C. boys to chase
caterpillars and play around in the woods . If the inflationists had only
authorized the Government to buy all the peanuts tendered at sixty-seven per
cent above the market price of June, 1933, we might by now have half the United
States in peanuts, with a resulting crop that would take several billions of
paper dollars to pay for, thus giving the country a real dose of inflation .
Moreover, the peanuts so produced in car loads might possibly find uses which
the gold being acquired by the Government and buried again under the earth
certainly does not find .
It is only fair to the monetary
and credit believers to say that their theories, as well as the underlying
assumptions as to dollar saved being a dollar invested, and as to banks being
forced by increasing reserves to increase loans and deposits -- assumptions
common to orthodox economics as well as heterodox monetary systems--did not
appear as mad in the 19th century, or even up to 1929, as they now seem .
During the 19th century there were usually more good borrowing risks at high
interest rates than the banks had reserves to take . And so it happened, to
cite but one conspicuous instance, that in 1879, following several years of
depression, recovery was greatly assisted, if not actually started, by a few
hundred millions of dollars being added to our cash and gold reserves by reason
of the happy combination for the United States of a bumper wheat crop and a
drought over the major wheat producing areas of Europe . Today, pumping two or
three billion dollars new money into the money stream or the reserves of the
banks, may be compared to forcing heavy doses of food on a man whose chief
complaint is an inability of the stomach to retain or digest food .
Banks do not lend money, or use
their surplus cash reserves to increase loans and deposits, merely because they
have such surplus cash . Banks lend money only if they see a good chance of
getting it back with interest . Making money easy, cheap or abundant, as one
may care to word it, does not, of itself, create the conditions which make a
profit possible . The liberal economists have assumed, always without proof,
that such conditions are inherent in the natural order of things . This
assumption merely adds proof that liberal economics was essentially a system of
propaganda, for, as far back as recorded history can enlighten us, it has been
the custom of the rich to hoard their wealth in gold, precious stones, and
treasure rather than t invest it in new capital goods .
It has only been a feature of a
special world situation to have surplus income or wealth continuously reinvested
in more productive capital . If there is a natural order in respect of saving,
it would appear to call for hoarding what is saved, as is now being done and as
was done for thousands of years . The return to hoarding is a return to what
was traditional for thousands of years in all parts of the world . The return
to hoarding is something to be explained not as unusual or extraordinary, but
merely as a sign that the era of modern capitalism is approaching its end and
that we are getting back to a normalcy with respect to the disposition made of
surplus funds which prevailed for thousands of years all over the world .
Inflation, of course, if and
when carried far enough to induce a state of panic about the future value of the
currency (as happened in Germany in 1923 and 1924) certainly does stop money
hoarding by producing a flight from money to goods . But, while acute inflation
stops money hoarding, it intensifies credit hoarding . This is true because,
while inflation makes the holders of surplus money want to exchange it for
goods, inflation certainly does not make any one want to exchange money or
create new bank credit money for promises to make future payments in money which
will be worth less .
Now, if one stops to reflect
that the supply of currency is around six billion, whereas the supply of bank
deposit money has been reduced during the six years of the depression by over
twenty billion through the curtailment of bank loans, one must see that an
acceleration in the velocity of spending of the forty billion of bank deposit
money still outstanding, plus six billion of currency money in circulation,
would have to make up for the loss of twenty billion of bank deposit money
extinguished since 1929, plus the further loss of now outstanding bank money
which would follow the outbreak of a real inflation panic . There is no doubt,
however, that a real inflation panic could, for a brief moment, accelerate
spending to such an extent that all our stores and warehouses might be emptied
overnight of goods, so to speak . But it could not last .
The dilemma of inflation is
that it must either stop, thereupon leaving the patient worse off than before,
or else lead to disaster . The boom on rising prices can last only as long as
the purchasing power of the currency can fall, and this can only fall to zero .
Many reputable economists and statesmen have been preaching the fallacious
doctrine that conditions can be improved and stabilized at a higher level of
prosperity simply by having prices stepped up so much and then stabilized at a
higher level . Prices can be put up but they cannot be stabilized .
Simple logic as well as the
most exhaustive study of economic history indicate that if all prices are moved
up so many points and kept there, no one is any better or worse off, and that,
if certain prices are raised more than others, certain persons will profit on
the losses of others . It is, however, always easy to whip up enthusiasm among
farmers and business men for a price rise, because through it they can at once
figure a quick and sure money profit . They do not pause to reflect that the
profits from such price rise must be lost when they turn around to restock or to
consume their wealth . A study of price movements over a
hundred-and-twenty-year period shows an almost even division of total number of
years into years of rising prices and years of falling prices . Good times, of
course, went with rising prices, and hard times with falling prices . These
periods of rising and falling prices resulted from the play of relatively freely
acting economic forces and not planned price manipulations .
Nothing in sound theory or
actual experience warrants the hope, on which the early New Deal philosophy
leaned heavily, attaining anything like price stability under the present system
. Nor is there any reason to imagine that price stability is ever desired by
business men as a whole . The price raising advocates never say to the people
"We offer you a limited period of rising prices and good times which must be
followed by" either (I) "an approximately equal period of falling prices and
hard times such as characterized our 19th century business cycles" or (2) "a
disastrous currency and credit smash when our inflationary bubble bursts as
occurred in Germany in 1924 ." On the contrary, they say, "We offer you
immediate profits and increased business on the price rise and stabilized
prosperity when we get prices where we want them ."
The first four months of Mr.
Roosevelt's administration were brightened economically by a mild flight from
the dollar to merchandise and manufacturers' inventories of goods and
speculative holdings of securities at higher prices . This flight from dollars
to goods or securities was induced by the devaluation of the dollar--first by
the belief or rumor that devaluation was intended, and then by the White House
announcement that it was intended . Devaluation was stage managed with perfect
technique to secure the desired effect . The same measure of devaluation could
have been carried out in our situation without affecting prices if no prior
announcement of had been made and if it had been suddenly proclaimed to be
accomplished fact . Every one then would have had exactly as much money the day
after as the day before, as of course actually happened in 1933, except the few
people who had gold coins or bullion--not much over 500,000,000 at the time .
And no one would have had any good reason to act differently as a result of the
devaluation except owners of gold mines .
Of course, the Federal Reserve
Banks, after the devaluation, could lend more paper dollars and so enable the
member banks to lend a great deal more . But they have done the opposite . The
gold reserves of the Federal Reserve Bank since the war have always been far in
excess of requirements, and so also have been the cash reserves of the member
banks . Foreigners can buy our goods cheaper than before because of the
devaluation, but they don't buy more on account of the lower gold price because
their tariffs and other economic policies prevent them from doing so .
Consequently, the devaluation of the dollar has been a dud as an inflationary
measure . We shall get inflation only by reason of direct government spending
in excess of revenues . We shall get such inflation by government deficits
inevitably but slowly--and with the usual debacle at the end .
No doubt, however, Mr.
Roosevelt was relieved that the mild flight from the dollar to goods induced by
his announcements of devaluation purposes did not go very far . For, as we have
already pointed out, the proponents of deliberately planned policies of price
raising always find themselves sooner or later on the sharp horns of this
dilemma : Horn one, when prices stop rising the boom collapses ; Horn two, if
prices don't stop rising, everything collapses . This New Deal dilemma is not
the way to avoid fascism, as the New Dealers have hoped, but rather to make it
inevitable .
And, even while prices are
rising, every one is not on the bandwagon . The high cost of living is not an
empty phrase for the worker whose wages do not rise as fast as the food and
clothes he has to buy . It is always easy to infer, when one sees newly-rich
profiteers on price rises giving champagne parties during an inflationary boom,
that all is well . But this inference is only possible if one fails to observe
the misery caused by the wage lag behind prices .
The question whether the
present system could resume use of the consumption-credit formula of 1915-1929
was posed for discussion in this chapter . The theoretical impossibility of
operating on that formula for any length of time, due to the consequences of
increasing debt charges, was pointed out, and brief allusion made to the
practical demonstration of this impossibility furnished by the depression .
Then we took occasion to pay our respects to the monetary cranks who would
increase the supply of money in the hope that the newly created money would get
spent and lent . We have seen that new money gets spent and lent when
Government actually spends or lends it, but that it does not get lent or spent
merely by reason of being put in the banks, whether by direct Government loan or
gift to the banks, or by deposit by private individuals . The banks could today
use their surplus reserves to make large loans to consumers for consumption .
Such loans are rightly deemed unsound by the banks and are not being made .
This banking judgment pretty well answers the question whether we can restore
prosperity by financing additional consumption on credit--if it needed any other
answering than that furnished a good theory and the post-war experience with
spending beyond income .
This conclusion, however, must
not be mistaken to involve in any way the notion that, during the credit boom,
we were spending or consuming too much . On the contrary, we were not spending
on consumption goods enough to provide a market for the capital plant we were
then expanding, which, as we have already seen, was the reason why the further
expansion of capital goods was checked, this checking of new investment
constituting the depression . We were not consuming enough, but we were
consuming too much on credit . To be self-sustaining, consumption must be on a
pay-as-you-go basis . And, obviously, production can only be sustained in a
volume equal to that of consumption . The best interests of ownership and
management now require a new formula which is antithetical to that of modern
capitalism . The new formula must recognize that ownership and management can
take a cut of total production as a wage of management, or a reward saving, if
such a reward be found necessary, only for use not for compounding the
investment . The new formula will seek maximum total production and consumption
with long-run stability . The new formula will, therefore, make no use of
credit financing of consumption .
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER IV
CAN THE SYSTEM CARRY PERPETUAL
DEPRESSION ?
THE wording of
this question may be considered invidious, since no defender of the present
system admits that the present depression is anything more than a temporary or
emergency phase. The assumption that the depression is an emergency, and that
recovery must be around the corner or already in progress, is fast becoming
untenable. Towards the middle of 1935 there had become quite pronounced in
conservative and even radical circles an optimistic reporting of signs of
world-wide business recovery. Maxwell S. Stewart, a representative liberal
critic of economic conditions, gives expression to this idea in a contribution
on "The Facts: Employment, Standards of Living and the National Income," to a
symposium on Economic Planning edited by Mary L. Flederus and Mary Van
Kleeck, when he says that for two and a half years business conditions
throughout the world have been definitely on the upgrade. Similarly optimistic
statements about the business trend can be found prominently emphasized in the
public utterances of publicists like Walter Lippmann or representative spokesmen
of business conservatism, all of whom cite this business recovery as the major
reason for letting up on the reform features of the New Deal and allowing a
larger measure of economic freedom both to private initiative and to the
unemployed to find jobs or starve.
These optimistic findings of
business recovery throughout the world are based largely on misleading citations
of statistics which show greater economic activity or steadiness in 1934 and
1935 than could be seen in 1931 and 1932. They take little account of the New
Deal in the United States, a major war of conquest being waged by Japan for the
past two years, a national government in Great Britain engaged in all sorts of
enterprises of state intervention in the economic process, and with fascism or
communism in full blast in the other larger nations except France, where
admittedly there is an economic crisis unmodified by what even an optimist would
call business recovery.
The indices of industrial
production, for instance, taking those of the Federal Reserve Board economists
for reference, show an improvement from a low of 64 (1923-1925-100) for the year
1932, to 76 for 1933, 79 for 1934, and 89 for April, 1935 It is not considered
how much of this increase in industrial production is due to deficitary
government spending, inaugurated as a continuing policy since 1932, or to the
Japanese war, or to war preparations all over Europe, and in this country, which
have expanded enormously since 1932.
The principal index or group of
indications seized upon by the optimist of 1935, of course, may be said to lie
in the field of psychology. There is more confidence in banks and a better
feeling among the better-off about the general state of economic affairs-all
reflected in higher security price levels. It is not considered how much this
improved feeling is due to the fact that everyone now believes that Government
will allow no further deflation or large scale liquidation, that the business
enterpriser and the gambler on price changes have done extremely well, with some
exceptions, on the government's price and currency manipulation policies, and
that it is generally thought that the areas of social unrest are now being
satisfactorily relieved by the dole. It is forgotten that increased production
and better feeling have not reduced unemployment or increased new capital
investment.
If the term business recovery
has any useful meaning, the trend called recovery must be characterized by an
increase in new investment and by a decrease in unemployment. As for
unemployment, the figures of the International Labor Office of the League of
Nations may be taken for the world at large, or the figures of the American
Federation of Labor for the United States. Whatever the figures taken for the
trend in employment during the two years preceding June 1, 1935, they will not
show any marked change for the better in the number of the unemployed.
Production has been increased since the bottoms of 1932 were touched, but
employment has not been increased accordingly.
As for bank loans to private
enterprise, they have declined in total volume by about fifty per cent, or over
twenty billion dollars, during the six years of the depression, and they have
declined slightly since 1933. Their shrinkage continues in 1935 in spite of a
mild inflation of prices. From June, 1934 to June, 1935, bank loans declined by
about a billion dollars. Perhaps the most conclusive index of business
conditions is that furnished by the amount of money going into new capital
issues of bonds and stocks to finance private enterprise. These figures are
easily obtainable, and are compiled and published monthly by the Commercial
and Financial Chronicle. If more money is being put by investors into
industry and trade to create new productive plant or working capital, then there
is recovery. If not, it cannot be said that there is any recovery in progress.
Let the following table tell the story of new investment before and during the
depression up to the middle of 1935:
NEW CAPITAL GOING INTO CORPORATE ISSUES OF STOCKS AND BONDS
(The remainder of the new capital issues total is taken up by governmental and
foreign issues.)
The figures indicate units of one million dollars.
1935 1934 1933 1937- 1931 1930 1929 1928
For the entire year. .... 178 160 325 1,763 4,944 8,639 6,079
For the first 6 months of
each year............ 100 99 59 160 1,311 3,666 4,698 3,967
1927 1926 1925 1924 1923 1922 1921
For the entire year..... 5,391 4,357 4,100 3,32-2 7,702 2,335 1,823
For the first 6 months of
each year............ 2,825 2,522 1,12-9 1,709 1,539 1,388 921
New capital going into private
investment is index of business health. Such investment, as is seen from the
preceding table, averaged over three billion two hundred million during the
first six months of each year during the five the surest year period 1925-1929.
For the same six months period during each of the years 1933-1935 the
corresponding figure has averaged eighty-six million, or one hundred million for
the first six months of 1935. The difference between three billion two hundred
million and eighty-six million is some measure of the distance recovery has to
travel from the middle of 1935 The difference between fifty-nine million for
1933 and one hundred million for 1935 gives some idea of the progress recovery
has made. It seems a safe generalization to say that there can be no recovery
until new capital going into corporate investments exceeds six billion a year,
as occurred in 1927, 1928 and 1929. For the year 1935 new capital for private
enterprise through the issue of securities bids fair to remain below two hundred
million dollars.
The question posed for
discussion in this chapter is not whether the well-to-do still have the means to
maintain their living standards or to make new investments. In France, during
the French Revolution, the privileged classes maintained their standards up to a
few days before they went to the guillotine. The question is whether the system
can carry the present and slowly increasing overhead costs of the depression
with the present level of produced income and new investment. The question, Can
the system carry the depression? may be divided into the questions, Can the
system carry the depression until we enter the next big war? Can the system
carry the depression and keep us out of the next war? and Can the system survive
our participation in another war?
Back in the halcyon years
between 1923 and 1929 it was the custom to boast that American workmen had too
much self-respect to accept the dole and that American capitalists had too much
spunk to stand for British taxation. After England went off the gold standard in
September, 1931, American conservatism still found occasion to give thanks that
we were not as other men were: our Constitution would not allow us to go off the
gold standard. In 1935 the American Tories are pointing to the British situation
with its unstable currency, huge dole, high taxes and crisis-coalition
government as a model of recovery.
The fact, of course, is that the
British have stabilized hard times better than any other large industrial
nation. This they have succeeded in doing because, first, after the United
States, they are the richest nation in the world and hence, after us, the best
prepared to carry the overhead costs of a long depression; and, second, because
the depression settled on England before it gripped any of the other industrial
nations. England had no post-war reconstruction or inflationary boom on borrowed
American money. She settled down right after the war to the depression and to
carrying its liabilities-such as the unemployed. By 1935 she has grown so used
to economic hard knocks that whenever there is a slight ease-up, it seems almost
like recovery.
From the end of the War to
September, 1931, when England went off gold, deflation was in course, but the
slight fall in British gold prices had failed to expand British exports to their
pre-war volume. Doubtless British export prices, whether on a pre-war sterling
(gold) basis or on any devalued basis, could not have been lowered enough to
expand British exports to the pre-war volume. Nations all over the world have
been bent on increasing their economic independence of British manufacturing
monopolies and, accordingly, maintaining nearly prohibitive tariffs against
England's basic exports at any possible price, thus dooming British textiles and
heavy steel industries to perpetual depression. The British standard of living
for the employed on wages and the unemployed on the dole, all necessarily
constituting costs of British industrial production, has kept British real costs
well above those of foreign competitors like the Japanese and central Europeans
maintaining much lower living standards. Since September, 1931, when England
went off gold and on the protectionist path, the British have been taking mild
doses of trade tonics which cannot prove indefinitely stimulating and which will
not square with the imperatives of the British situation. This dubious, though
much touted, improvement in British domestic trade, often miscalled recovery,
has been engineered in lieu of an unattainable recovery of the British export
trade. It has been engineered mainly by fostering wholly new industries through
the adoption of protective duties and by financing a construction boom in
housing for the middle classes and equipping the new British industries made
possible by protection. Britain cannot indefinitely maintain, out of her
accumulated but now fast diminishing foreign surplus, the present British
standard of living and the costs of imperial defense without the large profits
that went with her pre-war foreign trade in which she enjoyed great bargaining
advantage over the foreign customer. Once England went protectionist, she
thereby admitted final defeat in foreign trade. She also thereby doomed herself
to having the world arrayed against her for having closed her markets, just as
the Spanish by a similar policy of closed economy for the Spanish colonies
arrayed the rest of the world against Spain down to the opening of the 19th
century when Spain finally lost most of her colonial empire. Yet the end of free
trade and the adoption of protection have been depression necessities for
Britain, but they are necessities which spell the doom of a liberal British
imperialism. It remains to be seen whether a fascist British imperialism will
survive or whether the British liberals will carry the empire down in their
inevitable defeat.
Certain it now seems that, with
the first war move, England's liberal capitalistic and parliamentary system--the
parent model of the system--such as the war has left it, will metamorphose
overnight into a new authoritarian system. In this connection the much ignored
fact is to be emphasized that the World War brought English institutions de
facto far closer to fascism than they were before the war, or than our
institutions are today. The post War trend in England towards the enlargement of
the sphere and powers of the executive branch of the government has been the
subject of a critical book by the Lord Chief Justice.
If there were not a chance that
the United States can stay out of the next world war, as there surely is not for
Great Britain, there would be little point to discussing the question whether
American capitalism can carry the depression until the outbreak of that coming
event. The chances are the next big war will break within five years and the
chances are about fifty-fifty that public credit and ballyhoo under President
Roosevelt can hold out until then.
What gives most point to this
discussion is the consideration that there is a chance-not a good one,
admittedly, but still a chance--for us to stay out of the next war. But can we
do so and go on carrying the depression as we are now doing? The question really
boils down to one of whether we shall get fascism through the war, or fascism
before the war and without getting into the war. A fascism we developed before
the war would in all probability be vastly better than a fascism we got in and
out of a war. As for the question whether an American fascism would help or
hinder our entry into war, a question discussed in a later chapter, it need only
be said here that the liberal democracies have as bad a war record as, and
larger military budgets today than, the fascist countries. There is, therefore,
no reason to suppose that the war danger is any greater under fascism than under
liberalism or communism.
Assuming that the next war
comes within five years, let it be granted, for sake of argument, that the
liberal capitalist system in the United States can carry the unemployed and the
rotten financial situation until then. Then let us face the questions, first,
whether liberal capitalism in the United States can go on carrying the
depression and also keep us out of the war, and second, whether it can carry on
through and survive our participation in a war, and third, whether it can carry
the depression indefinitely if we succeed in staying out of the next war. The
question whether liberal capitalism can go on carrying the depression and keep
us out of war is the one which merits most careful study. Under any
circumstances, the ability of the present system to go on carrying the
depression is largely a question of how the institutional or mechanical factors,
and how the peculiarly psychological or human behavior factors, behave under the
strain.
In these fields, especially the
last named, accurate scientific measurement and prediction of the future are out
of the question, but certain probabilities may be deduced from known present
conditions and past experiences with similar difficulties.
Now as to the more or less
impersonal, mechanical and institutional phases of the credit and business
behavior factors, we have the following data to reason from: First, carrying the
depression means spending five billion a year on relief in 1935; second, playing
good politics for the 1936 elections will mean spending this money without a
corresponding rise in taxes; third, playing good politics for the farm vote and
support of the business and speculative interests will mean continuing positive
policies aimed at price-raising and price-maintaining, such as the subsidizing
of agricultural scarcity; fourth, good politics will also dictate all sorts of
policies to check a fall in prices or to prevent heavy deflation; fifth, the
considerations just mentioned, and others too numerous to mention, indicate a
price rise before the end of the next fiscal year, July 1st, 1936, to June 3oth,
1937, which will make this fiscal year's volume of relief cost a great deal more
next year; sixth, the logic of these considerations is a bigger and bigger
public deficit each year as long as the depression has to be financed by a
government forced to play politics for reelection; seventh, the results of this
sort of deficiteering must be a currency and credit debacle, the nature of which
is too well known from post-War European experiences to need any detailed
explanation.
So much for some of the more
significant institutional or mechanical factors. The preceding chain of logic
and logical sequences grips Mr. Roosevelt like the swift flowing current of a
rapids. Only a superhuman effort on his part, or an unlikely series of lucky
changes, can rescue him from the course outlined. If Mr. Roosevelt made such an
effort, it would be along fascist lines or in the direction of fascism. I call
these factors impersonal, mechanical and institutional because they leave Mr.
Roosevelt no real choice. Having said A, he must say B, and so on until he has
run dear through the alphabet.
As for the more typically
psychological or human-behavior factors, we can surely reason from the following
premises: First, pressure groups already in existence and yet to form will make
bigger and more determined raids on the public treasury. If the government is to
remain indefinitely committed to spending money according to the views of a
favored few of the President's inner circle, to check deflation, to raise
prices, to induce recovery, to relieve suffering groups and interests, and to
get votes for elections, why shouldn't any group use whatever means it can
command to get some of the easy money, and why shouldn't any individual join as
many money seeking pressure groups as he can and 4upport their drives on the
public treasury for what he can get out of them?
The question can be worded
somewhat differently: If Senator Harrison and Mr. Hopkins (merely to cite at
random two names of reputable public men whose counsels the President is
understood to seek in money spending matters) have so much to say about spending
so much money, why isn't it good democracy to enlarge the list of such
counselors and make it include representatives of other groups and interests?
Why shouldn't my friends and your friends get jobs as well as Mr. Harrison's,
Mr. Hopkins', Mr. Farley's and Mr. Tugwell's friends? Why not, indeed? There is
no law against it. And there can be no liberal law against it. Whatever is legal
in the pursuit of self-interest or in the exercise of, or threat to exercise,
the ballot has to be protected by the system. It is hardly less than funny to
hear business men who have lobbied or supported lobbies all their lives for
special privilege legislation, such as tariff-raising raids on the consumers,
denounce the war veterans or some other group for playing the same legal,
democratic game.
Why is it more unpatriotic or
less public spirited for war veterans to try to get theirs by hook or crook than
it was for the war profiteers during the war? It may be said that two wrongs do
not make a right. But here there can be no question of right or wrong outside
their definitions in terms of effective law. It is a matter of getting as much
as you can within the law. That has always been good capitalism and good
liberalism. If that is not considered right, there is no use talking about it,
for nothing can be done about it as long as human nature and the law remain
unchanged. And one of the values of the liberal-Constitution upholders must be
the Constitutional right of minority group pressures to petition Congress and
use the ballot as an instrument of coercion over Congressmen.
The disorders which are going
first to strain the system to the breaking point in the near future under the
present financing of relief will not be functional disturbances or mechanical
breakdowns-of which there will be plenty in the institutional or impersonal
machinery. They will rather be dynamic contradictions of national or collective
interest, such all-too-human contradictions being legally and democratically
asserted by minority pressure groups.
The good American individualism
which is the boast of the Tories is exactly what is going to plague them most.
For the leaders of the frustrated elite, the sinking members of the middle class
who are by way of being declassed, are going to show the Tories still at the top
that the ruthless, predatory tactics which the founders of most of our great
fortunes, colleges and charities used in getting theirs can be used by the
leaders of democracy, or of the now fast sinking middle classes, to raid the
public treasury, and through it the remainders of the great fortunes. We shall
have occasion to revert to this theme, so we need not pursue it at this point
through many of its logical interrelations with other social problems under
consideration.
The point here is that, while
it might be possible within technical safety margins for our currency and bank
credit to have the Federal Government run the national debt from its present
figure around thirty billion dollars up to a hundred billion before the final
currency and credit crash (thus allowing fourteen yearly deficits of the 1935
total to pay for relief or carry the depression-assuming rising prices did not
raise the ante) the human element is not going to allow money to be dished out
over such a long period in such amounts in that measured rhythm. The new gold
rush to Washington is just beginning.
It seems a reasonable
inference, from all visible indications, that the chances are about even that
liberal capitalism in the United States may, under the drives of pressure
groups, fail to maintain order and carry the overhead costs of the depression
until our entry into the next war, assuming that event does not occur for four
or five years. It is also a warranted inference that, in measure as the internal
economic strains become aggravated, an increasing pressure will be put on the
President and his associates, more in the area of the subconscious than the
conscious, to force them to take the country into war as a face-saving exit from
a domestic impasse under the system they are pledged to support. (They are sworn
to uphold and defend the social theories of a majority of the judges on the
Supreme Court, i.e., the Constitution.) Certainly, the more unemployed men and
slack industries there are, the more people there will be to hail with genuine
relief our entry into war. For, whatever war might ultimately mean to the
individual or group, its outbreak means at once jobs for all the unemployed.
As for the other question,
whether we could fight another war under liberal capitalism, the answer must be
negative, and its best demonstration found in the present plans of the War
Department for mobilizing industry on the outbreak of the next war. Of course,
the Army is not interested in profits but in war materials and services for the
objective of destroying the enemy. The Army would therefore approve of, or even
insist on, a wide margin of profit at the outset in order to insure the best
initial effort of management, while the general staff was perfecting its
technical control of industry through the installation of army officers in
strategic posts in industrial and financial management. But the Army would stand
for no nonsense about economic or constitutional freedom for individuals to
thwart military plans. And as soon as the mechanics of paying the large paper
profits allowed at the start proved a difficulty, the Army would end or modify
the profit system as the demands of military success might indicate.
Liberal capitalism survived the
last War in Britain and France only because the richest country in the world was
a late comer into the conflict and threw all its fresh resources into the effort
during and after the War to save Europe from chaos and communism and to preserve
the integrity of international and domestic credits. It is commonly overlooked
nowadays that there is a vast difference between the situation of the
international financial system of August, 1914, and August, 1935. No longer can
any power in another world war mobilize foreign credits as did the leading
belligerents, particularly on the Allied side, at the outbreak of the last War.
Mobilizing economic resources today, or rather in tomorrow's war, will not be a
matter of quickly liquidating securities and claims for cash or of signing
I.O.U.'s to be deposited in some foreign government's treasury (for subsequent
repudiation) and drawing against the cash or I.O.U.'s unlimited supplies. No; it
will mean establishing a military dictatorship over the factors of production no
less complete or absolute than that of communist Russia. The last War found the
international bankers ready to make money and lend money. The next war will find
the fascist ready to seize power and govern, where they are not already in
power. And the fascists of a war-begotten fascism will be men in uniform on
whose social attitudes the liberals will be less influential than they might be
on the minds of the leaders of a fascism born in peace time.
The question, Could the system
carry the depression indefinitely if we stay out of the next war? is fairly well
answered by the logic of the answer made to the question, Can the system carry
the depression up to the next war and keep us out of it? The only reason for
specifically formulating what is almost a foolish question, as to the chances
for the permanent stabilization of the depression by liberal capitalism under
peace, is that such an achievement is the seriously entertained expectation of
innumerable conservatives and liberals.
I cannot share that belief, not
so much because of the mechanical or institutional difficulties I see in the
way, as because of the faith I share with Mr. Hoover and other individualists in
the good American predatory and combative instincts. These instincts, with which
the Tories, now trying to conserve liberalism, have always been over-endowed,
they are wont to call by such euphemisms as "rugged individualism." My faith in
the vitality of American democracy and individualism assures me that we are not
going to have any prolonged period of peace with stabilized depression. The
democratic movements and pressure groups marching on the public treasury are
not, at first, going to fly the banners of fascism or be interested in its
values or ideas. So much the worse for the nation at first, and especially for
the Tory Constitutionalists and libertarians who will be the favorite targets of
these armies of liberty lovers and liberty takers. These movements and pressure
groups are going to fly the banners of liberal capitalism, and democracy,
Jeffersonian and Jacksonian. And their acts will be in the best tradition of the
great empire builders.
In other words, they will be
out to crush their opponents and to grab all they can. And how they will uphold
their constitutional right to coerce Congress and the constitutional right of
Congress to dish out the money of the eastern bondholders who are now so anxious
to save the Constitution. States' rights will be very dear to them, especially
the rights of the debtor states to tax the property of absentee owners living in
the creditor states of the east.
I hail these movements and
pressure groups, not because their members are as yet fascist or friends of
fascism, but because they are making fascism the alternative to chaos and
national disintegration. I also hail these fellow countrymen with pride that
there is too much red blood in American veins to allow of peace with stabilized
scarcity, misery and frustration. You cannot stabilize a situation in which the
middle classes are being declassed and twenty millions are being carried on
relief. There is no finer trait in man than that which makes peace with
frustration and defeat impossible. If the elite must suffer misery and
frustration, they won't have it in peace. In conflict they can at least lift
themselves out of humiliation, even if not out of misery. And it is the people
to whom selfrespect is important who make history. The best hope of the American
masses is that the elite don't take it lying down and that the elite are a
larger percentage of the population in this country and day than in most others.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER V
CAN WE REORGANIZE UNDER THE
PRESENT SYSTEM ?
WE Now take up the
fourth and last of the main questions set for discussion as a part of our attack
on the larger question whether the present system is workable. In one chapter we
reached the conclusion that a return to the 19th century, pioneer, frontier,
expansion pattern is out of the question, mainly because we have not the
requisite starting point. In the next chapter we were forced to dismiss, as
highly improbable of realization and wholly undesirable to undertake, any large
scale resumption of consumption financing on credit along the lines followed
between 1915-1929. And in the last chapter we estimated the chances to be about
fifty-fifty that this system can go on financing the costs of the depression
until the outbreak of the next war, which seems likely to start within the next
five years.
In this and the next chapter we
are closing out the attack on the workability problem with a discussion of the
chances or possibilities of reorganization within the framework of the
fundamental principles and institutions of the present system. It is, of course,
one of the premises of fascism that reorganization under the present system is
impossible. And it is a proposition about which all sound exponents of
capitalism must find themselves in agreement with the fascists--that the present
system can only operate successfully (assuming, as the defenders of the system
assume and as the fascists deny, that the requisite conditions for operation
still exist) if reorganization and readjustment can be effected. The issue is
not whether reorganization is necessary, for that is universally conceded, but
whether reorganization is possible. So far, the affirmative rests more on hope
and prediction than on achievement since the War.
The weakness of capitalism is
not the occurrence of mistakes and maladjustments. Nor is freedom from such
misfortunes to be claimed as a merit of any social planning so far achieved. The
weakness of liberal capitalism in the period since 1914, or really the period
which includes not only the War and its sequels but also the irreconcilable
conflicts of interest which had to culminate in the outbreak of the War, is
that, in this final phase of capitalist decline, capitalism cannot reorganize
and readjust in ways essential for its continued operation as a social system.
The system has developed organic inflexibilities in the debt structure, the
price structure and the volumes of supply and demand. A planned economy can
readjust its maladjustments almost as easily as it can make them. It is ever
making adjustments and maladjustments at the same time.
A planned economy can be, and
probably will be, responsible for expenditures of human effort quite as foolish,
harmful and objectionable from almost any rational viewpoint as the construction
under free capitalism of several billion dollars worth of office buildings and
apartment hotels for which there is no adequate market. But a planned economy
does not have to put up with large-scale unemployment as a result of having been
responsible for bad investments. War, for instance, can be considered a bad
expenditure of effort and resources for one or both belligerents. But France
with its devastated regions, the victor, and Germany, with a war tribute to pay,
the loser, did not have to suffer depression or unemployment for many years
after the War. Why? Because, in both countries, the state intervened to insure
after the disaster or blunder of war the benefits of maximum activity. The state
can reorganize and readjust after the greatest of social calamities, war, with
attending benefits and prosperity for all. As soon, however, as the regime of
sound liberalism or capitalism once more becomes fully and normally effective,
that is, as soon as the State retires from the enterprises of war and
reconstruction, the maladjustments produced by a business boom must persist
unless the corrective forces of a frontier expansion can operate to dissipate
them in another boom.
At the outset of any discussion
about economic reorganization let it be clearly stated that the system is
supposed to effect its own reorganizations or readjustments automatically
through the orderly legal and economic initiatives of private individuals, each
acting in his own supposed self-interest. If it does not so happen, that fact,
and that fact alone, suffices to prove the unworkability of liberal capitalism,
exactly as the failure of a physical organism to eliminate its own poisons is
proof that it is not working and that a condition exists which, if not promptly
corrected, results in the death of the organism.
This obvious consideration is
persistently disregarded by a numerous school of facile liberal writers, of whom
men like Sir Arthur Salter are typical examples. Probably, their best defense is
to say that they hope to do for the liberal economic system what the doctors do
with insulin for a diabetic system, namely, keep it alive by helping
artificially to eliminate its poisons which it would otherwise be powerless to
prevent from proving fatal.
The problem of reorganization
and readjustment can really be thought of as one of getting rid promptly of
poisons in the economic system which the system is supposed automatically to
eliminate and which it is not eliminating. After unemployment, the chiefest of
these poisons, it will generally be admitted, is debt, of which there is
incontrovertibly in this country several score billion unpaid, uncancelled and
unrepudiated, but clearly unpayable. Within the scope of this generalization is
to be included our two score billions of public debt. The capitalist system
everywhere got terribly into debt through the War and its sequels, and, as I
pointed out in my Is Capitalism Doomed? written in 1931, capitalism
during the depression is suffering, not from War losses which have been more
than replaced, but from the paralyzing effects on world trade caused by
lingering War debts, both national and international. Now that the leading
nations of the world are cynically refusing to honor their obligations to our
government, now that our government with equal cynicism has repudiated its
obligation on its gold bonds, and now that so many slightly less important
debtors are in difficulties with their debts, it hardly needs to be argued that
debt is one of the major maladjustments of the moment.
The following facts make this
clear. The study entitled The Internal Debts of the United States, page
io, published in 11933 by the Twentieth Century Fund, gives a fairly good
picture of the debt situation:
Amounts in Millions of Dollars. Latest
Class Available Year Pre-war Year
Farm mortgage debts......... $ 8,500 $ 3,310
Urban mortgage debts........ 17,554 5,151
Railroad debts..... .......... 14,164 11,186
Public utility debts........... 11,115 3194
Industrial debts.............. 10,450 3,738
Financial debts.. ........... 11,919 4,040
State and local debts......... 18,685 4,751
Federal debt................. 14,137 (30,000 in 1935) 968
Total reported debt........ 116,834 36,448
Total estimated debt....... 134,180 37,989
In addition to this total for
so-called long term, or funded debt, there is short term debt to be considered.
The difference between what is commonly called long and short term debt is
purely nominal, for most of the short term debts are really long term debts.
Most short term debt is not paid off at maturity but renewed, if not with the
same bank, lender or credit grantor, then through borrowing or obtaining credit
from another. A short term loan from a bank is paid off with the proceeds of a
new loan from another bank. For the purpose of drawing conclusions about the
effects of interest and inflexible money obligations, long and short term debt
are practically the same. The Twentieth Century Fund investigators computed our
total short term debts as follows: (The Internal Debts of the United States,
page 301):
SHORT TERM DEBTS IN THE UNITED STATE• IN BILLIONS Of DOLLARS
Kind of Debt End of 1913 End of 1932
Short term business debt.............. $47 X89
Short term personal and household debt 4 314.4
Total short term debt................ 51 1o3.6
Total long term debt................. 37.9 134.2.
Total debt........................... 88.9 2-37.8
Unfortunately, there are no
reliable figures showing by how much the total debt structure of the country has
changed during the depression, or between 1929 and 1935. Bank loans have
decreased during this period by about twenty billions, and it is a reasonable
guess that long term debts have been reduced by about ten billions through the
processes of bankruptcies, mortgage foreclosures and corporate reorganizations.
The amount of net total reduction of debts is smaller than may be imagined, for
the deflationary processes have been considerably modified by government action
and voluntary agreement between creditors and debtors. And the net reduction of
private debts has been offset by the net increase in public debt, aggregating
for the first six depression years about fifteen billion for federal debts, and
at least two or three billions for state and city debts. So it seems a fair
guess that the net total of fixed obligations, bearing interest, has not been
reduced by more than ten billions, or five per cent, for both long and short
term, during the first six years of the depression. The most significant
statistical, or numerical, fact about the debt burden, perhaps, is that while
the total national income in 1933 was only fifty-seven per cent of what it was
in 1929, dividends thirty-six per cent, rents and royalties fifty-two per cent,
wages and salaries, fifty-six per cent, the money lender's portion, or interest,
was ninety-five per cent in 1933 of what it was in 1929. This is the feature of
loans or interest, inflexibility, which contributes most to producing general
maladjustment. Obviously, a five per cent reduction in debts or a five per cent
reduction in interest charges, does not correspond to a fifty per cent reduction
in production or paid income of the nation.
It is, however, appropriate to
mention a certain line of apology for the debt structure, the best statement of
which, perhaps, has been formulated by Carl Snyder, an economist of the New York
Federal Reserve Bank. This apology is based largely on an analysis of figures
showing the rates of growth of debts, total productive wealth and total
production for fifty or more years prior to the World War. This analysis will
disclose that, leaving out war debts, other forms of debt, including that to
banks, did not rise relatively to total wealth or current production any faster
during or since the World War than during any other correspondingly long period
in the past. That is to say, our productive capital increased as rapidly as our
total debts, if war debts be eliminated.
This defense seems impressive
if one considers only the statistics given, and if one disregards certain other
relevant statistics and considerations. It has two fatal weaknesses: In the
first place, any attempt to exclude war debts from the debt picture for a
comparison, the avowed purpose of which is to show that the debt increase since
1914 has not been dangerous, is unworthy of serious consideration. United States
Government debt contracted during the War lays an interest charge on the people
like any other class of debt, and as a credit item it plays a more important
role in the holdings of banks and institutions than any other class of debt or
credit.
In the second place, the main
weakness of the apology is the failure to recognize that if it be true that most
of the post-War creation of debt has been as well matched by the creation of a
countervalue in productive capital as were the debts created in any previous
period, there is this vital difference to be noted, which Mr. Snyder does not
note: New productive capital created in the 19th century, while smaller in
quantity and less efficient in operation, found a larger and surer market for
its output than new productive capital created since the War. To be more
concrete, it may be true that a twenty-five million dollar block of new mortgage
bonds in 1929 was matched by twenty-five or even thirty-five million dollars
worth of Fifth Avenue office building, or luxury hotel-at the then cost of
construction, which was fifty per cent higher than it would be at present. And,
consequently, it may be true that this new debt was as fully covered or secured
by a physical asset as was a million dollar block of mortgages used to finance
the building of New York City tenements in the eighties or nineties.
But there is this difference to
note: Due to heavy immigration, the tenements found a market or tenants at
rentals which quickly amortized the construction costs, while many a Fifth
Avenue office building or hotel constructed during the boom never had a chance
of finding tenants at rentals to carry overhead and amortize construction costs.
The same difference holds good in reference to debt incurred to develop the
productive plants of basic industries like mining, textiles, farming, and the
many steel companies launched in the igth century, and the debt incurred to
finance during the ig2o's expansion of production in steel, copper, petroleum or
raw and fabricated foodstuffs. In a word, the market for the product is the
thing that secures any business debt and not the physical or productive asset
created with the proceeds of the borrowing.
To point out the
inconsistencies between the usual statement of the productivity theory of debt
and a large part of current business practice (leaving out of account entirely
consumption loans or war debts) would involve a voluminous analysis of modern
business. We may look briefly at some of the facts which are inconsistent with
the theory as propounded by the apologists of money-lending. Thus we shall see
what fascism has to do to make a system of private ownership and management
workable, so far as arrangements involving capital income or reward are
concerned. The ruling principle must be that capital and management reward must
be kept in continuous and flexible adjustment with economic possibilities, and
that legal and institutional arrangements-like loan contracts, bonds, legal
concepts of just compensation, due process of law, and confiscation-must not
obstruct executive action of government to maintain this adjustment otherwise
than by the present devices of bankruptcy, foreclosures, reorganization, and
cycles of booms and depressions.
In other words, we know the
supposedly automatic correctives or self-adjustments of capitalism for bad
debts, and we don't like them. Of this medicine, we may say, "We can't take it."
Mr. Hoover, in erect, said this when he launched the National Credit Corporation
and the Reconstruction Finance Corporation.
A simple, typical and important
example of the inconsistency of debt practice with the productivity theory for
justifying debt is furnished by the railroads. According to the best debt
theory, the productivity theory, a railroad should incur debt only for the
original investment which creates or expands earnings. Replacements and
betterments which do not increase traffic or which do not increase earnings by
lowering operating costs while traffic remains constant, ought not to be
financed by new borrowing but out of income, whether such income be made
available by reducing interest, dividends or costs, or whether it be made
available by increasing charges. New and more comfortable cars do not
necessarily or even ordinarily increase railroad travel. New and more
comfortable or speedier transportation may be necessary to meet bus competition.
But it is obvious that outlay to enable the railroad to hold its own is not an
investment which increases traffic or earnings. Money so spent on new equipment
is like money lost by reason of a reduction in rates to meet competition or to
increase traffic.
A twenty or thirty million
dollar passenger terminal for a large city may add to the beauty of the city and
the comfort of passengers, as well as to the facilities of operation, but
contributes little or nothing to gross traffic or net earnings. The same number
of people will travel, whether the station be a dingy affair or an architectural
monument, for the decision to take a train is not influenced by the artistic
qualities of the terminal. If a million or two dollars a year of interest
charges on the new terminal be added to railroad operating costs, it goes
without saying that net earnings will be diminished rather than increased by the
terminal. The terminal doubtless should be built, but it is in no sense a
capitalistic investment on the productivity theory of loans. The new terminal is
as much a socialist investment as a new public library or city hall. It should
not be financed by bond issues but out of income or surplus. It is an operation
cost and not a capital investment. It is a civic adornment.
Now it is largely as a result
of financing replacements and betterments, whether grander stations or more
commodious and serviceable equipment, with an increase in railroad debt, that we
today have a railroad debt of some fifteen billion dollars and an available net
income to serve these capital charges, even if all common and preferred stock
were extinguished, which does not allow two per cent on the total railroad debt.
Why were these replacements and
betterments so generously made? Answer: Because the managing or controlling
bankers were in a position to profit personally on the building and purchasing
contracts. Why were these replacements and betterments financed by such large
issues of new bonds and equipment trust certificates? Answer: Because the
bankers controlling the railroads are merchants of securities. They are,
therefore, interested in having the railroads sell as many bonds and the
investors buy as many bonds as possible, regardless of how unsound the bond
issues may be.
The average college professor
teaching economics will tell his students, out of the depth of his ignorance of
business as it is, that the bankers have an interest in selling good bonds, for,
if they sell bad bonds, it will react against them, all of which is largely
nonsense, for the following two reasons: When bankers sell bad bonds, they make
money on the sale of the bonds, and then collect inordinate fees and commissions
on the receivership, reorganization and refinancing of the railroad which they
have wrecked. Almost every important investment banking house has wrecked and
reorganized railroads with more profit on the wrecking and reorganizing than on
the original financing. Moreover, no matter how many bad bonds the bankers sell
their clients, the latter must go to the same bankers again for further
investments when they have funds to invest. To whom else can they go for
investment securities but the bankers?
Why were necessary replacements
and betterments not paid for out of earnings since the War, especially during
the boom years, instead of by new financing? Answer: Because the controlling
bankers were not only interested as merchants in the security traffic, but they
were also making large speculative profits through the ownership and
manipulation of railroad stocks, wherefore they had the roads borrow as much as
possible so as to provide a favorable dividend and propaganda picture for the
common stocks.
Why did government regulation
through the Interstate Commerce Commission, and the state commissions, not
prevent the bankers from getting railroad finances into their present mess?
Answer: Because of the doctrines, self-contradictory, metaphysical and wholly
irrelevant to modern economic problems, which the Supreme Court is allowed to
apply to government regulation of railroads and utilities.
There is not space in this book
to analyze cases and point out in detail the incompatibility of Supreme Court
decisions with the development of any government regulation adequate to insure
sound railroad or utility financing and management. Briefly, it can be stated
that, in respect of the creation of debt and accompanying capital charges, some
totalitarian economic theory has to be followed. And it is of the essence of our
judicial and political system that no such theory can be made explicit or
effective. The chief purpose of our institutions, so far as law and government
administration are concerned, would seem to be that of making explicit and
effective a political theory developed in the 17th and 18th centuries and
appropriate only to the conditions of those days. About the only economic theory
which our courts can be said to follow is that they have the right to pass on
each and every specific act of government affecting a property right for the
purpose of deciding whether that act involves confiscation without just
compensation or is an arbitrary, unreasonable or unconstitutional exercise of
governmental power.
This amounts to saying that the
only governing economic theory, if economic and theory it can be called,
revolves not around present day social means and ends but around the court's
definition of the terms "confiscation", "just compensation", "arbitrary",
"unreasonable", and "unconstitutional", as well as around the court's
interpretation of a voluminous set of facts in each case, the complexities of
which the judges usually have neither the time nor the technical competence to
master. The average American judge, including the average of those on the
Supreme Court, having no adequate training in advanced accounting, is no more
able to find his way through the books of account of a modern railroad or
utility linked up with an involved system of holding companies and banker
relationships, assuming he ever tried to do so, than he would be to find his way
through the African jungle. To suppose that a judge who could not possibly give
a clear statement of the complicated financial arrangements, practices, and
interlocking relationships of one of these modern corporate set-ups can
determine equity in a given case involving these arrangements, practices, and
relationships, is one of the fictions of liberal jurisprudence.
It would be a comparatively
easy matter for a corps of business executives, accountants and economists,
assuming they were subjected to adequate superior political dictation, to draft
a body of theory, and administer a set of rules of practice, to realize any set
of feasible social results. One of these results might be keeping capital
charges or debt in a constantly workable relation to earnings or to the part of
income safely available for meeting capital charges. Such administration could
not guarantee any rate of earnings or return to capital, but neither can the
present system of the bankers and lawyers. Such an administration, however, if
freed from the 17th century inhibitions and imperatives of the present American
legal system, could insure continuous adjustment without the processes of
bankruptcy, foreclosure, boom and depression, inflation and deflation, on which
the bankers and the lawyers now fatten at the expense of social order and
welfare. To maintain such constant adjustment is one of the major tasks of
fascism. The services of the financial expert and the legal expert can be used
as instruments of a national plan, but not as instruments of individual greed
playing an essentially anti-social and economically wasteful game.
But no such financial and
economic control or regulation could possibly be devised to square with the
doctrines laid down by our Courts, or with the principle of judicial review of
final decisions and policies of government. The Supreme Court has even gone so
far as to hold a regulatory measure confiscatory because it did ,not allow seven
per cent on an investment. This does not mean that seven per cent is the Supreme
Court's official rate for a fair return on utility investments. It merely means
that no regulatory agency of government can possibly tell what rate of return
the Supreme Court will hold just or what rate it will hold confiscatory, in a
given case, until that case has been tried by the Court. Nor is it to be
understood that the courts prevent all government regulation. On the contrary,
the courts leave a comparatively large area of regulation free from judicial
interference or review. No; the courts only intervene, as a rule, where
regulation is fraught with important social consequences.
To take, at random, one more
important field in which debt abuses have been rampant and on a large
scale--guaranteed mortgages--it may be said that the most obvious considerations
of public interest would have caused government to prevent these abuses had we a
government empowered to deal with such practices. I select this example mainly
because it is easy to state briefly and simply the ruling considerations. A
company with a capital of twenty million odd dollars would assume obligations to
guarantee over a billion dollars of mortgages. Now, to forbid a racket of that
sort, it should be enough to show that if the guarantee has any value, the
defaults in any given year must be so few, and the amounts so small, as to
constitute a risk not worth the premium paid by the assured. And if the defaults
in a year ever exceed two per cent, the guarantee will prove worthless for
defaults in excess of two per cent. To charge one-half to one per cent a year
for years and years for insurance which can only be good for two per cent of the
risk assumed is obviously the next thing to robbery. Human mortality risks are
calculable on the basis of past experience, and we are authorized to expect that
never more than a certain percentage of the insured will die in any one year.
Mortality risks on loans cannot be so calculated, because no one can fairly
assume that any given percentage of defaults, certainly not the maximum of two
per cent, will never be exceeded in any given year. The phenomenon of a business
depression may inflict twenty-five or even a hundred per cent loss on loans. No
one can set aside a reserve for depressions which will constitute any real
insurance, since no one can tell, as this depression demonstrates, what the
percentage of economic losses of a depression will be until the depression
occurs.
A simple way to illustrate the
fraud inherent in the insurance of loans or mortgages is to suppose that a
company were to offer insurance of United States Government bonds against loss
of purchasing power. Such insurance would be a palpable fraud, or collecting
something for nothing, for the following reasons: The Government can, as has
happened in varying degrees in most countries, including our own, reduce the
purchasing power of its money and, consequently, of its bonds. If the government
does not do this, the insurance will not be needed. If the government does this
to any considerable extent, or, say, to the extent of more than a ten per cent
devaluation, the insurance will be worthless. No insurance company could operate
profitably and carry much more than a ten per cent reserve against total risks.
Considerations like these are
obvious enough, but they cannot usually be made to sustain regulatory measures
of government under our juridical system, in which the courts undertake to fix
the limits of government interference with private conduct according to no
theory of social welfare relevant to the complex pattern of today but according
to theories appropriate only to a 17th century social situation. Our courts can
prevent a governmental undertaking to solve a problem, but they cannot initiate
or guide the initiation of another and better undertaking to solve that problem.
On the contrary, the Supreme Court, as in the case of the N.I.R.A., may for two
years contemplate the drafting, enactment, popularizing and enforcing of a law
which they know perfectly well they are going to repeal with the judicial veto.
The courts can never be constituted to rule, but only to function as an
instrument or tool of government. If they function as a check on government, the
results are certain to be bad, for government finds enough checks in the
difficulties of maintaining order and promoting welfare. Government obviously
needs the counsels and loyal cooperation of all its agencies, not their purely
destructive criticism and obstruction.
One can multiply indefinitely
examples showing the impossibility, under the present system, either of
preventing or correcting maladjustments in property arrangements once the
dynamics of the frontier do not take care automatically of such readjustments.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER VI
DEBT REDUCTION
A NECESSARY PRELIMINARY TO NEW FINANCING
SUMMARILY, it
may be said that the debt burden must be and will be reduced, and that no
reorganization, capitalist, fascist or socialist, is possible which does not
include debt reduction . Capitalism, fascism and Russian communism are still
demanding savings and offering a premium for their use . Gigantic work
providing enterprises, public or private, are among the first imperatives of
social order . Financing these enterprises the only financial problem worth
mentioning .
Other financial problems merit
urgent attention only as their solution will contribute directly to solving the
problem of financing the enterprises which will end unemployment . When the
depression first began to receive official recognition at Washington, Mr.
Hoover's chief preoccupation, probably, was to preserve the credit structure, as
he called it . In the sixth year of the depression, it is beginning to be
apparent to a few who are a little ahead of Mr. Hoover in their economic
perceptions that the great credit problem is financing new work giving
enterprise, and not preserving financial arrangements which provided work and
prosperity years ago but do not do so today .
A second point in explanation
of the impossibility of saving the present debt structure in its entirety is
that these heavy interest charges with which a whole people is saddled are too
largely connected with past consumption, including that made on the fields of
battle, and past business mistakes . If a person has the means of repudiating a
debt, and large numbers will always find the means to do so by political or
revolutionary action, he is not going to go on paying interest on money used a
long time ago either for an act of consumption or for a bad business venture .
It was this consideration, almost alone, which convinced me several years prior
to Hitler's advent to full power that his triumph was ultimately inevitable, and
it was a consideration which few of my friends, especially some of my German
friends (who were vastly better informed about Germany than I and who are now in
exile), could possibly see to have any validity .
It is not in human nature to
bear indefinitely the charges of an unproductive debt, and Hitler was the only
political leader in Germany whose stand on German reparations payments showed
clear recognition of this human attitude towards debt . The German people might
have paid, as the liberal economists and bankers argued, given a requisite
willingness to make the necessary sacrifices . But people won't make the
necessary sacrifices . They will rather make these sacrifices for war or
revolution . For a man to go on meeting a financial obligation, it must be
apparent to him that the obligation is connected with an addition to his present
productive or debt bearing capacity . And this seems good ethics and good sense
. If it is not good law, then so much the worse for the law .
These two points are too much
disregarded by statesmen, jurists, and economists who try to defend the
integrity and bearability of present debt charges . It is no final argument for
the soundness of a debt or debts generally to prove that the people could afford
to pay the interest if they made the necessary sacrifices . Suppose they could,
but suppose they cannot afford to pay these charges plus the additional charges
requisite for new financing to create work for the unemployed, to clear the
slums or, quite simply, to carry the depression . That is the rub . Why are
new long term loan funds not flowing in adequate volume into new bonds and
mortgages for new construction ? It is not chiefly because a few score billions
of dollars of bonds and mortgages throughout the world have gone into default or
repudiation in one way or another . It is mainly because the lenders cannot see
that the possible borrower has a chance of meeting present debt charges plus new
charges . Possible borrowers, in the main, do not see that they have this
chance either, and, consequently, do not apply for loans . These, obviously,
are the main reasons why so many railroads are finding it necessary to do their
financing with the R.F.C., and why the total of bank loans to non-governmental
borrowers is steadily shrinking .
The doctrine that old debts
must be swept away to make room for necessary new debts, after all, is but the
essential principle behind the biblical year of jubilee, or the logic of the law
of geometrical progression applied to a steady growth of debt . A great many
people, whose pietism derives from Calvin, the theologian of the 16th century
shopkeepers and money lenders (rather than from Jesus, Aristotle or Moses,
all three of whom denounced money lending), will say, "But the debtors hired the
money, didn't they ? " And with the posing of that question the whole discussion
is thrown right back where the canonists left it over four hundred years ago,
when the gold rushes to the new countries and capitalism got their start .
In those pre-capitalistic days
the issue as to usury was argued somewhat in these terms : Ought a debtor to
pay interest because he needed or wanted money for consumption, or because he
miscalculated profits on a business venture and because, in either case, due to
his necessity or miscalculation, he promised to pay such interest ? To the
question so stated, pre-Calvin Christianity, Judaism and Mohammedanism gave the
same negative answer that Aristotle gave . For fifteen hundred years
Christianity said that money-lending was sin, a fact which seems to be
little known or appreciated by many present day Christians who make the payment
of debts a high ethical imperative . Christianity has changed in this respect,
but the words of Aristotle, the Bible or the theologians of the Christian Church
for fifteen hundred years remain unchanged on this issue .
Briefly, the old or traditional
doctrine of the world's pre-capitalist exponents of ethics as to interest,
stripped of the moulds of thought of Aristotle and medieval scholasticism of the
Christian Church, amounts to saying something like this : An income from
property or a usufruct of property is permissible--in other words, both land
rental and business profits are permissible, but an income for the use of money
by another should not be demandable at law unless the use made by the other
person of the money has enabled him to pay the return promised .
This principle, the true
doctrine of usury, denies legal enforcement to money-lending contracts where the
borrowing has been for outright consumption or bad business ventures .
Actually, of course, the lender to bad business ventures rarely gets more than
the canonist doctrine on usury would allow him as a mere partner, except where,
as in the case of the farmer, the lender can for a time collect his interest out
of the living standard of the debtor who has made a bad business venture . The
evil of fixed obligations consists not so much in what they take as in the
mischief they cause for a time by reason of the effort to take what the economic
possibilities and welfare imperatives will not allow . The vice of loan or
interest contracts is inflexibility . During the period of modification of the
canonist doctrine against usury, under the pressure of the emergent banker and
merchant interests of medieval Europe, the theologians of the Church worked out
subtle contracts and interpretations of Church law to get around the Church ban
on money-lending and yet produce the equivalent of loan contracts . The
Calvinist countries, of course, after the Reformation, admitted money-lending to
full respectability and legality .
Present day experience with debt
is demonstrating the basic soundness of the canonist, biblical or Aristotelian
views about money-lending, when such views are fairly stated in terms of
present day economic problems . These views, if now given enforcement, would
make every contributor of capital to a profit seeking venture, whether of a
government, a corporation or a private individual, merely a partner in that
particular venture to the extent of his contribution . And these views would
bar all loans for consumption . War financing would have to be done by tax
levies, or else by following the old Roman precedent of selling to capitalists
shares in enemy loot, if, when, and as captured, rather than by claims on the
home folks' future income, as capitalist war bond financing does . Under this
rule, the working capital for business enterprises would be supplied entirely
by partners, active or inactive, and by shareholders, where the enterprise was
a corporation--never by money lenders .
It will surely
be asked how, under such investment arrangements, insurance companies and
trustees could safeguard the principal of funds entrusted to their management .
The notion that in a contract or a legal bond there resides a peculiar security
is a fallacy that neither Shakespeare's Merchant of Venice nor the default on
the Allied bonds to the United States Government seems to have succeeded in
debunking . To this question as to security for trust fund investments, I have
only to reply, "How do trustees safeguard their investments at present ? ", and
to answer in the same breath, "They don't ." Actually, they secure only what
the economic possibilities allow--or less sometimes . What of the billions of
dollars in railroad and mortgage bonds which were eligible under state laws for
trust fund investments and which are now in default, or soon going into default
? The investor under any set of conditions can take only what the economic
possibilities allow, and any legal contract specifying safeguards to the
contrary is just another of the fictions or farces on which our army of
superfluous lawyers make a parasitic living .
Legal services in connection
with a single corporate bankruptcy, reorganization, or mortgage foreclosure,
frequently run up a bill of several million dollars, which usually come out of
the pockets of the investors, who have been taught to revere lawyers and their
handiwork as the great safeguards of investment and property rights . In
practically every instance where the lawyers collect a bill running into
millions of dollars, the final settlement or settlements could have been worked
out with little expense or difficulty by any small group of honest men, aided
only by law clerks, accountants, and other technicians to give practical effect
to their agreement . The agreement, if it is to be carried out, should be drawn
in terms of economic possibilities which any sensible person properly informed
can perceive, and not in terms of legal considerations which only lawyers can
understand and which only contrary-to-fact fictions can rationalize . The toll
taken by the legal profession from business in the United States in perfectly
legitimate ways is one of the least defensible and most anti-social rackets in
the country . This vested interest in making economic arrangements in a way to
provide work for lawyers is responsible for the propaganda which, in turn, is
responsible for the belief of the average American that a legally worded or
implemented economic arrangement affords the wayfaring man a protection or an
economic advantage not otherwise obtainable . The public has been trained to
hanker after the lawyer's wares or services . The chief need of a stable
economic order is flexibility . The chief contribution of liberal law to the
economic system is inflexibility .
This taste for litigation and
complicated legal arrangements, of course, constitutes our cult of the law and
the Constitution and, also, the psychological basis of our lawlessness as a
people . This cult of the law is exactly the same cult of the law that Shylock
had . It is the cult of law either as a means of making living by its practice,
or as a means of getting the better of the other fellow in an economic way .
This cult of the law must be smashed in order that a new cult of national
interest and social discipline, the only true scheme of law, may develop .
Money-lending, with the idea of
a bond being given to furnish a degree of security which the economic results
would not afford, is a large element in the American or any liberal cult of the
law . Anglo-Saxon liberalism was born in greed and conceived in usury
. Since the rise of money-lending to respect ability in the 16th century and
later, the money-lenders have relied heavily on the law as their instrument of
coercion and exploitation . There comes a time, however, when economic events
and human revolt prove mightier than the money-lender's law . Then debtors take
law into their own hands and repudiate, or the law becomes nullified by economic
forces which the courts cannot enjoin .
It is not a lawless thing but a
truism to say that contractual stipulation and legal action to enforce it in
defiance of economic realities or human needs is anarchy, not law . Facts or
economic possibilities are the highest law . Law, the attempted enforcement of
which defies facts or realities, is not law but futile nonsense . Making this
generalization a little more concrete, it is not a lawless thing to say that
most of the law connected with money-lending, when its application is attempted
in a period of economic adversity, or after the frontier era, is productive of
conditions of economic and social anarchy .
Coming back to the discussion
of usury (from which we have digressed slightly to point out the connection
between legalism and the notion that a loan contract provides a security for a
trust fund not to be had otherwise) it is here also to be observed that most of
the theories and sales-talk of the insurance companies and institutional
trustees of savings are the purest moonshine, wholly unsupported by historical
evidence . That is to say, we can see innumerable examples of large fortunes
being conserved for over fifty years in land, as evidenced by the estates of the
Astors and thousands of landed families the world over, or in a family-run
business like that of the Rothschilds, the Morgans, the Krupps, the Duponts, or
the Rockefellers . But it remains for the insurance companies and banks
offering the world their services as trustee custodians of investment funds to
show a single large private fortune which has ever been conserved for fifty
years by an insurance company or bank trustee through continuous investment in
bonds or fixed obligations . Let the advertising insurance companies and trust
companies cite but one of their clients whose fortune was preserved intact for
fifty years through trustee investment in good bonds . We know what has
happened to the purchasing power of investors in fixed obligations and insurance
in the European countries which have experienced devaluation . We know also
that great industrial fortunes in going enterprises have been, for the most
part, conserved and many have ever increased during this period . The Krupps
beat inflation, but the investor throughout the world who sought the protection
of a legal contract with a borrower has been expropriated in varying degrees
running all the way to zero .
The doctrine of the canonists
or Aristotle about usury is coming back into its own in the world-wide collapse
of credit, repudiation and devaluation . This doctrine is not opposed to
property ownership or business enterprise, but it is incompatible with the
spirit and technique of modern finance capitalism . It is a doctrine which
fascism everywhere must adopt and allow as rapidly as possible . For the
benefit of the professional economists who may be inclined to sneer at any one
who reasserts doctrines which they have thought they had disposed of during the
past hundred years of rationalization of modern capitalism, I may say that I
have read most of the leading theoretical explanations and defenses of interest
. I might add that I could, had I time, demolish each of these theories of
interest, one by one, with the arguments of another . But what is the use of
demolishing with theoretical analysis the academic theories of interest when
defaults, repudiation, bankruptcies and successive currency devaluations the
world over are doing so much more devastating a job of confuting classical
theories of money-lending and interest ?
Take, for instance,
Böhm-Bawerk's subjective theory of interest, and the many refinements or
elaborations of it, which explain so beautifully why people promise to pay
interest but do not show how they can pay it, or why it so often happens that
they fail to pay it when they have the misfortune to be borrowing in an age and
country not enjoying an expansion boom and rising prices . Does any intelligent
person need he heavy Teutonic reasoning of the Austrian economists to understand
why a prodigal government or individual promises to pay interest, or why a man
playing the stock market for a rise promises to pay ten or fifteen per cent on
call money ? The reason, undoubtedly, is largely subjective, as Böhm-Bawerk
points out . The borrower feels the money now is worth a lot more than it will
be a year hence, because between now and then he expects to make a killing .
But does this subjective theory of interest explain why the market finally beats
the traders ? Was it ever much of a contribution to useful knowledge to tell us
why people borrow money and assume obligations they can't meet ?
There has never been propounded
a satisfactory theory of interest, or one that can be read without seeming
absurd in he light of post-war experience . The productive theory of interest,
of course, is the purest romanticizing . For much borrowing has always been
done for uses that had no chance of producing the money of repayment, as we have
already seen in the preceding chapter to have been the case in financing
railroad betterments in this country . Government borrowing for instance, has
been the keystone of credit and lending, and has never, in any substantial
amounts, been done for uses which produced the means of repayment . The
fundamental thought of the pre-capitalistic exponents of ethics with regard to
money-lending, like Aristotle or the Bible, stands far better the test of
analysis in the light of present day experience than the economic theories about
interest spun during the 19th century, when most borrowers were taken care of by
the increasing land values of rapidly expanding colonies and of nations
undergoing industrialization and rapid population growth .
While we are on the subject of
theories of interest it is not amiss to remark that the professional economists
and publicists of liberal and conservative tendencies, with few exceptions, have
been favoring either complete cancellation, or considerable scaling down, of War
debt, but have had little to say about scaling down private debts . Of course,
our professors and publicists who went about making propaganda for war debt
cancellation or reduction until the War debtor nations closed the discussion by
the fait accompli of unabashed default, will, with an air of learned and pained
superiority, defend their treatment of War debts differently from privately owed
internal debts, on the ground that a transfer problem aggravated by our high
tariff interposed peculiar obstacles in the way of War debt payment by foreign
countries to our government . They will then express regret that it has proved
so hard to make the American people understand that European debtors cannot pay
their debts to us if they are unable to sell us the requisite amount of goods .
Strangely enough, it has never
occurred to the advocates of foreign War debt cancellation that every debt
presents a transfer problem, and that this problem is fundamentally the same
every case . The debtor, in order to be able to pay the debt, must find a
market at a right price for his product or services in the money of payment of
the debts . The Iowa farmer, or the home-purchaser-on-the-mortgage-plan
anywhere, has the problem of converting Iowa corn or personal services into New
York dollars, quite as much as the British Government has the problem of
converting British goods into New York dollars . A high tariff may hinder a
British debtor from selling British goods for New York dollars to pay a British
debt to an American creditor, but a high tariff does not hinder the sale of
goods or services produced by the American debtor to the American creditor .
The fact is, of course, that
the advocates of War debt cancellation have been furthering the propaganda of
the financial community of New York, which would have been glad to have had the
War debt slate wiped clean, provided the American internal debts were respected
. It is not strange that the American people have received with manifest
resentment the propaganda of eastern seaboard capitalists, and their endowed
propagandists in the academic world, in favor of War debt cancellation while
practically nothing was being said by the same financial or intellectual
communities about the debt difficulties of Americans .
Obviously War debts had to be
cancelled and, fortunately, the debtors have disposed of this matter for us .
It is most unfortunate that the British ever broke the allied front against the
American insistence on War debt funding . But if the imperial and royal
government of Great Britain cannot keep its agreement and pay its debt because
of economic adversity, why should Farmer Brown be held to his agreement when
crippled by even greater economic adversity ? If one important body of debts,
like War debts, must be cancelled or drastically reduced, a similar measure of
relief must, sooner or later, be accorded all debtors . The credit and debt
structure of any country is an integrated whole . If the taxpayer of the United
Kingdom is given a respite of some five dollars a year through non-payment of
the American War debt, why should the American taxpayer be held to pay the
interest and principal of the fifteen billions of outstanding War debt owed to
American holders of our War debt ? The only good argument against further
repudiations of public debts must be based on political and social convenience
. It would be more convenient and equitable to eliminate our public debt burden
by means of a capital levy than by means of repudiation or cancellation through
further currency devaluation . But reduce this burden, we must .
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER VII
A DEBTLESS ECONOMY THE IDEAL
FORMULA
IF private
ownership and management of producers' goods is to be preserved, even in a
modified form, it will be necessary to adopt a formula which can quickly
straighten out the worst of the existing maladjustments due to the use of fixed
money obligations; prevent, as far as possible, the recurrence of these and
other types of maladjustment; and correct promptly in the future any
maladjustments which occur in spite of preventive measures. So far as debts are
concerned, this would seem to demand, first, equitable and efficient means of
reducing debt burdens with a minimum,' disturbance and a maximum of conformity
to economic possibilities; second, a new scheme of legal arrangements to provide
for private ownership and management with a minimum of inflexibilities, and
maladjustments--this new scheme amounting, as soon as possible, to a debtless
economy; and third, a nationalized system of banking which would make. bank
credit or deposit money, as well as paper and metallic money, a state monopoly.
A debtless economy, free of
fixed interest charges and without legal enforcement of contracts which
stipulate fixed money payments regardless of economic results, is the only
formula of private ownership and management which can be made to work in
anything but a frontier era, when lucky strikes and the steady rise in land
values can be counted on to make the number of the victims of usury too small to
have cognizance taken of them by ethics, law, or political economy. This ideal,
debtless economy, cannot be equitably or conveniently initiated by one wholesale
extinction of all creditor rights unless the succeeding formula is to be
communism. But any sound reorganization must, in the debt field, proceed on the
principle that we have to scrap as fast as possible the theory and practice of
interest. With the new principle established, or rather the ancient principle
reestablished, the present debt burdens must be drastically reduced in all
spheres according to a national formula of equity and redistribution of the debt
burden.
More explicitly, an ideal
scheme of immediate procedure in debt reorganization might work somewhat as
follows.: First, state debts would be paid off in full, not with additional
issues of paper money of considerably less value than the amount nominally owed,
but with good money taken by a capital levy made on the progressive tax formula
of the income and inheritance taxes now in force. There would be no liquidation
of privately-owned property to provide money to pay this levy. There would
merely be an attachment by the State of a certain percentage of privately-owned
property, the income from which would go to the State to serve to retire any
money issued to purchase the public debt. In this way, many large holders of
government bonds would really pay themselves fifty cents of every dollar they
were reimbursed on their government bonds. Savings bank and insurance funds,
however, would thus be protected one hundred per cent against confiscation.
There would be no expropriation, either by honest socialism or dishonest
devaluation, except, of course, in so far as taxation may be thought to
constitute expropriation.
Second, all private and
corporate debts would, so to speak, be laid on one table of a National Tribunal
of Debt Conversion, which would carry out a number of different plans of
conversion for different types of debts. In the case of the railroads and public
utilities, there could be a simple pooling of all indebtednesses, and their
assumption by state-administered holding companies for all the railroads and
public utilities jointly. Then, whatever was deemed a fair and workable total
payment of annual income would be distributed among the bondholders and
claimants according to their, holdings and claims. This total amount for the
railroads and utilities would vary from year to year according to economic
conditions and social policy. In the cases of private debts, a great variety of
formulas or settlements would have to be worked out, to fit different cases, but
always on the principle that the creditor, mortgagee, or bondholder received an
interest in obtainable future income in exchange for his old constitutional
right of legal action, which gave him power to throw all sorts of monkey
wrenches in the economic machinery, from mortgage foreclosure of a poor man's
home to plain blackmail suits in all kinds of reorganization or settlement
procedures. Another ruling principle would have to be ample provision for new
financing to secure needed working capital for operation and replacements. The
proposed formula, possible under fascism but not the present system, would
really amount to nothing more than giving the average capitalist money-lender or
creditor, in a simple, orderly fashion, all that the situation, efficiently and
humanely handled, would allow him.
Under the present system that
is all he gets, anyway, on the average; and often he does not get that, because
of the legal and procedural fees and costs. But, in order to uphold the
Constitution and support the largest army of lawyers per capita of any nation in
the world, it cannot be done in a simple, orderly fashion. Under liberal
capitalism according to the American constitutional formula, government has to
guess at the Constitution, and have its guesses argued over by lawyers for years
and finally validated or invalidated after years of confusion. There can,
therefore, now be no executive readjustment--the only feasible form of
readjustment of debt maladjustments.
The foregoing outline of
general principles for a program of reorganizing the debt-credit structure is
obviously impossible of realization under the present system. But it, or a much
better scheme, is workable, under other conditions. Our present theory and
practice in regard to property rights, made explicit by the Courts in the
interpretation and application of the Constitution and laws pursuant thereto
(always in specific litigations), explain why any debt reorganization formula is
impossible under the present system. Legal inventiveness, of course, can get
around many constitutional difficulties but, as a general rule, only through
recourse to devious expedients which can never be resolved into any scheme of
national reorganization. Getting around the Constitution usually means or forces
the giving of relief in an expensive and impractical manner.
The Supreme Court, in passing
the judicial veto on the Frazier-Lemke Bill for farm mortgage relief, made bold
to intimate to the Administration that there was open to it a constitutional way
of giving relief through allotment of public funds to distressed mortgage
debtors. The trouble with the Supreme Court's view of the economic problems of
the present is that the Court insists on thinking of the unemployed, the
distressed debtors, and the economically crippled generally, as presenting just
so many specific cases for public relief, similar in nature to those created by
a big fire, flood or earthquake. It is assumed that the depression does not
suspend the Constitution, and that within the framework of what the Constitution
sanctions any needed remedy can be properly worked out.
The trouble with this view is
that the Government cannot, with safety for the entire system, adopt any of the
many policies based on this view. It cannot, for instance, indefinitely provide
loan funds to make good the deficiencies in income of the farmers due to low
agricultural prices, of the unemployed due to lack of work, of the railroads due
to innumerable causes, or of the insurance companies due to interest defaults.
Nor can the Government make up the deficiencies in present value of bonds,
mortgages and notes held by banks, savings banks, and insurance companies. For
only a limited time can the Federal Government stave off food riots, farm
revolt, railroad bankruptcies and bank runs by rushing funds to bolster up
specific situations which are weak.
The reason why depression
problems, like debts, cannot be dealt with in the same way as flood or
earthquake relief, can be simply stated as being primarily that of the sheer
magnitude of relief required for these weak situations of the depression. The
Federal Government could always spare a few millions, or even a few score
millions, for specific relief. The theory of the Supreme Court, or, for that
matter, of the system of which the Supreme Court is a sound exponent, is that
relief needs will never require expenditures in excess of what Government can
safely appropriate.
Aside from the magnitude of
debt relief demands, there is to be considered the fact that the credit-debt
structure of the country is really an integrated whole. It is not a series of
separate cases-as liberal law and administration would have it. No readjustment
can be effective except as a series of coordinated measures.
At this point it is to be
reiterated that the present system provides amply and definitely its own
formulas for disposing of bad and slow debts, but that the trouble with these
legal formulas is that the staunchest believers in the Constitution are even
more opposed to their consistent application in the present situation than I am.
What better proof of the unworkability of the system could be wanted?
Mr. Hoover, who questions Mr.
Roosevelt's interpretation of the Constitution, started both the National Credit
Corporation and Reconstruction Finance Corporation, the purpose of which was to
prevent the orderly processes of constitutional bankruptcy and bank closure from
being carried out, in a legal manner, against certain debtors but not against
certain others. (The inequity under liberal, constitutional norms-equal justice
for all-of using government money to save some debtors and creditors but not
others is too obvious to need argument.) One of the chief articles of Mr.
Hoover's economic creed, as we have already seen, was that the Government should
do everything possible to save the debt structure involving the big banks and
institutional investors. But, as any one who has a nodding acquaintance with the
theory of our laws and economic institutions must understand, the system
requires that bad debts should be wiped out as quickly as possible by the
orderly processes of bankruptcy, foreclosure and reorganization.
In fact, preventing the
accumulation of bad debts by the banks is one of the results of correct
observance of the system. Impeding these processes has been good Hooverism as
well as good Rooseveltism, but it has not been good capitalism. Capitalism,
being essentially a complete social system, cannot for its own health put the
interests of the lender or unlucky bank creditor and investor ahead of the
interests of general financial soundness. But the logic of good capitalism has
no way of imposing itself on men in power who are swayed by the logic of good
politics or self-interest, as were the Republicans in the palmy, balmy post-War
days. It is, therefore, doubtless without point to talk of the logic of a system
which makes individual liberty to injure the system one of the values it has to
conserve.
In the long run, the logic of
the system, brutal and devastating as it might be in action today, and as fatal
as its application would be to any politician's reelection, is better than the
logic of the Hoover constitutionalists, who would save debts with government
support and yet fail at the same time to end the depression. All of the
extraordinary formulas for saving the debt structure are nothing more or less
than matters of making bad private debts ultimately bad public debts. The harsh
logic of the system says that it is better to foreclose and bankrupt half the
people, and maintain the soundness of the credit of the other half and of the
State, than to stay the system's processes of debt adjustment, with the final
consequence of wrecking public credit and the foundations of the present system.
It may be said that Germany
survived the wrecking of her public credit. That is true, but it is true only
because the public credit of America and Britain stood firm and was able to
finance a fresh start in Germany. When American public credit goes the way of
German public credit in 1924, what other great financial power will be able to
effect our financial rehabilitation under the old system? The dilemma of the
Hoover constitutionalists is really three-horned, for they cannot get votes by
giving the Nation the constitutional "works" in the matter of debt adjustment;
they cannot carry out any workable reorganization of the debt situation, such as
I outline, consistently with the Constitution; and they cannot stave off
indefinitely the day of reckoning for the Hoover or Roosevelt policies of saving
the debts.
In sober retrospect, of course,
it is apparent that a most important deviation from the system's debt theory and
practice was made when, during the War, our Federal Reserve Act was revamped to
authorize the Federal Reserve Banks to issue money and credit against long term
government bonds, instead of only financial and commercial paper payable within
ninety days-except for agricultural paper which was allowed to run nine months.
A second breach in the system's debt theory and practice came in a long series
of failures of national bank examiners to do their duty, presumably in
accordance with the instructions of the Secretary of the Treasury. In the period
from 1921 to 1929, had bank examinations been correctly made and sound standards
for liquidity of bank loans and uses of bank funds been enforced by the bank
examiners, the major credit and speculative abuses could not have continued for
six months, instead, as they actually did, for nearly a decade. The two largest
banks in New York could not have used their own funds for speculative operations
in their own bank stocks, for instance, if bank examination had been faithful to
public interest. The National City Bank, under correct national bank
examination, could not have used twenty-five million dollars of new money from a
sale of bank stock to bail out, through the National City Company, a bad loan to
a Cuban sugar company instead of writing it off surplus.
As soon as a Congressional
Resolution in January, 1933, forced disclosure of the names of the borrowers of
the R.F.C., the banks of the country began folding up like jackknives until the
bank holiday closed them all. It was asserted in the Myers-Newton article in the
Saturday Evening Post of June 15, 1935, entitled "The Origins of the
Banking Panic of March 4, 1933," that "With the nervous public temper of the
time, the publication of these borrowings would be apt to subject these
institutions to the suspicion that their borrowing was because they were weak
when, as a matter of fact, they were not." The writers, however, adduce
absolutely no evidence to support their assertion that the institutions
borrowing from the R.F.C. in January, 1933, "were not weak." If they were not
weak, why could they not borrow from the large New York banks which had surplus
funds and were reducing all the while loans to American country banks, though
they had huge outstanding loans to American and foreign speculators who were
selling borrowed dollars short or buying our gold for export? What better
borrower could a New York bank have than a country bank or insurance company,
which is "not weak," than the Dawes Bank of Chicago, for instance, which needed
an eighty-million-dollar loan from the R.F.C. and could not get it in New York
though it "was not weak" at the time?
No one can convince an
intelligent person that any American bank is not weak as long as that bank fails
to publish a statement of its security assets at market value, or to make
certain statements about the nature of its loans and loan policies. Most of the
banks in the United States in January, 1933, were weak, and the best proof of
their weakness then, as in 1935 is the fact that national bank examiners allow
them to carry in published statements their bonds at cost price rather than
market value. Moreover, the examiners allow them to carry frozen loans which
good bank inspection would have purged from the bank portfolios years ago.
It is idle even to talk about
the possibility of financial reorganization in this country under the old system
as long as it is impossible to have the truth published about the condition or
operations of the banks without starting a run, and as long as it takes a
billion and a half dollars of advanced Government funds to keep them open. It is
idle, also, to try to divide the banks into the sheep and the goats, or the
strong and the weak. If the Government were to withdraw its support from the
weak banks and to impose on them high standards of bank examination, their
closing would only precede and precipitate the runs which would close all the
banks, as in March, 1933 The banks of the country must stay open or close
together. Professor Parker Willis, one of our most influential banking
authorities, in an address on June 1o, 1935, to the New York State Bankers
Association, advised the member banks to withdraw from the Federal Reserve
System in protest against the governmental despotism over banking which he said
would be established by the Eccles Bank Bill. This piece of academic advice, of
course, was not, and could not be, taken any more seriously than most other
advice from similar sources of unrealistic social philosophy. Yet Professor
Willis will doubtless prove to be right in his warning that the doom of private
banking is spelled out in the Eccles bill.
The debt situation in the
United States, however, is such that the banks, the principal merchants of
debts, can operate only as long as the people feel that deposits are guaranteed
by the Government. This being true, the bankers cannot break with the
Government, nor can they allege any good reason for their further existence once
they fail to command enough confidence to operate without government support.
The only possible reorganization of this debt situation would have to include
nationalization of banking, from which, on the Roosevelt itinerary, 1935 is not
far removed. With the nationalization of banking in either the United States or
England, it can be said that liberal capitalism is at an end. The logic of it
all is that the country needs money and credit, and the private bankers have
shown themselves incapable both of financing recovery and of administering a
money and credit system when times are good, within the framework of liberal law
and with common sense and common decency. To substantiate this drastic statement
it is necessary only to read from the record of the Senate investigations of
Wall Street, whether in 1913 or 1933.
With the debt problem is
interwoven the fate of the insurance companies, college and charitable
foundations, and life savings of private investors, as well as the fate of the
commercial, savings, and investment bankers as a class. Strange as it may
appear, it is still true that in high banking and insurance quarters there are
many who maintain the attitude that if inflation takes the dollar the way of the
mark, the rouble and the franc, it will be a good lesson to the middle classes
for having supported Mr. Roosevelt. Little do they realize that the discomfiture
of the middle classes can turn into a Roman holiday at which the big bankers
will be supplying and not enjoying the fun. The big business leaders and bankers
never would be missed, while the middle classes cannot be liquidated. In this
moment of crisis, it is amazing that so many business leaders should be rallying
around the Constitution instead of around a leader and a workable formula for
their own salvation, as well as for the future preservation of social order. But
such has been the blindness of the dominant class in more than one crisis of
world history.
CHAPTER VIII
CAN WE RESTORE
FLEXIBILITY WITHOUT PLANNING ?
IT WILL be
recalled that in Chapter V we undertook to wind up the attack on the problem of
the workability of the present system by posing for discussion the question
whether, within the framework of liberal capitalism, necessary readjustments
could be made to render it workable, assuming the requisite conditions for
further operation are found . And, pursuing this line of inquiry, we discussed
in the last three chapters the debt maladjustments . It was pointed out that,
in the United States, under the New Deal or under the processes of deflation
which have been largely held in abeyance or counteracted by government
inflation, we have not, as yet, appreciably decreased our debt total . And it
was seen that those countries in which debt burdens have been extinguished by
inflation and currency devaluation have gone communist or fascist, or are in
acute economic crisis . The present debt burden, we concluded, must be
drastically reduced in a more tolerable way than through either the orderly
processes of bankruptcy and foreclosure or the disorderly processes of inflation
and devaluation . Furthermore, a debtless economy is indicated as, perhaps, the
only formula for preserving any measure of private ownership and management .
Getting rid of debt burdens in a satisfactory manner, and getting on under a
system of private ownership without debts, or with only partners' and
shareholders' capital, will require the intervention of a strong executive state
.
There still remain to be
considered many areas of maladjustments other than debts . To these we cannot
devote the space their discussion in an adequate manner would require . We can
only mention briefly, with a summary statement of broad principles, the facts
that the price structure, supply and demand, and the movement of goods and
capital in national and international trade, since the War, have shown
increasing inflexibility or failure to find working adjustments, one with he
other . Thus, during the boom, the prices of finished goods did not fall as
fast as the costs of producing them . Increased use of power and increased
efficiency lowered production costs, while increased use of credit by powerful
monopolies, in collusion with the bankers (both to hold surpluses off the market
and to finance consumption at artificially high prices) served to keep the
prices of raw materials and finished products from falling with the fall in
production costs .
As a result of the increasingly
large spread between selling prices and production costs, so caused, huge
business profits were made . These profits gave support to an absurd inflation
of market prices of common stocks, real estate, and earning properties
generally, such inflation being aided by our friends the bankers through making
available for pure speculation on common stock price changes as much as eight
billion dollars at one time . In this way the stock market collapse of 1929 was
rendered inevitable, and in this way the magnitude of the collapse was
determined by the magnitude of the speculative abuses . And thus, since the
bubble burst, just as business and financial leaders conspired to keep prices
artificially high during the boom, practically every one has conspired during
the depression to keep production costs from following the drop in wholesale
prices of raw materials and finished manufactures . By production costs I refer
particularly to the cost of money for new investment — interest — the cost of
government — taxes — and the costs of labor — wages . These production costs
have not fallen as fast as selling prices, with the result, naturally, that
profits have declined all the way to large minuses or losses in many industries,
and with the further result that millions of workers who could not be profitably
employed have been thrown out of work and kept out of work . The facts stated
are matters of such common knowledge that it seems wholly unnecessary to give
figures or elaborate explanations .
Now all literate exponents of
the theory of capitalism will say, in different ways, that a smoothly working
capitalism demands flexibility in the movement of prices, costs and wages, quick
responsiveness in the adjustment of supply and demand to each other, and
fluidity in the national and international flow of goods and investment capital
. If exponents of this theory, and business men who voice its dogmas somewhat
more crudely than the pure theorists, would only avoid the use of the term and
concept freedom, and use terms like fluidity, flexibility, or adjustability,
there would be less confusion of nought about these problems . Freedom can mean
either easy adjustability or legal freedom to do what, in the circumstances,
practically impossible . Every one with an informed opinion on the subject
agrees that many readjustments are now needed and that any social system must
give a satisfactory performance in the making of readjustments . And most
experts, even those with the most widely divergent interests and purposes, could
agree fairly well as to what are the readjustments required to make any given
social system work . But how can there ever be understanding, not to say
agreement, among persons having conflicting interests and purposes if some of
them insist on using vague terms like freedom or economic freedom ? The
question, Freedom for whom to do exactly what ? , always remains unanswered .
About the only workable
definition of economic freedom or political freedom would be what is within the
law and within the limits of practicability . And such a definition begs too
many questions to be of much use . Whenever the restoration of economic
freedom, or greater freedom in price, wage, or international trade movements, is
advocated, what is meant is usually a return to some past legal regime and to
some past economic situation, in which a great many people were far from free to
do many things they considered desirable and wanted to do .
The advocate of more economic
freedom may hope to return to some idealized past legal regime by having certain
laws, like tariff measures, repealed, and certain governmental policies, such as
the dole or various types of recently inaugurated business regulation, abandoned
. And he may hope to return to the general economic situation of the past,
which he now idealizes, by auto-suggestion, which he calls a restoration of
confidence . He rarely recognizes that what he calls confidence is mostly the
product of material conditions, and that material conditions are not chiefly
produced by states of mind . A certain state of mind may have brought early
fortune hunters to the coal fields of Pennsylvania, the gold fields of
California, or the cornfields of the Mississippi Valley . But a state of mind
did not put the coal and gold there, or make the soil of the Mississippi Valley
richer than that of the Italian peninsula or northern Germany . What the
intelligent and public spirited advocates of more economic freedom really want,
then, whether they stress tariff reform or more laissez-faire in some other
respect, is greater adjustability of the economic factors to changing
conditions, and better conditions to which to make adjustments .
If terms and concepts like
adjustability are used, it will be found that both the fascists and communists
also want a high degree of adjustability of economic factors . The problem, of
course, is how to get it under the given system in question or in favor .
Fascism and communism must achieve satisfactory adjustments or readjustments
from day to day largely through State planning and intervention . Liberal
capitalism must expect such adjustment and readjustment to happen automatically
under a given regime of law enforcement as a result of the play of private
initiatives . The question really at issue throughout this book is whether we
can reasonably expect that the system will give a better performance in the way
of adjustment and readjustment to changing conditions if we modify the legal
regime in the direction of repealing or abandoning some of the present laws or
government policies of economic interference, or if we modify the present legal
regime with different types of intervention, but in a way which leaves the
liberal capitalist system substantially intact . In other words, briefly put,
Is more or less laissez-faire the way to get better or prompter adjustments ?
Or, Will the factors of capital and labor, bankers, business managers, investors
and wage earners work out better the problems of prompt and successful
adjustment if given more legal freedom and if interfered with less by government
?
Now it would be ideal for
purposes of settling arguments and making scientific observations if the
American elections of 1936 were fought on the issue of more or less
laissez-faire, and if the winner kept his campaign pledges and really gave the
country a stiff dose of laissez-faire . Then we could make some useful
comparisons and perhaps draw some instructive and valid conclusions based on
pure experimentation . Unfortunately, however, while some Republican
arch-conservative may well run on a platform which includes a fulsome homage to
laissez-faire to obtain Park Avenue and Wall Street financial contributions, the
platform will also include all sorts of vote-catching promises of special favors
to regional, economic and class interests, such as the tariff-sheltered American
industries, agriculture, the West, the South, the A.F. of L. and the veterans,
most of which promises will be inconsistent with laissez-faire .
And whatever the promises of
laissez-faire made, the laissez-faire candidate, if elected, which seems
improbable, would continue to enlarge the present measure of state
interventionism under the pressure of group lobbies and desperate economic and
social predicaments . So nothing conclusive, or even instructive, about the
merits of more laissez-faire is likely to be proved by any course of events, for
the excellent reason that no political party or leader in power, or likely to
come into power, is going to give us more laissez-faire .
The advocates of more
laissez-faire, however, are a sufficiently important and respectable influence,
on the whole, to merit a serious answer based, as it must then be, on
theoretical calculation rather than any proof of the pudding by the eating .
And it cannot be repeated too often that laissez-faire is the only authentic
formula under liberal capitalism for effecting necessary readjustments in the
formation of prices, the movements of trade, or the balancing of supply and
demand . Adequate refutation of the argument for more laissez-faire would have
to include a thorough examination of the basic assumptions of liberal
laissez-faire, something which is done sketchily in different connections
throughout this book .
A briefer and, it would seem, a
fairly impressive refutation of the argument for more of what is commonly called
economic freedom, or what is really less government interference with the doing
by certain people of certain things as the proper way to insure satisfactory
adjustments and readjustments under the present system, is merely to point to
the universally admitted fact that the leaders of business and finance were
directly responsible for the chief initiatives and policies which caused the
maladjustments we are now told can be corrected by giving these same leaders
more freedom . The failure of prices to fall as production costs fell during
the boom period was one of the achievements of our financial and industrial
magnates, and was their proudest boast at that time . Who lent hundreds of
millions of dollars for the maintenance of the price of copper, coffee, sugar
and innumerable other commodities at prices which did not correspond to the
indications of supply and demand ? What could be sillier than the attempt to
make it appear that tariff interferences with foreign trade are the work of the
politicians, when, as a matter of fact, tariffs have always been written at the
dictation of the most powerful business or economic interests ?
It is an obviously desirable
thing to have greater flexibility or adjustability in the price, wage, cost
structure, or in the movements of supply and demand . But more laissez-faire or
freer trade is not the way to attain it . Neither are the processes of
parliamentary democracy . On the contrary, history and present day experience
are full of demonstrations that the more there is of what is commonly called
laissez-faire, economic freedom, democracy or parliamentary government, the more
economic maladjustments there will be, and the more difficult of readjustment
they will prove . Not only high finance and big business contributed to the
freezing of prices and the maintenance of artificial conditions of supply and
demand during the boom ; but the masses, through their democratically elected
political representatives, and through their labor union leaders, supported in
every possible way the perpetuation of all these now universally denounced
maladjustments . And during the depression, who has opposed deflation or the
adjustment downwards of prices more than the bankers, the landlords, the
manufacturers, and the labor union leaders ? The so-called deflationists have
only advocated deflating the other fellow . Thus the industrialist and banker
have quite logically argued for a reduction in wages, but they have combined to
support the opposition of the landlord, banker and mortgage owner to a wholesale
liquidation of bad real estate loans, which would have brought rent down and
thus helped enormously towards making lower wages acceptable .
No one economic or professional
class can be given all or most of the blame for the stickiness of prices or the
inflexibility of economic adjustments under the liberal capitalist system . All
economic classes are offenders . One can only say that the greater the economic
or political power exercised at a given time, the greater the blame for these
maladjustments . It is on this ground that the bankers deservedly come in for
so much blame . But they are quite right in most of their charges against their
clients who, in 1929, wanted the follies of inflation and who, in 1935, want the
folly of attempting to present the necessary scaling down of debts . The
industrialists are quite right in most of their complaints against labor leaders
for demanding wages which cannot be paid with full employment of now unemployed
labor . But to the industrialists attaches greater blame for the inflexibility
of prices than to the labor union leaders, because the initial and strongest
force in checking a general adjustment downward of prices, including the price
of labor, has been, ever since the War, the unholy alliance between large scale
industry and finance to stabilize prices and increase profits on bases which
were obviously unsound and necessarily impermanent . The labor union leaders
merely sought to play the same game, though always with poorer cards . Under
the New Deal, the farmers have been playing the same game through the A.A.A.,
with the farm vote and President Roosevelt' s agricultural obsessions as their
high cards .
It needs little argument, and
no new evidence, to establish the point that all the important economic factors
or group interests have, both before and during the depression, used economic
and political power equally to prevent the adjustments in prices, supply,
demand, and trade and capital movements essential to the proper operation of the
system . These interferences contributing to the collapse of the boom, and they
are now contributing to the prevention of recovery, not that recovery would
eventuate if these interferences were ended .
What, however, does call for
considerable argument is the point, one of the major points of this book, that,
under the liberal regime and in the present world situation the economic
. actors cannot be expected to behave in a way either to prevent or correct
unbearable economic maladjustments . It is impossible to show why each and
every specific reform proposal would fail to bring about better total adjustment
or maintain easier adjustability . The proposals are too numerous and too
complicated . Within any brief space, one can only attack the fundamental
premises of the classical case for the economic harmonies of the game as it is
supposed to be played under the liberal regime, and reiterate the fact that
these harmonies are largely either fictions or incidents of a past frontier and
pioneer era . The rebuttal of the liberal case in this respect is largely a
matter of saying that more of the poison will not eventually prove an antidote .
The strongest case for economic
liberalism today is made out by those who are hardly less vigorous than the
extreme radical in denouncing the abuses of economic power by monopolies and the
financial leaders . This case is well stated in a collection of critical essays
entitled The Economics of the Recovery Program, published by seven
members of the economics department of Harvard University . The essays are
extremely naive and unsophisticated which, of course, makes them the best sort
of liberal defense . In the final essay, “Economics versus Politics,” the
writer strikes a high note in the great liberal symphony when he says (page 176)
that “The cornerstone of the 'liberal' program was the law and ethics of
property and contract, which in spirit or intention are the law and ethics of
common honesty in all business relations, and in the relations between
government and business . Honest business is not pursuit of power and advantage
over others ; [It would be interesting to hear the comments of competitors
crushed by the great and now flourishing business trusts on this pearl of
academic naivete . L.D.] it is production and exchange of goods and services on
terms of mutual advantage to both parties in every transaction .”
It is the basic premise of the
preceding quotation, which is also that of Bentham, Rousseau, Adam Smith and
economic liberalism, which is utterly untrue . And it is the untruth of this
premise which explains so much of the absurdity of liberal economic doctrine .
If, contrary to these assumptions about successful human beings not loving
power, about the nature of the results of success in competition, and about the
ways of men in so-called free market, it happens that monopolies arise and
perpetrate great abuses, or that the country as a whole goes on a mad
speculative orgy trying to get something for nothing instead of producing and
exchanging goods and services in terms of mutual advantage to both parties in
every transaction, these good liberals do not reëxamine their premises .
They merely try to bolster them
up with even more absurd explanations and recommendations . They will berate
the wicked monopolies for their anti-liberal conduct, and talk vaguely about the
“curse of bigness,” forgetting that some of the best things in our civilization
we owe to the technical achievements of monopolies — achievements which
small-unit enterprise could never have realized . They will then ask for laws
to control these monopolies, forgetting that, under liberal rules, one
predatory millionaire bank official and market manipulator will have more
influence in the making, interpreting, and administering of laws than all the
economics professors and liberal theorists in the country put together .
They will try to make it appear that financial abuses or misdeeds are the work
of a small minority of the total number of financial leaders, forgetting the
fact that the financial and large industrial institutions form a series of
closely integrated networks of management and control in which no important
policies or acts can be committed by any considerable number of higher-ups
without fully engaging the responsibility of all the large financial
institutions and industrial corporations, or rather of their heads .
Of course, the responsible
policy-deciding heads of the two hundred largest corporations which control over
two-thirds of our corporate wealth are very much of a minority of the total
number of members of the business community . But if ninety-five per cent of
all the business men and bankers are small fry and consequently never in on the
promotion of bad financing, the manipulation of stocks (including those of the
largest banks in New York) with the aid of the resources of the entire country,
or have no share in combinations and conspiracies in restraint of trade and
market freedom, it is childish to assume that these misdeeds of high finance and
captains of industry are not participated in by the majority of business men and
bankers who are small fellows simply because the latter do not approve of such
doings .
Nothing better knocks into a
cocked hat the liberal assumption about financial evils being largely the work
of unscrupulous and irresponsible individuals who temporarily occupy positions
of power than the patent fact that the whole country went mad on a speculative
orgy in which the chief objective was to get something for nothing . This may
be thought of as an abuse of economic power by the mighty or as an abuse of
economic freedom to trade by the many . It was both . The number of the actual
gamblers was relatively small . John Flynn thinks it was well under a million
. But whatever the number, it was too large to be called an insignificant
minority . And it was too inclusive of all classes to be called
unrepresentative .
Still more annihilating of the
liberal assumptions about the economic or social wisdom of the people in the
free market is the fact that the foolish and anti-social attempts of several
hundred thousands of gamblers on price changes to get something for nothing
enjoyed the high approval of the people as a whole, an approval which was voiced
repeatedly by almost every important political leader from the President down .
The liberal apology that these
nation-wide speculative waves are temporary attacks of mass insanity is too
shallow for serious consideration . The fact always is that a boom ends because
the operation of mechanical factors over which the speculators and the community
as a whole can exercise no staying influence finally forces it to end . The end
of the speculative madness is not started through a return of the people to
sanity in this respect . The return to sanity begins when a considerable number
of the alleged insane perceive that the mechanical or impersonal factors which
they cannot control are gradually closing in on their speculative operations .
Then they begin to retreat .
Several bear raids on the market were started during the boom, but none of them
succeeded in turning the tide of speculative madness until finally, in October,
1929, one of them met with enough support from the mechanical factors which had
got sufficiently out of joint to make a further rise in prices on prevailing
scale quite impossible to maintain with the available credit resources . The
people do not come to their senses in a speculative boom until material factors
knock sense into them . If trying to get something for nothing be madness or
badness, hundreds of thousands indulge in, and the nation approves of, this
madness and badness as long as the mad, bad speculators can get away with it .
Thus we are warranted in saying
that the follies and misdeeds in finance and speculation, or the so-called free
market as well as the abuses of economic power by monopolies, are usual, within
the limits of the lawful and practicable, and in no sense the acts of minorities
or exceptional individuals . Barring in the main, acts of common forgery,
embezzlement and simple theft, which, on the evidence available from
prosecutions appear to have been committed only by a minority of bank officials,
it may be said that acts which were clearly anti-social, abuses of power, and
productive of grave economic maladjustments, have been committed with the full
responsibility of the partners or directors of every large New York investment
banking house or commercial banking corporation .
As for the speculative follies
of the masses of stock market gamblers, they must be recognized to have happened
on a scale no with social consequences which completely invalidate some of the
most fundamental liberal premises about the intelligence and decency of the
conduct of the people in the free market under the regime of liberal law . As
for monopoly abuses of power producing maladjustments, it seems fair to
formulate he following explanations : From the time when a liberal regime began
to emerge out of the earlier feudal pattern, economic competition under the
liberal capitalist rules—whatever the changes in these rules, and they have been
many — has always resulted in a few winners and many losers, with the great
masses always remaining in a status of marked inferiority to the wealthy few by
reason of the consequences of inequalities in wealth . Money is power .
Human nature has not changed
materially under liberal capitalism . The masses have not the intelligence or
the humanity, nor the winners the magnanimity, which liberal assumptions have
postulated . Economic power is used for oppression and mischief . Economic
opportunities in the free market are freely used by the masses in ways to cause
grave social maladjustments . Laws and customs, establishing the rules of the
game, get made in ways which are wholly different from those posited by liberal
theory . Given certain basic liberal principles securing property rights and
the enforcement of contracts, the less the amount of government interference,
the greater the abuses of economic power and opportunity both by the monopoly
and the individual shoe-string trader in the free market .
It is of the greatest
importance in this connection to emphasize that the economic winners get the
laws they want through financial pressures and lobbies, and, through having the
courts packed with judges who were their former employees, they get most of the
breaks in interpretation and development of judicial theory which is as
important a part of the law as the statutory law . Thus, the economic winners
have achieved for the perpetrators of economic or anti-social offenses an almost
complete immunity . To illustrate this point, comparison may be made between
the law governing the professional conduct of military officers and the law
governing the conduct of bank and corporation officials . An army officer is
court-martialed for conduct alleged to be unbecoming an officer and a gentleman
. If convicted, the lightest penalty must be dismissal . A navy captain is
always tried for the loss of a ship, and has the burden of proof to show that it
was due to no fault or negligence on his part .
How funny it sounds to talk of
trying a bank president who sold his own bank stock short while advising his
friends and customers to buy it, on the charge of conduct unbecoming a bank
president and a gentleman . No liberal capitalist code or discipline requires
or, consistently with our constitutional guarantees, can require a banker to act
like a gentleman . How utterly inconsistent with liberal norms of law it would
be to put on the responsible heads of banks and big corporations which are
wrecked or badly mismanaged, the burden of proof to show that they had not been
guilty of negligence of duty .
Even the rules of evidence
applied in the trial of economic or anti-social offenses, such as tax evasion or
noncompliance with technical banking regulations, follow entirely different
theories from the rules of evidence applied in trials of offenses against the
person . Every week someone is executed for a murder on which conviction was
had on purely circumstantial evidence . But when a millionaire income-tax
dodger, or violator of banking laws, or security fraud laws, is brought to
trial, circumstantial evidence is not only barred but such standards, of proof
of criminal intent are set by the courts as to make| conviction virtually
impossible . The millionaire tax dodger can even have the judge charge the jury
that if it finds the unlawful act charged was committed in the belief that it
was lawful, such belief being based on legal advice, the jury should not convict
. Fancy a judge charging a jury in a murder case that, if the accused is found
by the jury to have committed the homicide in the mistaken belief that he was
acting in legitimate self-defense, such belief being based on previous legal
advice, the jury ought not to convict of murder . Under liberal capitalism, the
economic winners largely determine the making, interpreting, and administering
of the rules .
The maladjustments caused by
monopolies and anti-social uses of legitimate economic opportunities in the free
market are due to exercises of liberties granted by the liberal system, and to
inhibitions placed by this system on the power of government to regulate
economic activity and prevent anti-social conduct . Obviously, anti-social
conduct by important economic personalities should be prevented by regulation
rather than be prosecuted after commission of the wrongful act . If the laws
and administrative practices or customs were determined by the college
professors and political and economic theorists, who constitute themselves the
authorized exponents of the system, their statement of theory and their defenses
of the system might have more consistency with the facts . But laws and
administrative customs, under any regime, must be determined by those who have
power, and not by those whom they subsidize .
It is not a weakness of the
liberal capitalist system that it protects monopolies and permits concentration
of economic power in a few hands . For this is inevitable and may have many
desirable results ; but those allowed such power do not exercise it in a way to
meet the imperatives of social order, and cannot be coerced by the liberal state
so to exercise such power . A strong authoritarian, executive state, commonly
called fascist, has the merit not of eliminating monopolies or trading in the
market, but of exercising, with adequate instrumentalities, an ample power over
monopolies and the market to enforce a workable scheme of national interest .
The authoritarian state can say “Stop” to business or in the market, as the
liberal state| cannot do . It is an interesting fact that the liberal state can
prevent pedestrians and cyclists from using express highways, or whites and
orientals from intermarrying, without violating, any of the rights of man, but
cannot regulate market practices or child labor without running afoul of all
sorts of constitutional difficulties .
More liberal liberty merely
means more power to the economic winners, who, it should not be necessary to
add, are not exactly, “We, the people .” Changing the scheme of economic
liberties or government interference may also, and incidentally, mean a
different set of economic winners . Thus, if we repealed all tariff duties, or
completely stopped relief payments to the destitute and unemployed, or abandoned
all counter deflationary policies, we should have a long and bitter economic
war, from which would eventually emerge a new set of economic winners — that is,
if complete chaos did not supervene during the conflict .
But, after the international
trade war following tariff repeal, or after the capital-versus-labor-strike war
following a sharp turn to laissez-faire, had been won, the new economic winners
would promptly avail themselves of liberal liberties to have laws and
administration modified to suit their interests . We should then be as far from
story book liberalism as we are now and as we have always been . The same
tendency to create maladjustments, and the same inabilities to effect
readjustments, would still be manifest .
The obvious conclusion emerging
from any searching inquiry into the possibilities of maintaining adequate
adjustments and prompt readjustments in anything but a pioneer, frontier economy
is that this must be a supreme feat of social management or government . Its
performance has to be the function professional pride, and self-interest of a
political leadership of the nation . To achieve readjustability under
liberalism we would have to restore the frontier .
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER IX
PLANNING : A PROBLEM IN VALUE
CHOICES
IT Is hoped that
the discussion of the preceding eight chapters leaves the larger question of the
workability of the liberal capitalist system as well answered in the negative as
it can reasonably be expected that such a question could be answered in a few
chapters and in advance of the only conclusive verdict, that of history. After
all, the unworkability of the present system is only a premise or a hypothesis
which, in the light of current events, seems to have strong probabilities of
being proved entirely correct by future events. It is a necessary premise for
the building of a successor system, without which we shall be badly off if, and
as, the proofs of the unworkability of liberal capitalism continue to
accumulate.
Assuming, then, as proved
sufficiently for our purpose, the proposition that liberal capitalism is
unworkable, or that it no longer meets satisfactorily the imperatives of public
order in the present situation, What are the order imperatives to be met by a
successor system? and, What are the probable choices in the development of a
successor system?
No one idea or principle can be
called central or paramount in any enterprise as vast as that of erecting a new
civilization on the ruins of an old one. But, for the purpose of making a quick
intellectual approach to this enterprise, as a present day undertaking, no word
could carry the mind farther than that of planning.
Social planning is the
outstanding imperative of public order and material abundance in the present day
and in the near future. Of course, nothing makes it certain that the world will
enjoy order and abundance in the coming era. Wells and Spengler see chaos ahead.
Fascism sees no inevitable millennium but merely says, "Given existing
conditions in the leading capitalist countries, here is a formula for order and
abundance which can be made to work and which most people can be made to like."
As for the questions, "What is
fascist planning?" or "What is the fascist plan?" it must be answered that
whatever fascism, or the modern executive state, becomes and does, in any given
country and period, results from a combination of the requirements for
successful management of the productive and cultural factors, from the ideal of
a social scheme cherished by the leaders of the discontented elite who seize
political power and, of course, from the play of the innumerable and complex
factors of the world situation. This is why one cannot express the fascist
scheme in the language either of liberalism, or communism, or any other system
based on the assumption that it possesses a monopoly of absolute truth.
The liberal scheme rests on the
ideology of supposedly eternal and absolute truths. These truths are but
verbalisms, like equality before the law, freedom of contract, democratic
self-government, fair competition, just compensation, and so on. They sound
impressive to the masses, who cannot possibly explain what these verbalisms mean
in terms which harmonize the official definitions with the definitions furnished
by daily experience.
The fascist scheme of things is
an expression of human will which creates its own truths and values from day to
day to suit its changing purposes. The logic of liberalism is that of organizing
and conducting society according to revelation. Before the French Revolution and
the conquest of English puritan liberalism by late 18th century Continental
rationalism, truth was supposed to be revealed by God. Since Rousseau and Tom
Paine, truth has been supposed to be revealed by reason. Whereas the medium of
God was one's conscience if one was a Protestant, and God's vicar on earth if
one was a Roman Catholic, the medium of reason in the American liberal
commonwealth has been supposed to be the courts. Like the priests of the ancient
cults who were ready to say, what God or the oracle revealed, the American
courts are supposed to be ready to say what the Constitution and reason reveal
through them to the human mind at large. If five of the nine judges agree on the
revelation, that makes it binding.
Fascism, on the other hand,
starts out from a situation of fact and a human will to do something about it,
whether to alter it or to preserve it. As a triumphant force, fascism is
essentially an expression of the human will reacting to the changing situations
of life in the eternal struggle for existence. Like all forces which are
revolutionary in their beginning, it starts out as an expression of the human
will to change a given situation to some other desired pattern. Truth, right,
justice, and reason are whatever serves the fulfillment of this purpose.
It may be said that the fascist
plan is what the people want or what the leaders want. But it must be said that
fascist planning is the way to get it. Fascism triumphs because it is, among
other things, a formula of fulfillment, which people are happy to turn to from
the liberal formulas of defeat, frustration, and inhibition both of governmental
and private initiatives-in the fast crystallizing post-War situation. Liberalism
today means millions of individuals who cannot do anything about some of their
most vital personal problems, such as finding work and a place in the scheme of
things--they can no longer go west or migrate-and governments which, because of
legal and customary inhibitions, cannot do anything adequate about these great
social maladjustments. Fascism may do the wrong things but it is not inhibited
from doing anything. The chief plank in the social or political platform of most
of the conservatives today can be summed up in the one word
inhibition--inhibition of government, inhibition of the underprivileged,
inhibition of anything in the nature of a vital plan of a nation.
To talk fascism, communism, or
19th century liberalism, of course, is to talk a different language in each
case. For that reason many people will have difficulty in understanding this
book, which does not reason from many customary assumptions. It is written in
the sanguine hope that a few people will be able to understand the language of a
system of concepts and purposes which, though different from that of their early
mental formation, is not in conflict with their fundamental interests. The usual
tendency of the mind in this respect is to try to reduce the content of another
ideological system, like liberalism, fascism or communism, to the language of
one's own system. When this tendency is not successfully repressed, the values
of one system get transmuted, by the processes of translation into another
language, from virtues to vices, from nationalities to monstrosities.
Thus, in the language of
communism, a small storekeeper, or a farmer hiring a few helpers and working
twelve or fourteen hours a day to make a pitiful living and raise a family, is a
dirty bourgeois or capitalist oppressor. And, of course, the liberal prints
these days are full of choice and violent epithets for things and personalities
fascist or communist. What fascists regard as an ennobling love of country,
translated into the liberal language becomes mass hysteria. What fascists
cherish as social discipline, translated into the liberal language becomes
tyranny--and so it goes.
Two simple but profound and
fundamental notions are essential to any understanding of planning, or fascism,
or communism, as well as to the formulation of any new social system. The first
notion is that any social system represents a given scheme or hierarchy of
ultimate values, or group and personal objectives, the upholding of which is one
of the chief duties of man, the State, and social institutions generally. The
second notion is that these ultimate values cannot be validated by the processes
of logic or by reason. These two notions are especially important in connection
with planning, because the important choices to be made lie mostly in the field
of ultimate values, or of ends rather than means.
Contrary to much of the current
misrepresentation both of fascism and communism, there is, in the matter of
techniques or the choice of means, little difference between liberalism,
fascism, and communism. This is true because similar tasks, when undertaken in
similar situations and against similar obstacles, are pursued under liberalism,
fascism, or communism with similar means, techniques, or policies.
The liberal states in time of
peace are free of many of the repressive measures of fascism and communism. But,
in time of war, they use quite similar measures, and fascist and communist
revolutions are distinctly war phases, just as the English, American and French
Revolutions were war phases of an emerging liberalism. The liberal revolutions
are over--so is liberalism: Cromwells no longer behead kings and sack Dublins,
and the guillotine is no longer working out on the public squares of Paris the
liberal ideals of Liberty, Equality and Fraternity. The fascist and communist
revolutions, however, are still in course, which does make a difference.
It will be found that the
techniques of an American, Russian, Italian or German steel-mill foreman, bridge
builder, machine-gun company commander, or army air-bomber will vary
intentionally very little where the task is similar. These differences, more
imaginary than real, are quite like the differences between German and other
brands of militarism during the War. The one differs from the other chiefly in
that the one is a little more or less efficient. Before the American army went
into the trenches in 1917, our officers attended British and French schools in
trench warfare, gas warfare, tank warfare and bayonet drill. It never occurred
to any sane American to suggest that we show the Germans good American fighting
methods of the days of George Washington, Andrew Jackson, or Grant and Lee. The
fact that we may have to follow in the present crisis certain European
precedents in economic planning, just as we followed European experience in loth
century warfare, will merely indicate that certain European nations got into the
economic crisis ahead of us, just as they got into the late World War before us.
Today one may almost say that
there are no peculiarly American or European methods of social or political
management. There are just good and bad methods, or apt and inept methods, or
modern and obsolete methods. There is nothing in the American tradition to
warrant the conclusion that, in meeting the challenge of new conditions, the
American way is inept instead of apt, or obsolete instead of modern. In the
social or political field we have some vigorous defenders of the obsolete
against the up-to-date, but, influential as many of these defenders are, they
will have a hard time proving by events that good Americanism consists in being
behind the times. America cannot forever remain 17th and 18th century in its
law, and political and social theory and practice, while moving in the vanguard
of 20th century technological progress. The defenders of 18th century
Americanism are doomed to become the laughing stock of their own countrymen.
Americans are no more given to conservatism, backwardness, or timidity than any
other people, but rather, less, if anything.
What differentiates different
social systems, most of which are trying to make the most efficient use of the
same machinery and techniques in the maintenance of some scheme of social order,
is differences in values, or objectives, or tasks undertaken, with, of course,
some differences due to different specific situations, or difficulties to be
overcome, in the pursuit of given sets of objectives. There are no real
disbelievers in planning--certainly not Mr. Hoover or Mr. Mellon. There are only
disbelievers in certain plans and planning by the other fellow.
We have a wide range of values
or objectives for national planning from which to make choices. As for
techniques or instruments, we are unlimited as to their use except by the
indications of suitability to the end. We have less to gain from a study of
European precedents in planning than from analysis of our own problems. A
discussion of planning for America must assume a set of values, and explore the
possibilities of their realization and the possible means to this end. If, in
this discussion, it be assumed that one of our values should be a type of racism
which excludes certain races from citizenship, then the plan of execution should
provide for the annihilation, deportation, or sterilization of the excluded
races. If, on the contrary, as I devoutly hope will be the case, the scheme of
values will include that of a national citizenship in which race will be no
qualifying or disqualifying condition, then the plan of realization must, in so
far as race relations are concerned, provide for assimilation or accommodation
of race differences within the scheme of smoothly running society.
It cannot be stressed too much
that in the field of choices of ultimate values or objectives lie the issues
most to be studied, clarified and debated. I have said that ultimate values
cannot be validated or proved good or desirable, or the opposite, by the
processes of logic. I am often asked why I try to talk or write rationally about
ultimate values if they cannot be validated or proved good or bad by reason. My
answer is an easy and adequate one to make: Rational statement, analysis,
clarification, and comparison of values are useful for two reasons: First,
values are realized, made to triumph, or enforced, through the instrumentality
of reason. That is, if you know what you want, reason will help you to get it if
it can be had. And, second, values can be clarified and compared only by the
processes of reason. What many people, trained in 18th century rationalism,
cannot understand, is that there is a difference between the rational
clarification, comparison and implementation of a scheme of values, and the
rational demonstration that that scheme is good or bad.
In connection with the problems
of planning, it is important to dispose of the popular notion that social
planning is purely an engineering or technical feat which will be ideally
performed by experts, if supplied adequately with facts by factfinding agencies,
and with funds by the taxpayers, or by some endowed foundation. This notion of
18th century rationalism not only assumes that reason is normative instead of
being merely instrumental, or the tool of the will and of our emotional drives;
but it also regards facts as ascertainable absolutes or truths. Such notions
about the nature and function of reason are among the prepossessions of formal
logic. The logician is supposed to wait for the scientist to bring him, done up
in neat bundles, the facts for his premises. The logician then pours the facts
into his little machine and turns the crank, whereupon truth and error, justice
and injustice, right and wrong, come out the other end duly separated and graded
like different grades of milk and cream issuing from a cream separator. This
notion is one of the basic assumptions made by American jurisprudence as to the
function of the courts. It also underlies the logical structures of most of the
liberal social sciences.
As the scientist well knows,
facts have to be selected according to purposes, or preconceived theories and
intuitions, or hunches, or, more definitely, according to the conclusion or
verdict which it is desired to reach, or according to the hypothesis it is
desired to build up. The greatest scientists recognize that there can be no
scientific observation without a previous theory or intuition. Furthermore, as
we have already seen, facts are merely the ways in. which things experienced or
observed appear to different persons. And facts have a charming way of nearly
always seeming as they should seem in order to prove some given preconceived
theory or conclusion.
Then, too, there is the great
limiting consideration that, even if several observers see the same data alike,
or agree as to what the facts are, and if they are indifferent as to the
conclusion (as natural scientists ordinarily are and as social scientists
ordinarily arc not) it always remains true that no group of observers can ever
observe everything or get all the facts about any matter.
Contrary to the charges of many
critics (See Bertrand Russell's article on "The Revolt Against Reason" in
Harper's Magazine, February, 1935), fascism is not anti-intellectual or
antirational. On the contrary, it uses observed fact and logical deduction quite
as well as liberalism. Fascism, however, unlike liberalism, does not regard the
processes of reason as a game which one must suppose to be played in a certain
way and which one must play in a different way. The fascist recognizes that when
the fact finders have dumped a series of facts about a given matter into the
hopper of a law court, a theorist, or an administrative expert, they have merely
supplied a limited number of observations selected with some purpose in mind
other than that of pure truth-assuming there is such a thing.
Besides, the fascist does not
assume that the truth, all the truth, and nothing but the truth, can ever be
known about anything. The will that dictates the purpose in the gathering and
submission of facts, and in the logical use made of them, must also, grosso
modo, determine the conclusion, verdict or result. Thus we see, in communist
Russia, that there is one law for the member of the communist party and another
law for the capitalist, just as, in capitalist America, there is one justice for
the rich and another for the poor in the vast majority of situations in which
law is an important factor. Legal advice how to get around the law, or due
process of law to beat the law, is to be bought. The more a man can spend on the
law and its due process, the less difficulty it will cause him, and the more he
can get away with. The social plan expresses the will and purposes of the
dominant classes and not the indications of absolutes or abstractions called by
names like reason and justice. In a later chapter we shall explore further the
power aspects of the social plan.
Reason is useful as a means to
an end, and as a selector or clarifier of ends about which one is not clear.
Thus, if a man demonstrates to me that he clearly understands a given value or
scheme of values which he cherishes, and that he understands all the
implications or consequences of that value or scheme of values which I am able
to point out to him, and that he still clings to it and is prepared to pay the
full price of its pursuit, I, as a rational person, must recognize that there is
nothing further I can reasonably say to him to change his mind and purpose in
this respect. If I am wholly rational, and not an irrational addict of a certain
cult of rationalism, I will further recognize that he may be quite as rational
as I in choosing and pursuing a diametrically opposite set of objectives from my
own. Nothing raises more doubt of the rationality of liberal rationalists today
than the frequency with which they apply terms like mad, insane, and crazy, to
persons and things they dislike.
Had I been living in 15th
century Spain, with my present religious views, I should have understood the
futility of any appeal to reason to dissuade the heads of the Inquisition from
their enterprises of religious persecution or purification of Spain of heresy.
Their rational capacity was quite as good as mine, and their understanding of
the implications and consequences of religious persecution was quite as complete
as mine. But their premises and emotional attitudes differed from mine. If they
felt that those unpleasant things they did had to be done, or those heavy prices
they made Spain pay had to be paid, to save their souls and the souls of most of
their compatriots, and that saving souls as they understood it was the most
important thing in life (as undoubtedly they felt with all sincerity and deep
intensity), what could be said to them in the name of reason to alter their
conviction? Obviously, nothing. A really rational mind will size up such a
situation as presenting, broadly stated, four possibilities: (i) Become a
convert; (a) be a martyr; (3) fight and win; (4) fight and lose. If the decision
be to fight, the reason will be found useful as an instrument. If the decision
be for conversion or martyrdom, the reason may be found somewhat of a nuisance,
though converts and martyrs usually have their reason well under control. The
decision will, in any event, be determined by emotional attitudes and impulses
rather than the reason.
What is most needed today in
the discussion of a plan for America is rational clarification of values or
social objectives. Many people who think they cherish a value can be made to
repudiate and abhor it completely by being made, through the processes of
reason, to see its implications. What most people cherish, after all, is a set
of verbalisms, some of which, of course, stand for values they would die for,
but most of which are just meaningless symbols to which their emotional
responses have been conditioned to react in certain ways, but which their
understanding never even attempts to grasp. Thus, if a man says that he is ready
to shed the last drop of American blood, including his own, to uphold a decision
of the League of Nations, or the World Court, or to maintain the present status
quo in Europe, or to keep the Japanese out of the Philippines, I realize that I
have nothing to say to him on these questions. If, however, as is most often the
case, he is just a muddle-headed believer in international justice and
cooperation, or the white man's burden, who has never grasped the consequences
of any serious espousal of a cause flying one of these verbal banners, then he
is open to an appeal to reason. It is possible to make him reject his value not
by rational invalidation but by rational clarification of the value. But some
people know what they want and still want it -a fact which many liberals have
difficulty in understanding.
What makes so many people
tiresome as well as mischievous in the discussion of issues of values is their
persistence in attempting to argue on premises the other fellow does not and
will not accept. That is their notion of an appeal to reason. Because fascists
reject that sort of appeal to reason, they are often accused of being
anti-rational or anti-intellectual. Now, a conflict between two nations, or two
economic groups, or two persons, can often be averted by making one or both
parties see clearly the implications or consequences of maintaining his
position. But conflict is rather hastened than averted by one or both parties
trying to make the other accept his values or his premises by an appeal to
reason.
Using reason to clarify
momentous social values and their consequences finally brings the choice of
alternatives down to one of fight or make concessions. The attempt to evade this
final issue by making the other fellow see that God, reason, justice, right, or
whatever else the word invoked may be, is on one's side, never averts the fight
but rather exasperates the other fellow, and makes him all the more eager to
fight. In the discussion of values or social objectives, it is useful to be
clear as to what one wants and what the other fellow wants, and also to find out
at hat point either party will fight. Taking this view of the issue will usually
produce more concessions on both sides than a futile appeal to justice or reason
to support one's scheme of values. Certainly, the American Civil War could have
been averted had both sides talked constantly in terms of fight or concede. Both
sides could have made enough concessions to make fighting unnecessary. But
neither side could convince the other that it had God, the Constitution,
justice, right, or reason on its side.
In the coming clash between the
haves and the have-nots, or between the embattled bond-holders and the
frustrated elite of the lower middle classes, a new formula on the basis of
mutual concessions is possible. But the appeal by either side to the
Constitution, justice, right, reason, or Americanism is not going to avert what
must be an irrepressible conflict if neither side is prepared to make
concessions. In this issue, obviously, most of the concessions will have to be
made by the haves. But they should be reminded that in life-and-death conflicts
of interest and principle the final choices are always concessions or
throatcutting. And, before they say their last word against making concessions,
they should measure carefully their probable chances in the long run, if
conflicts of economic interests finally come to an issue of arms.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER X
PLANNING : THE FORCE FACTOR
IN THE preceding
chapter, in opening up the topic of national planning as one of the order
imperatives indicated by the present situation, we saw the importance of
ultimate values as subjects for discussion, choice, and realization, in
connection with any national plan. In this chapter we shall stress the force
aspect of national planning. For it is this phase of planning which draws the
heaviest fire of critics of fascism, and it is a refusal to see the
inevitability of the force factor in the realization of social values which
condemns most reformers to futility. A few of the main points of this emphasis
may be summarized at the outset.
First, social situations
represent always a balance of power, or of the resultants of mighty pressures
bearing upon every individual. It may be said that the social situation rests on
consent only if it assumed that those who are powerless against the coercion
applied consent to what they do not like but cannot alter. Except for. marked
deviates, who are the exceptional cases, individuals tend to behave as the
resultants of force pressures brought to bear upon them may be expected to make
them behave in given situations or cases. In other words, there has never been a
free society in which men and women enjoyed sovereignty over their choices or
conduct. The free society which serves as the premise of so much liberal attack
on fascism is the ideal of philosophical anarchy, and not the reality of any
society that ever was.
Second, all government,
liberal, no less than fascist or communist, has to be a monopoly of force and
violence, or, as one great statesman once called it, a perpetual conspiracy of
power. The chief objective of this conspiracy is everywhere today, and usually
has been in times past, the realization of a given scheme of social values which
were both rationalized and cherished by those in power. Much present-day liberal
criticism of fascism or the authoritarian State implies, when it does not
actually make the charge, that the non-liberal States correspond to no social
philosophy, to no moral imperatives, to no collective ideals, but merely to the
caprice of the given dictator or governing oligarchy in power.
These implications or charges
must seem absurd if one takes a calm view of demonstrations of support given to
these governments by millions of people, whom it is not reasonable to assume
insane or hypnotized by a single man or a small group of men. It serves no
useful intellectual purpose to call what I like liberty, and what I dislike
license, or to say, when the law suits me, that there is not coercion but
freedom, and, when the law does not suit me, that it is coercive and oppressive.
These tricks of argument or propaganda merely amount to saying that government
is coercive only when it coerces me or when it coerces others in ways of which I
disapprove. If I do not approve of the values or social objectives of a
government, why not say so, instead of saying that I do not approve of coercion
and that I love freedom? Every one disapproves of certain coercions and wants
certain liberties, all of which merely proves that the ultimate value is the
thing.
Third, the more complex the
technical scheme of social organization, that is to say, the more machines and
techniques there are in use, especially in the economic processes, the more of
government is required in order to realize the social plan or public order.
Robinson Crusoe could enjoy all sorts of liberties from government coercion, but
he was deprived of all sorts of advantages which are only possible under a
system of complex governmental coercion. Government coercion is not a function
of a dictator's caprice or of the malevolence of certain people under any
system. It is a function of the complexity and interdependence of the ruling
scheme of social organization.
Fourth, coercion of human
conduct, whether by organized government or the blind play of impersonal forces
and fortuitous events, cannot have a quantitative measurement which is either
valid or useful. We cannot demonstrate scientifically that there is more or less
freedom or coercion under any one of the three systems, capitalism, fascism, and
communism, than there is under the other. Under any one of the three systems we
can point out different liberties and different coercions, or liberties and
coercions for different classes. But how can we measure the liberties of
American millionaires and high ranking officials of the fascist parties or the
communist party? And what is the quantity of coercion represented by the plight
of twenty-five million Americans who are forced to accept a charity which
humiliates them and does not properly take care of them, or of eleven million
negroes who are forced to accept a status which is understood not to make them
entirely happy, or of an indeterminate number of politically proscribed persons
in Germany, Italy or Russia? What is the scientific coercion and liberty meter
which gives the American, Russian and German indexes of liberty and coercion? It
cannot be the subjective expressions of feeling of those who speak for one class
of the proscribed to which they belong and not for all the insulted and injured
of the world.
Fifth, it is the total social
result or situation, from the point of view of a given individual or a given
group, which furnishes the only satisfactory subject for evaluation and
comparison so far as social conditions are concerned. The force factors are
instrumental in every social scheme.
Sixth, the inevitable
uniqueness of a social plan for a given nation at a given moment makes coercion
necessary to realize that plan. Many people nowadays seem to reason that,
inasmuch as planning is a new discovery--which it is not--and a good
thing--which is purely a question of the plan and the point of view--the more
plans, planners and planning, the better. In other words, let everybody have a
hand at planning. The fact, of course, is that only one social plan can be
operative in one country at one time if it is to enjoy public order. If two
plans are operative in the realm of deeds, and not merely in the realm of
dreams, speculations and wishes--the realm of liberal reformers and
socialists--it may be said civil war is either in course or in active
preparation. The uniqueness of liberal capitalism as the operating system of one
country at one time is best exemplified in the law of property.
The reasons why a given nation
can have only one social plan operative at a time seem too obvious, on careful
thought, to need any elaboration. Briefly, it may be said that the reasons are
much the same as the reasons why traffic must keep either to the right or the
left and not follow the individual preferences of drivers. There can be no
social order if every individual reserves, and exercises freely, the right to
make certain choices according to his own preferences rather than according to
the dictates of a unique social plan of the community in which he lives. Our
Supreme Court, in ruling on a citizenship case, has held that even a woman
wishing to become a naturalized American citizen may not take the oath of
allegiance with the reservation that in the matter of fighting for her country
she will obey the voice of conscience instead of the voice of the state. Freedom
of conscience under liberal capitalism has never been an absolute freedom.
No minority, religious, racial,
or cultural, can be allowed to inculcate doctrines or impart social attitudes
violently inconsistent with social order. For, after all, social order, and not
individual or group self-expression, must be the highest ultimate value of any
social plan. Individual or group self-expression in ways incompatible with
social order is simply another term for social anarchy. This does not mean that
different races, religions, and groups, may not be allowed to flourish and
maintain certain group peculiarities, provided none of their peculiarities
seriously jeopardize the social plan. To hear many liberals talk these days, one
would suppose that the end of social organization was to make the world safe for
minority self-expression. Certainly Christianity, when in political control,
whether through the Roman Catholic Church or any one of the Protestant sects,
has never followed this principle, nor did the Jews when they were a nation.
To say that individual
self-expression should be the major objective of the social plan, but that such
expression must not infringe any of the rules of the social plan, is merely to
say, in different words, the same thing fascism, or, for that matter, every
other social order, has said in some form or other. The imperatives of social
order always fix the limits of individual self-expression. And the imperatives
of social order have always to be interpreted or made explicit by someone other
than the person who violates them. Whether a crowned king, a gowned judge or an
executive committee, called by whatever name it may be, has the last word as to
what the imperatives of social order demand in the way of limitation of
individual selfexpression, the facts remain that these imperatives always impose
restrictions on human conduct, these imperatives are always interpreted by a few
persons in power and not by every citizen for himself, and these imperatives are
always interpreted and enforced with a view to the realization of some given
social scheme.
Liberal teaching constantly
raises the question whether the individual may express himself contrary to the
order imperatives of the social system, but liberal practice never allows that
question to become a real issue. The individual under liberalism, as under every
other system, is perfectly free to say and do what may be considered safe by
those in power. The only real issue, so far as the concepts of freedom or the
right to individual self-expression may be concerned, is one of fact rather than
one of principle. It is always an issue how much latitude those in power can and
do allow to individual conduct, or how large is the list of safe things to say
and do. Contrary to the implications of liberal argument and propaganda, there
is no issue between a system which allows what it considers unsafe utterances
and acts, and a system which does not allow such utterances and acts. The issue
or choice is always between the fact of one ruling class which has one field of
safe utterances and acts, and the fact of another ruling class which has another
field of safe utterances and acts.
The idea to stress at this time
in the interests of larger tolerance or more freedom is that great differences
in forms of selfexpression are necessary to accommodate widely different human
personalities. The case for tolerance is only good when grounded on the factual
basis of the widely divergent requirements of different personalities-of
personalities whose differences can never be eliminated by education,
indoctrination, or any sort of conditioning. It is not necessary in the
interests of public safety, and it is altogether bad from the point of view of
efficient social mechanics, to try to force an intellectual whose taste runs to
unitarianism or some cult of modernist ethical teaching, and another person with
a different make-up who finds an elaborate mass or an old-fashioned revival
meeting best suited to his spiritual needs, to accept a standardized religious
service or to forego any religious service whatever. Nor is it necessary to
force lovers of grand opera and jazz, or lovers of Proust and Elinor Glynn, to
accept a standard form of dramatic musical or literary entertainment. It is
necessary only to prevent the pulpit, the press, or any associational activity,
from being used by leaders in ways to defeat the national plan.
To those who boast of the
tolerance shown by liberal capitalism to minorities, to different religions or
to divergent opinions, it has only to be recalled that we did not tolerate
polygamy among the Mormons, and that we do not tolerate thousands of religious
practices which are as old as history. Our liberal order tolerates many widely
divergent teachings, it is true, but definitely draws the line against many
teachings and public utterances. In war time, for instance, it does not tolerate
appeals from the pulpit to men in uniform to obey the commandment "Thou shalt
not kill." The reasons why utterances or actions dangerously subversive of
public order are tolerated nowhere needs no explanation.
It remains to perfect formulas
for the tolerance of safe differences of ways, safe preferences and safe
expressions of opinion or criticism. And it is desirable, for reasons which the
liberals have excelled at pointing out, to have the area of tolerance as broad
and inclusive as possible. But there must be no nonsense about tolerance in an
absolute or unlimited sense. Such nonsense will not help tolerance today. In
times of war and revolution, those in authority often err grievously in
exaggerating the requirements of safety. To correct these errors, it will not be
found helpful to assert absolutes which are wholly untenable in honest
discussion and impossible of application by a social order which aims to
survive. It will rather be helpful to the enlargement of tolerance to attempt to
distinguish realistically between what is safe and what is unsafe, in a given
situation, for the maintenance of a given set of values. It may be safe to allow
a fundamental discussion of values which is critical of some of them, or an
exposure of evils or mistakes, or the gibe of a vaudeville comedian or a popular
cartoonist against the government. It may not be safe, however, to allow
ministers of religion to incite to civil disobedience or nonconformity with
state-dictated standards of conduct.
The right formula, or the ideal
balance between repression and tolerance, can best be sought if the mind is
freed of liberal norms, or impossible and nearly meaningless verbalisms, such as
free speech, free press, freedom of conscience, and so forth, and if an attempt
is made quite simply to determine the minimum of governmental repression
compatible with safety for a given plan in a given situation. This formula will
have to rely mainly on executive judgment and responsibility rather than on
juridical norms and judicial interpretation and enforcement.
For public safety has highly
elastic requirements varying enormously according to the place, moment, total
situation, and scheme of values, to be realized. Any charter of liberties
becomes necessarily an absurdity after a few years, for no plan of public order
and means to its realization can long, be appropriate to changing conditions. If
the theory of verbal norms and judicial interpretation and application be
followed, the fundamental law, or the highest social ideals or objectives, will
soon be lost sight of in the development of a juridical science or static scheme
of ideas and practices which will quickly try to free itself of the nuisances of
reality and try to operate entirely within a closed realm of logic--a logic that
assumes the realities it requires for its purposes and disregards any refractory
realities of experience.
Only an executive can insure
the widest measure of tolerance, and he can do this only if he has the widest
power to adjust formulas to changing conditions. And, after all, what is safe
for the maintenance of public order can only be determined from day to day by a
central authority charged with the responsibility of maintaining order. If the
lovers of tolerance would only see that tolerance is not an absolute which the
state can give or withhold in any quantity it sees fit, quite independently of
imperatives of the ruling scheme of values, but that tolerance has always to be
fitted into a workable and unique plan of social order, they would concern
themselves more with the problems of choosing the plan and making it effective,
and less with categorical demands for more tolerance.
The explicitness of government
uses of force, and the noticeability of sudden change in the application of
force for the achievement of new or different objectives, make state exercises
of power, call them what you will, the subject of considerable misrepresentation
and misconception where a new social system like communism or fascism is
involved. The more governed by political government a community is, the more
recognizable will be the force factors, but not necessarily the more coercive.
The reason, let it be emphasized, is not that human conduct is more subject to
coercion or less free, in the aggregate or on the average, where there is more
government or a new social scheme. The reason is that, to whatever extent
government purposively coerces to realize given social objectives, the coercion
has to be explicit and vested with the personality which attaches to government
(e.g. The State versus John Doe). Such coercion is more explicit than that of
the pressures of impersonal and anonymous forces over which the individual can
have little or no control, and of the operation of which he ordinarily has
little understanding.
It may be said that the
coercion most keenly felt is the most important or oppressive. To this it need
only be answered that where the coercions of government, social custom, or
economic necessity, are of long standing and efficient application, the people
subject to them are no more conscious of them than habitual motorists are
conscious of frustration by traffic lights, or than habitual travellers in the
subways and elevators are conscious of frustration in these unnatural and,
often, extremely uncomfortable modes of transportation. Those who accept without
conscious resentment the discomfort of crowded subways or elevators feel amply
compensated by the superior speed and facility of transportation thus afforded
them. They do not discuss subways or elevators in terms of claustrophobia, as
many liberals discuss government in terms of liberty and constraint, or in terms
wholly irrelevant to the points of paramount public interest in the thing
discussed.
When the coercions of
government or custom take a new turn, as a result of revolutionary change in
social objectives, they naturally have the faults of newness, of a new shoe, for
instance. To these faults are, of course, to be added those of inefficient and
inexperienced application by new personnel in government. A small business or
professional man in this country whose very livelihood had always depended on
his most servile yessing of his economic dictators in the market, might well
consider it an outrageous tyranny if a new set of superiors dictating new social
imperatives were suddenly added, by the inauguration of a fascist regime, to
those already in authority and power over him. If any one is here disposed to
interpose the reminder that under the present system one is free to choose one's
boss, one's customer, or one's banker, I can only take time to say in reply,
"Tell it to the unemployed and the farmers who are on the dole."
One of the strongest arguing
and operating points of liberal capitalism has always been the fact that its
most vital and often its harshest coercions, those of economic necessity, under
a given regime of property distribution and deprivation, legally enforced with
the might of the State, have been applied with impersonality, anonymity, and a
large measure of irresponsibility. If a man loses his job, home, or business,
through changes he could not control, he is supposed to have no one but himself
to blame. For, although the acts of others in power, whether in government or
big business, may have contributed largely or almost entirely to his misfortune,
there is no one in power with any significant degree of responsibility for the
consequences of his economic or political acts. So far as the running of
business or finance is concerned, most people today are pretty well disposed to
concede this point without argument. For there are few corporation or bank
stockholders who are foolish enough to cherish the illusion that their property
rights give them any real control over those who manage their property.
So far as the running of
government is concerned, however, the delusion of 18th century theories of
political democracy, plausible only in the days when the town meeting could be
an important factor, still persist. Thus it may be said that the economic
misfortunes of the United States were duly charged up to the Republican Party in
the results of the elections of 1932. But, if one looks at all below the surface
of political changes, one must see that the defeat of a political party or
candidate can be called a punishment only in a highly qualified sense. It can
never be said to amount to a real conviction of misconduct, negligence, or even
bad judgment. In most cases, individuals pass out of political life for reasons
wholly unconnected with any expression of public censure, however much their
acts may be considered censurable or even censured by a majority vote at the
polls. The way the system works, every important political and economic figure
has a good alibi for public opinion, and a perfect immunity for legal purposes,
so far as the consequences of his acts may be concerned.
Our attachment to the liberal
principle of separation of powers, and our liberal hostility to coordination of
authority and a permanent governing class, necessarily make for irresponsibility
in the use of power-political or economic. It is only in the fields of specific
offenses against the State, the person, and property, or fields chiefly covered
by the criminal law and the laws of torts, that personal responsibility can, as
a practical matter, be enforced to any significant extent. As for the
responsibility which is supposed to be implicit in our electoral system, it is
farcical, due to the way the system necessarily operates.
For example, a governor of a
state may direct the militia and police, and the powers of his office, in ways
to prevent labor from making an effective use of economic weapons like the
strike and the picket, thus materially contributing to the imposition on
thousands o£ mine or factory workers of an economic status more unfavorable than
that which they might win if allowed by the governor a freer use of certain
economic weapons at their command. He may also appoint members to a state public
service regulation commission, a factory inspection service, or a bank
superintendent, who will give the utilities, the manufacturers, and the bankers,
regulation pretty much as they like it. This governor of the Tweedledum Party is
finally beaten at the polls by the gubernatorial candidate of the Tweedledee
Party, who, in the campaign, exploits the partiality of his rival the Tweedledum
governor to the mine owners, factory owners, and employers generally.
Does this electoral result mean
that any significant measure of political responsibility has been established
thereby? Not in the least. The outgoing governor of the Tweedledum Party is not
sent off to shiver in a petty governmental function in Alaska, or to sweat in a
similar function in Panama or the Philippines. Oh, no; he goes back to the
practice of law, to cash in on the policies for which he has been punished by
defeat. His punishment takes the form of increased professional income, all
legitimately and honorably supplied him by the interests he so faithfully served
while in office. And the incoming governor of the Tweedledee Party continues the
same partiality to the same interests, for he, too, is a lawyer who has to think
of making an honest living when, sooner or later, he has to go back to private
life. He, therefore, uses his term in office to build up good will and
friendships among those who can be his best paying clients when he leaves
office.
It is no meaningless
coincidence that about seventy per cent of the men in Congress are lawyers. It
is the calling which makes the political payoff easiest to give and to take with
perfect legality and decorum. The law, however, is not the only calling in which
the pay-off is easy.
It is not strange that there
are so few cases of technical graft in political office. judicially established.
It is strange that there are so many, when the payment of graft in legal and
conventionally proper ways is so easy. What makes it easy, primarily, is the
simple fact that almost every official in office is constantly thinking of
business or professional opportunities when he leaves office. Often, the
official in office has interests which can be legally and properly helped while
he is still in office. If one undertook to compile the concrete examples of what
is being said somewhat generally in these paragraphs, one would be writing the
case histories of tens of thousands of American political careers, including
those of Presidents and chief justices of the Supreme Court, where the on-again,
off-again, make-a-million-in-the-interval tradition has been duly established.
In making these obvious
observations about our political customs, it is only fair to remark that nothing
said here should be taken as expressing a personal censure of American
Presidents, Supreme Court justices, and public officials of all ranks, who have
followed our good traditions. In England and other liberal countries, of course,
it is a tradition that a judge may not return to the private practice of law. In
those countries, civil service and public service traditions much closer to
those of fascism or an authoritarian state have been developed. We, however,
have been more faithful to the authentic liberal prepossessions against a
governing class. We have carried liberalism in this respect to its logical
extreme or a practical absurdity. But no one is to blame for doing what is both
legal and good form.
Political responsibility of any
significant sort is possible only under a system in which political officials,
at least of the executive and judicial branches, with few exceptions, have only
a public career open to them once they have put their hand to the plough. It is
not punishment or censure to be beaten for a ten- or
twenty-thousand-dollar-a-year public office, the expenses of which are much
greater, to take up a hundred-thousand-dollar-a-year law practice or position as
an official in a corporation, working for the interests one has favored while in
office. And it is not to be expected that the average office-holder, while in
office, can fail to be influenced in his official acts by consideration of what
will be good for his future personal livelihood.
In this connection, it is also
to be remarked that public opinion in this country tends to rank a man in his
profession or business according to the amount of money he makes and leaves
behind him. Under liberal capitalism, it may be said that for the vast majority
of cases, the only real sense of responsibility which operates strongly on
official conduct is that of behaving so that a good law practice, job, or money
making proposition, will be waiting for the official-within the law and good
usages-when he has to leave public office, as our traditions demand that he must
do-with a few exceptions in the cases of judgeships for life.
Not only is irresponsibility a
result of non-professional government, or rather government by men whose
profession is making money at the law or something else, but corruption and
incompetence are also inevitable concomitants of such a system. The bitter truth
is that the majority of the American people feel definitely that government is a
graft or a racket for most office holders, and rather admire the successful for
getting away with as much as they can without getting caught. The system, by
making certain types of corruption of public officials legal and proper, makes
the corruption of mass standards of honesty inevitable.
The other result is that of an
incompetence which is also inevitable if few public officials are allowed to
acquire the experience and expertness which only a lifetime devotion to one
profession can give. It is a deplorable blindness, and one of the products of
liberal indoctrination, that the people believe that public interest can best be
maintained by ever so often giving a new gang of ambitious lawyers a chance
through public office to get experience, contacts, and good will, to enable them
to get ahead later on.
The point, of course, of this
lengthy and digressive discussion of a peculiar phase of American liberal
government is that power over the destinies of the people is exercised under our
system by individuals quite as much as under any so-called authoritarian system
of national planning, but that the operation of our present system tends to make
all exercises of power, whether economic or political, largely irresponsible.
Fascist planning does not
involve the introduction of force as a new principle, and quantitative
measurements of coercion and freedom are impossible. Any new scheme of planning
has to be pursued with the power of the state. It is essential to have these
general principles clearly understood, both by way of answering the liberal or
conservative attack on fascism as a phenomenon of coercion, in contradistinction
from liberal capitalism, a system of freedom, and by way of meeting the counter
proposals of innumerable schools of socialists and liberal reformers who would
solve our social problems without involving themselves with the problems of
government and coercion.
When planning enters the realm
of reality, it enters the realm of force and coercion. And this is seen in the
cases of millions who are forced to suffer privation and humiliation under
liberal capitalism, as well as in the cases of millions under the authoritarian
systems who are forced to accept various impositions of the state plan. The idea
that one social plan gives freedom while another imposes coercion is like the
idea that the difference between a horse and a cow is that the one has a head
while the other has a tail.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XI
STATE ABSOLUTISM
The State, through
the instrumentalities of government, has to express and enforce the social plan
which, for one country, has to be unique. We have already seen why the social
plan for any one country has to be unique. This plan the State has to express
and enforce through the instrumentalities of government. The methods by which
the State does this may follow the liberal formula of the policeman State or the
fascist formula of the executive State. In any event, the political power of the
State has to be exercised in many matters without limitation if any type of
social order is to be maintained. The point is that the power exercised by the
totalitarian State in economic and social planning is no greater than the power
of the State exercised in other ways under any other political system, or more
simply still, that the social plan always requires exercises of the absolute
power of the State.
The popular type of
denunciation of fascism on the ground that it stands for State absolutism, or a
State of unlimited powers, as contrasted with the liberal State of limited
powers, is based on misrepresentation of the true nature of the liberal State.
The issue between liberalism and fascism is not one of an absolute State versus
a State of limited powers. The fact is that the powers of every State are in
pure theory unlimited, except by physical impossibilities and by engagements the
State chooses to respect in deference to the demands of certain class interests.
The powers of the fascist State are unlimited as to doing certain things, while
the powers of the liberal State are equally unlimited as to doing certain other
things. The important differences between fascism and liberalism in this respect
lie between those certain things which each State, respectively, does without
limitation, or those fields of State action in which the State is inhibited by
no limiting constitutional or legal engagement not to do certain things.
Let us for a moment talk in
terms of concrete examples to clarify this obvious point that State absolutism
is not the issue but rather the specific applications to be made of the absolute
power of the State or rather the specific interests to be favored in the
unlimited uses of State power. Let us suppose that, under our liberal system, a
United States marine in 1927 had applied to one of our courts praying some kind
of court order restraining the President of the United States, as
commander-in-chief of the armed forces of the United States, from sending this
marine to kill Nicaraguans in order to carry out the pact which Mr. Stimson,
personal representative of the President, made with General Moncada, a
revolutionary leader at the head of an army in the field in June, 1927. This
marine might have argued, with entire correctness as to fact, that the
President's representative, Mr. Stimson, had no constitutional authority to make
a pledge to General Moncada that the United States Government would disarm all
the armed forces in Nicaragua and supervise the elections to be held over a year
later in November, 1928. The marine might also have pointed out that the
President of the United States is nowhere in the Constitution given power to use
the armed forces of the United States to supervise elections in a foreign
country, to disarm all its armed forces, and to kill all nationals of that
country who might oppose with arms the presence of American troops on their
territory, all without a formal declaration of war by the United States. Had the
marine made any such petition to one of our liberal law courts, what would he
have learned?
For one thing, he would have
learned that our courts have no power to enjoin the President of the United
States from sending the armed forces of the United States anywhere in the world,
or from ordering them to kill other people, or to commit any other act, however
arbitrary or unreasonable it might seem to be.
Let us suppose, again, that the
wife, mother or other dependent of a marine killed in battle in Nicaragua had at
tempted to prove a claim against the United States in the Court of Claims. This
is not a far-fetched supposition, as over a hundred and twenty marines were
killed in battle during our war on General Sandino. What would she have been
told? She would have been told that the United States Court of Claims had no
jurisdiction to hear such a claim. The United States Government is wholly
without legal responsibility to its own citizens for losses of life and damage
to their property which any military adventure of the President with American
troops may occasion abroad.
The power of the liberal State
to cause its citizens to be killed either in official or unofficial warfare
abroad, through exercises of the discretionary power of the President over our
armed forces, is absolutely unlimited by law or the courts. But it is a bulwark
of liberal liberty that the President's power to regulate commerce, or to do any
one of a thousand executive acts in the public interest, must be inhibited by
the Constitution or subject to judicial review for its reasonableness. The
President has virtually no limitations on his power to get us into war, through
the conduct of foreign relations or the command of the armed forces, except such
checks as legislative action might impose through impeachment or a failure to
vote necessary funds.
The features of the liberal
system we are now discussing are fundamental. It is constantly forgotten that
the quintessence of liberalism and liberal liberties under a constitution is the
maintenance of a regime of special or exceptionally favorable considerations for
private property. Briefly, private property cannot be taken for public purposes,
not even in war time, without an obligation to pay just compensation, while
human life may be so taken without an obligation to pay any compensation. The
liberal doctrine giving property a measure of protection and bargaining power
against the State denied to human life may be said to have fully emerged as a
political principle of good liberalism when Cromwell sent King Charles the First
of England to the block and established the rule that the King, or the executive
branch of the government, cannot take the money of the rich by means of direct
levies but must first have the money for the King's wars voted by Parliament,
which, as a practical matter, has meant financing wars by loans instead of
capital levies. This doctrine, of course, goes under a different name from that
of special privilege for property. Its most popular identifying formula is "No
taxation without representation." Of course, few people ever pause to inquire
"Representation of whom and of what?"
The right of private property
to be treated by the State with greater consideration than human life in the
matter of conscription for public purposes is the essence of liberalism. This
right, once established, becomes not only incompatible with the demands of
humanity but also with the requisites of strong nationalism. An interesting
sidelight, showing the power of this doctrine as a political principle, is the
fact that good liberals before 1914 constantly speculated about the possibility
of financing the next big war. But no liberal ever imagined that a war would be
impossible because the State would be unable to mobilize the necessary
man-power. A human life has no right to deny itself to its country, or to
bargain with the State for a fair price, or have appeal to a neutral judiciary
to fix for it a fair bargain with the State, according to the same theories of
equity which are so extremely partial to property.
Before Cromwell's Revolution,
the executive branch of the government represented by the Crown used to conduct
foreign relations and make war much as it does today in all States. But the
Crown, under the Stuarts, tried to collect money levies from the rich tradesmen
with the same arbitrariness that it took the lives of the people for war. The
17th century English shopkeepers did not like that way of financing wars. They
did not mind how many wars the Crown fought. On the contrary, they were usually
favorable to, or eager for, the Crown's wars, on which they made so much money.
Nor did the rich merchants at all mind putting up all the money required for the
wars of the Crown on the condition that they got government obligations in
return for their war contributions.
The proof that the foregoing
statements about democratic government and war are substantially true is found
in the facts that neither the British nor the American national legislature has
ever refused to vote a declaration of war on the recommendation of the chief
executive, to vote all the money the chief executive has asked for, to vote
compulsory levies of all the men the executive has demanded, or to support the
executive in the continuance of the war as long as the executive saw fit to wage
it. But not once, in the long history of British and American liberal capitalism
or democracy, has a national legislature voted a levy on capital, though it has
repeatedly voted the conscription of men of fighting age.
Several counter arguments to
what has just been said about the partiality of liberalism to property may be
advanced. For one thing, it may be said that the liberties shown to be taken by
the executive branch of the government with the lives of citizens are taken only
as measures deemed necessary for national defense in an emergency like war. For
another thing, it may be said that the liberal State is not constitutionally
inhibited from taking property by taxation. (Taking property by right of eminent
domain does not furnish any rebuttal to the point of this chapter, for property
so taken must be paid for.) And then it may be said that the property and labor
of the poorest citizen enjoys the same protection from taking without due
compensation.
It would seem almost enough to
demolish these arguments to point out that the liberal democracies have not
drafted wealth when they have drafted man power; that the poor have no money
worth mentioning to enjoy the protection of liberal law; and that the bargaining
power of labor is by no means comparable with the bargaining power of capital
under the liberal regime. It is one of the sharpest tricks of liberal dialectics
to exploit the fact that legally a measure of protection is enjoyed equally by
the rich and the poor, or by capital and labor. The fact, of course, always is
that for large numbers of cases equal protection of the law for property can
only mean equal justice for all the people where property is fairly evenly
distributed. Liberal equality before the law means, as a practical matter, that
any two fortunes of a million dollars are approximately equal before the law.
The immunity of property from
taking without just compensation is, of course, enjoyed in a legal sense quite
as much by the man who has no money the State could take as by the man who has a
million the State could take. Obviously, the protection of this immunity avails
only to those who have enough money to be taken by the State, and whose money,
as a practical matter, is taken, but in exchange for government bonds instead of
the sort of compensation a conscript receives. Stripped of liberal verbiage of
the law, and stated in terms of larger social results, the immunity liberalism
gives to property but not to human life from taking by the State without just
compensation, means that long wars result in a greater concentration of
ownership of wealth, as a result of war financing by borrowing from the rich,
whereas long wars would result in a drastic equalization of wealth if the funds
needed were taken by levy from the ,only sources from which they can be taken.
It is one of the great
propaganda and indoctrination achievements of the London shopkeepers and the
Manchester mill owners, as well as of their American cousins, that it has been
possible over a couple centuries of Anglo-Saxon liberal democracy to generalize
the belief that the liberties of the people depend on the maintenance of liberal
principles which operate to exempt wealth from sharing with personal service the
burdens of the liberal state. It is amusing to see how poor devils who will
never own anything that the State would find it worth while commandeering except
their ability to serve as cannon-fodder will support a Constitution which
protects capital from mobilization and social direction by the State except
under conditions of profiteering by the capitalists. These poor devils do not
realize that there is no clause in the Constitution which they, in their
troubles, can ever invoke to check government impingement. on their lives or to
obtain government relief. When they turn to the Government, it is for a charity
hand-out for which they can invoke no right granted them by the Constitution.
Under the Constitution and under liberalism, there is a right not to have one's
property taken without just compensation—i.e., compensation the courts approve
of—but there is no such right for one's life, nor is there a right not to starve
for want of work and lack of the instruments or facilities of production.
Indeed, what the Constitution
protects is not the right of the hungry to eat but the right of the rich to keep
what they have and to eat while the poor starve. Nothing augurs so impressively
the end of liberalism today as the changing temper of those on relief who are
coming more and more to feel and assert a vested right to be cared for by the
State. To the extent the State is being forced by the demands of public order to
grant relief-still on the theory of an emergency-it is creating a vested
interest or a de facto right which the Constitution does not recognize and a
right which a new social order must recognize.
Never was the social theory of
liberalism more clearly or instructively clarified than in the Louisville
Federal Housing Project decision, in which the Court held that the Federal
Government is without constitutional authority to condemn private property by
the right of eminent domain for slum clearance, low cost housing, or work-making
projects, for such purposes are, in the opinion of the Court--i.e., the
Constitution of the United States—"not public purposes."
Ours is supposedly a government
of delegated powers. The Federal Constitution nowhere delegates to the Federal
Government the power to take property through condemnation proceedings in
exercise of the right of eminent domain. But, in the opinion of the court—i.e.,
the Constitution of the United States-the Federal Government, by virtue of the
fact that it is a national government, must have such power. The Federal
Government may exercise this power inherent in government only in accordance
with the social theory of the Court—i.e., the Constitution. In the social theory
of the Court, government can properly take property through condemnation
proceedings for an arsenal-but not for slum clearance or low cost housing.
In the theory of the
Court—i.e., the Constitution—the one is a public purpose and the other is not.
It is the same bias of 17th,
18th and 19th century liberalism, namely, that of seeking to limit the unlimited
powers of the State in ways suitable to certain supposed property interests, and
of making the courts the exponents of those peculiar limitations on political
sovereignty. In so far as these limitations on political sovereignty have
significance or effectiveness, whether in the Dred Scott decision, the Income
Tax Decision, the leading child labor decisions, or a long line of decisions
abridging the power of the State to modify property rights in the national
interest, they almost always show the same bias.
The time has come when the
limitations imposed by liberal theory on the sovereignty of the national State
in respect of property rights, wealth, and economic activities generally, are no
longer to be considered by a hard-thinking man of property as calculated to
protect his interests in the long run. The day has come when property'-must no
longer assert any immunity from government taking and government commanding
which a poor man cannot assert for his life or labor in war time when drafted
for national defense. Fascism insists that property or capital and private
economic enterprise must be called to the colors as well as conscripts in time
of war. And fascism insists that the term of service for both capital and labor
is not for an emergency but a new and permanent scheme of social organization
and operation. Fascism insists that the new social adventure cannot be conducted
on the good liberal principle of having the State always buy the cooperation of
the owners and managers of property, as well as of the workers, by paying the
price which any economic factor is able to hold out for, in a bargain in which
there is great inequality of bargaining power as between different individuals
and groups.
The argument of this chapter
has been that what is commonly thought of as more power over private property
for the State does not mean any greater State absolutism than we have already,
or, indeed, any new power over private property. It means new techniques,
theories and methods in the application of State power and, also, the
application of State power for the service of different interests and for the
pursuit of different social objectives. In pure theory, or in concrete fact,
fascism or any other political system, cannot be said to create new powers for
the State or to give it powers it did not already possess. Fascism merely means
that the State announces and adheres to the purpose of using the powers inherent
in national sovereignty, or in the monopoly of force held by all government, to
meet new needs and desires in new ways.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XII
THE DICTATORSHIP OF ECONOMIC NECESSITY
FASCIST
emphasis on a clear and realistic notion of the force factors in government,
social control, or planning — three synonyms when used in this connection—is the
only workable premise for humane as well as efficient undertakings in these
fields . It is a favorite and basic axiom of liberalism that might does not
make right . It is a self-evident fact that under the liberal, as under every
other, régime, might does make right and always has made right . In this
respect, a distinctive peculiarity of liberal ideologies and liberal régimes in
action has been to create and lend plausibility to the fiction that force or
coercion is lacking, or is operative only to a comparatively insignificant
extent—chiefly in the cases of criminals and lunatics . This fiction as to
right being above or independent of might has depended for much of its
plausibility on that other great fiction of liberalism — freedom of contract or
the free market . We shall have occasion, in passing, to mention briefly some
of the more important explanations why and how these peculiar rationalizations
of the liberal régime have gained such wide acceptance . But our main essay in
this chapter is to show that rationalizing or explaining out of existence the
real coercions or force pressures experienced in daily life under every liberal
régime does not serve any good or humane purpose . Rather, it encourages
unworkable and abusive policies and ways, until the latter find their inevitable
correctives in the most disastrous examples of resort to force and violence
which has been so scrupulously eliminated by the liberal rationalizers through
the pleasant and easy processes of definition and assumption .
If the eliminators of force by
definition and assumption since Versailles, could only have eliminated the
depression, the class war of communism, the challenges of triumphant fascism,
and the mockery of the League of Nations, by the facts of increased armaments
and the inevitable sequels of such in creased armaments, their case would merit
respect . As matter stand, their theses have about as much validity or
relevance to current events and problems as a thesis of perpetual motion . The
liberal leaders of thought and action have been talking about a world of dreams
which they have done nothing effective to make come true, and which probably
will never come true . They have not been talking about the world in which men
have lived since the beginning of recorded history, or the world in which we, in
1935, have to live .
Much of the falseness of
liberal premises, whether in ethics, politics, jurisprudence, or economics,
rests on a deliberate and persistent refusal to take cognizance of force in
economic necessity, or to perceive the coercion implicit in the more or less
impersonally and anonymously applied pressures of given situations, whether of
individuals, groups, or nations . Broadly stated, a basic premise of the
liberal thesis has been, and still is, that anything done or got away with
within the law does not involve a resort to force . This premise or assumption,
obviously, is purely a matter of arbitrary definition to suit the purposes of
propaganda . It is palpably absurd and contrary to experienced or observed
fact, either as a premise for discussion or as a definition of force . The
simplest explanation of why the premise is absurd and contrary to fact, is to
point out that law may, and always does, provide for contests of sheer force or
might . It specifically makes possible and easy ways in which the strong can
use force to crush and oppress the weak . The simplest illustration of this
truism of course, is that furnished by war, which it has always been lawful to
declare and wage .
Now it may be granted, for sake
of argument, that human welfare is better served if contests of force to
determine men's fate are conducted as they are under liberal capitalism, than if
they are conducted as they were in medieval Europe when private warfare was the
rule and banditry of the road the prevailing custom . It may also be granted
that we are better of to have fewer and bigger wars than to have more numerous
and smaller wars . But, as for the propositions that the reign of liberal law
has secured a type of justice (whether among individuals or nations) which
insures against resort to the violence of revolution and war, or that the reign
of liberal law rests any less on force than any other scheme of public order,
they are palpably absurd both in the light of theoretical analysis or simple
observation of what today is going on in the world . All talk about our having
progressed from the reign of force and violence to the reign of law is pure
moonshine . We have increased the degree of the monopoly of force and violence
exercised by the national State in ways to make it one of the results that the
application of force and violence by the strong against the weak takes the more
complex, impersonal, and anonymous forms of the assertion of the rights of
national conquest and dominion over subject peoples and lands, and of private
property rights (private dominion) over the tools of production .
To define force or coercion
merely as that which happens outside the law, then, serves no useful purpose,
and specifically begs the questions of revolutions which succeed, and
international wars . Wars and successful revolutions have surely been too
frequent in the past, and are surely too probable in the near future, to make
any such question-begging premise admissible in discussion . If a highwayman
takes my purse at the point of a gun, everyone agrees that an act of force and
violence has been committed . The significant fact about this act, of course,
is that it is contrary to law .
If a
rich and powerful individual or corporation uses vast economic and legal
resources to levy on my daily product a heavy toll, all within the law, there
is, according to liberalism, no resort to force involved . I have paid
my toll through the mechanism of the “free market,” or in freely made contracts
. The facts that in millions of contracts under liberal capitalism one
party is coerced by hunger and the other by no
immediate personal necessity, or that international relationships rest mainly on
rights acquired by force and violence in war, are entirely ignored by liberal
theory in its definition of force and violence . If two men fight or shoot out
a difference of opinion or a class of interests or wishes, every one will agree
that this constitutes a resort to force . But if two competing economic
interests wage, within the law, a destructive economic competition in which one
finally triumphs and the other is crushed, liberal theory recognizes no resort
to force or use of violence and coercion . In fact, of course, there are for
every individual winner in the economic struggle scores if not hundreds of
losers .
International war is the one
big fact which liberalism has had to admit some difficulty in rationalizing .
The rationalizers have met this difficulty with the fiction that war is an
exceptional, unusual, irregular, and abnormal state of affairs . Obviously, war
is no more exceptional or abnormal than peace, either in the 20th century, A.D.,
or the 20th century, B.C. War and peace have always been, and still remain, the
two phases of the continuing political relationships between states . When
these relationships are not in the one phase, they are in the, other . When
these relationships are in the one phase, nations are preparing or fighting for
the other phase . One can say that war is an interval between periods of peace,
or that periods of peace are intervals between wars . To assume that war is
exceptional is as silly as to assume that rainstorms, old age, or death, are
exceptional .
Fascism finds no good purpose
served by the liberal definitions of force or the liberal fictions about its
character and its functions . The reasoning and facts which support this
finding are fairly simple . For one thing, there is the consideration that no
operating scheme can long run on assumptions which experience continually
contradicts . The assumption that right, independent of might, can ever be
anything but a figment of the imagination, or that might does not make right, or
that a given norm of right can prevail except by might, is invariably refuted by
the conflict which always follows an attempt to assert a right without might or
against a superior might . Indeed, the falsity of such assumptions may be said
to be proved by every standing army, every police force, every governmental act
of coercion, and every war or successful revolution .
To proclaim that the decision
of a judge is right because the law says so, rather than to say that it is right
because the armed force of government will, if necessary, carry it out, and
because the still mightier potential force of violent action by the people will
sustain and not overthrow the government in such enforcement, serves no good
purpose . So to falsify the true relation of force or might to right merely
leads to mistakes like the American Civil War, prohibition, the Treaty of
Versailles, and such disregard of inevitable reactions of strong men to
frustration as so usually leads to civil war or revolution .
Once ruling classes, kings,
statesmen, judges or influential leaders of opinion, begin seriously to believe
that right is not might — but rather what they think, or what some written
document says or is understood by them to say, or what some system of ideas and
logic leads men to say, they are invariably by way of sowing the seeds of
revolution and war . The theologians of the medieval Christian Church reasoned
thus, and the result was the Reformation, a series of nationalistic wars and the
rise of a new cultural order . Democracy is valid only in so far as it
postulates and expresses in effective action the might of the people .
It is useful to think of might
or force as the only ultimate or conclusive control for propositions of right
and wrong, or for arguments affecting men's lives and provoking responses of
men's wills . What is the sense of "X" building up a system of concepts of
right or ethics to prove that "a" equals "b," if "Y" has interests or volitions
which make it impossible for him to accept the premises and moral equations of
that system ? So far as those ethical propositions or moral values and the
persons "X" and "Y" are concerned, there is but one determining factor — force
. Can "X" force "Y" to accept his ethical propositions or moral values ? If
"X" thinks of his ethical or moral values in these terms, the results are likely
to be more humane than if he thinks of his moral values as absolutes which must
prevail because they are right . For if "X" thinks of his values in terms of
force required to assert them, he is likely to relinquish or modify many values
which will not seem worth the costs of attempting their maintenance by force .
If "X" eliminates force factors from consideration on the assumption that right
is above and independent of might, he is likely to assert all sorts of values or
rights which will require him ultimately to fight battles and pay prices he had
not envisaged .
If an attempt is made to erect
a working system of duties and obligations on any other foundation than might,
it not only fails, but its failure entails needless suffering and disorder . As
a matter of fact, of course, liberal capitalism, no less than the medieval
Christian Church, has seldom hesitated to use force to assert or realize its
values . The mischief begins usually when the rationalizers of a social system,
the theologians, lawyers, economists, and other learned clerks, begin exerting
an influence, the net result of which is to encourage attitudes, decisions, and
policies, which must lead to war or revolution on the assumption that, inasmuch
as the attitudes, decisions, and policies, are right, no contrary might can
prevail against them . The crime of these learned clerks is not that of
committing a people to attitudes and policies which must mean war or revolution,
for there will doubtless always be decisions and policies deemed by those in
power, and by a majority of the people, as worth fighting and dying for . No,
the crime of these learned clerks is that of deception as to the consequences of
certain policies and decisions . This deception is implicit in any assumption
that one' s own theory of right is above might . Of course, any one who denies
that might makes right never thinks or speaks of his theory of right . Instead,
he merely talks of right . If the other fellow has a different notion of right,
the other fellow is merely assumed to be wrong and to have no right .
As history so often shows, the
trouble is that after those who reject the control of might have involved others
in the assertion of a right or absolute value, these pious rationalizers of the
wishes, interests, and purposes of their group as the unique right fail either
to prevent the counter-assertion of an opposing might, or to lead or assist the
resistance to that opposing might . These rationalizers, of course, are
excellent propagandists, and something may be said for their logical position as
a means of strengthening the convictions of those who already have these same
convictions . But, as propagandists of the right, they are always miserable
failures at proving their case to those who have conflicting interests and
desires, and, hence, opposite norms of right . Once propaganda undertakes the
conversion of those of opposite interests, propaganda needs nothing so much as
force and coercion .
To cite a recent case in point,
it may be said that at least ninety per cent of the exponents in the Allied
countries of liberal ethics, law, economics, and social sciences generally,
proved conclusively to themselves, and to ninety per cent of the inhabitants of
the Allied countries, that the Treaty of Versailles was right and executable .
But they did not prove it to the Germans . Hence all their argumentation or
invocation of moral absolutes was futile, if not silly . It would have been
better for humanity if, instead of following the procedure of the liberal
leaders at Versailles, the greatest galaxy of liberals ever assembled, other
delegates of the people had proceeded somewhat as follows : They might have
outlined the same set of material objectives embodied in the Treaties . They
would then not have applied to professors of law, economics and history for
rationalizations of these demands . But they would have asked a council of
Allied generals for a plan of ways and means to enforce the fulfillment of the
desired objectives . The generals, being realists accustomed to achieving the
objectives of their masters against opposition, instead of rationalizing the
objectives of their masters for the approval of their masters, would have
outlined a program of military intervention and occupation, the implications of
which would most likely have caused a swift popular reaction among the peoples
of the Allied countries .
But, assuming, as it is quite
plausible to assume, that no such common-sensed reaction had immediately
followed the announcement of the new war of treaty enforcement, and that the
passions engendered by the war had demanded a continuance of the war, it seems
evident that a few years of such a mad undertaking would have sufficed to bring
the Allied peoples and governments to their senses and to renounce most of their
war aims and claims . The administrative, mechanical and economic difficulties
of a military occupation of Germany and its utter unproductiveness of economic
advantage to the occupiers, would have taught far more than the Treaty
revisionists were able to teach .
Within two or three years after
the Armistice, given an Allied occupation of all Germany, it is probable that
the Allies would have been seeking a German government to release them on German
terms from their mad venture . In this connection, it is to be borne in mind
that the facilitating functions of finance could not have served to prolong the
folly of al military occupation and intervention as they served to prolong the
political and economic folly of the Treaty of Versailles . German bonds issued
by a military government occupying and terrorizing Germany could not have been
sold as were German bonds issued by a German republican government, the puppet
of the international bankers .
What was it that contributed
most to making allied statesmen, leaders of opinion, and the masses in the
Allied countries believe that Germany could be made to pay and perform according
to the stipulations of the Treaty and agreements made pursuant thereto ?
Fundamentally, it was the essentially liberal refusal to recognize that, in the
last analysis, only might can make right . It was this refusal to see human
relationships in their true light, this liberal ideology of freedom of contract,
which led Allied statesmen and peoples to assume so stupidly that if German
statesmen under the pressure of the Allied blockade and the starvation of the
German people could be made to sign a given document, the definition of right
therein embodied would constitute a right, above physical force and might, by
which the German people would for generations remain bound . This premise of
liberalism as to freedom of contract, the premise of freedom of a political
economy in which millions are jobless and on relief, is undoubtedly leading
millions of conservative and ordinarily sensible people in this country to
support a system which the frustrated and beaten seem most unlikely to tolerate
forever .
Nothing impairs and distorts
the thinking of otherwise sensible people, whose lot is still either tolerable
or downright agreeable to them, so much as the premises that the existing order
is right and that right is above might . And nothing could be more futile in
the way of discussion than the attempt of a man who is satisfied with things as
they are to prove to a man who is not so satisfied that the existing scheme of
things is right . A state of things in which ten millions are unemployed is
wrong and not right . It is wrong fundamentally for the reason that the
potential might of ten million unemployed men and of an indeterminate number of
the elite who, though not in acute distress, are increasingly irked by the
conditions in which they find themselves, is too great to make the present
status quo maintainable with peace .
To summarize the argument, it
may be said that the operating plan is always an expression of the might of the
people, that it derives its moral validity and its practicability from the .
might which makes it effective, and prevents contrary might from making it
ineffective, and that it is desirable for human welfare to have social policies
shaped with a clear recognition that only might can make right right or
effective . If one is advancing a new policy or norm of right, one will
recognize that its triumph or realization requires a necessary amount of might
. If one is defending against attack an old policy or norm of right, one will
recognize equally that the only final issue is that of the might of the
defenders to prevail against the attackers . One will then appraise one's
values or norms of right in terms of the probable costs of attempting to uphold
them . This is a somewhat different process of reasoning than that of proving
to one's self that the founding fathers, a hundred and fifty years ago, intended
things to be run in a certain way . The dead will surely not rise to defend any
given application of their social theories . And the living, after all, have
never been known to lack the means or will to challenge what does not suit them
.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XIII
THE NATIONAL PLAN : AN EXPRESSION
OF THE POPULAR WILL
AFTER reading what
has been said in the preceding chapters about the national plan being an
expression of the might of the people, most exponents of the liberal philosophy
will doubtless be inclined to advance many of the old arguments about a written
Constitution and written laws, duly interpreted by the Courts, being the
expression, and the only satisfactory form of expression, of the will and might
of the people.
Fascism holds that the national
plan or social scheme is always an expression of the might of the people, and
that this expression must be made explicit and effective through interpretation
and administration by those in power. Fascism finds absurd and untrue the
liberal thesis that the will of the people is expressed in the written word of a
Constitution or body of laws. In so far as a written document is instrumental in
expressing the will of the people, it is through interpretation and enforcement
of such a document. In other words, they who interpret and enforce a law and not
the written law, give the expression of the will of the people.
It is a beguiling myth of
liberalism that people can be governed by laws and not by men. It is a charming
illusion that we can provide a machinery of government which is free of the
faults of human personality and which is the very embodiment of moral absolutes
and social wisdom. This illusion relies chiefly on the further illusion that,
whereas the members of legislative and administrative councils, and particularly
chief executives, are persons affected with all the weaknesses which persons are
heirs to, judges are not persons, but the court, in reference to their official
acts. Obviously, a judge is as much a person as anyone else. A person can never
function except as a person.
The trouble with any theory of
impersonal government, or government by laws and principles rather than by men,
is that it attributes to written documents, or statements of principle and
purpose, qualities which the written word can never possess and with which only
human beings can be endowed. A man, or a group of men who are in agreement with
each other, in response to any question as to what is the will of the people,
can easily give at any time an answer that is explicit and intelligible. They
may also give an answer which they are in a position to enforce. Whether such
answer always expresses the true will of the people, or is a wise or good
answer, are open questions to be decided according to the facts of the case and
the point of view from which judged. But there can be no question that an
ordinarily well endowed individual executive or executive group can say
intelligibly what he or they hold to be the will of the people on any given
problem. The written word, on the other hand, can never possess this quality,
which is obviously peculiar to human personality. The written word can never be
made to fit all possible cases which will arise, and the written word always
requires interpretation and application to the given case by a person.
Disregarding for the moment the
whole question of interpretation and application, and assuming agreement by all
parties as to the meaning of a document, one may say that a written constitution
or law can never express, the will of the people beyond an extremely limited
field of reference. The limitations on the field of reference are those of time,
place, and situation. With changes in time and conditions, laws very soon need
rewriting. It is absurd to suppose that when the makers of the Constitution
drafted that document they meant to say that it was the will of the American
people that the Public Service Commission, of the State of Maryland, or
Arkansas, might not fix a rate for a public utility which allowed less than a
seven per cent return, or that one theory of ratemaking instead of another was
just and non-confiscatory. The makers of the Constitution had no knowledge of
the present field of application of the principles they sought to express.
Indeed, on careful thought, it must seem sheer nonsense to say that the makers
of the American Constitution willed any one of hundreds of constitutional
interpretations rendered by the courts as expressions of the sovereign will of
the people.
It is not possible for any
group of men either to express the will of the people living at the time in
respect of problems arising a hundred years later, or to express the will of the
people living a hundred years later as to the problems of that later period. The
law can express only the will of the people with regard to current problems
which are the subjects of contemporary thought and feeling. And whenever a
question or uncertainty arises as to the will of the people as expressed in any
law, only the responsible executive or legislative authority holding the mandate
of the people can reasonably be assumed to have competence to say what the
people now will. Certain it is that the present will of the people in respect to
the application of an existing law to a current problem cannot, except by luck,
be arrived at through the processes of legal ratiocination.
The processes of legal logic
expressly disclaim, and methodically eschew, any undertaking to render a
constitutional or legal interpretation to express the present opinion or will of
the people, though, as Mr. Dooley remarked, the Supreme Court may sometimes,
departing from the legal rules of interpretation, follow the election returns.
The processes of legal interpretation specifically undertake to render an
interpretation or application of the Constitution or the law in accord with some
theory held by the judges as to what the men who wrote the Constitution or the
law would have meant in respect of the issue submitted had they had cognizance
of that issue. The courts do not attempt to express the present will of the
people, for they admit that they have no means of knowing it, but they try
rather to express their theory of the will of dead people in respect of a
present living issue. They, of course, assume that their theory of the will of
dead people in respect to a current problem submitted is also the will of the
living people. It was the hope of many, if not of most, of the framers of the
American Constitution, and of the subsequent builders of the American
constitutional system during the first half of the 19th century, that separation
of powers and the judicial veto would effectively curb expression of the popular
will in ways disagreeable to the propertied classes.
It is the fact that the written
word can have meaning only through interpretation and application, which
establishes most conclusively the point that the popular will, or the ruling
social purposes of the people in respect of the national plan, must be expressed
from day to day to meet changes both in the popular will and in the conditions
about which it has to make decisions. The oath to uphold the Constitution really
amounts to nothing more or less than an oath to uphold what the courts may
pronounce the Constitution to be. A rational oath of allegiance or of office
must be an engagement to uphold the sovereign will or might of the people as
made explicit by a duly authorized leader or representative of the people. A
person can intelligently swear to obey and uphold the commands of a king or a
supreme council or leader. But one cannot intelligently pledge one's self to
uphold a document which one is incompetent to interpret, a Court interpretation
of which one cannot obtain to settle a given doubt, and all the thousands of
court interpretations of which no finite mind-not even that of a Philadelphia
lawyer-can possibly encompass.
Let us consider briefly the
nature of the absurdity of an oath to uphold the Constitution. As a practical
matter, what does the oath mean? In the case of the executive officials, other
than governors of states and the President of the United States, it merely means
that the office-holder will obey the orders of his superior and abide by any
court orders which may be addressed to him. If the office-holder is a judge, the
oath means that he will try to follow the constitutional interpretations of the
higher courts where they seem applicable and, where no such precedents are
available, that he will guess at the correct interpretation of the Constitution
as best he can, his guess being subject to subsequent revision by a higher
judge. If the office holder is a legislator, the oath to uphold the Constitution
means that he ought not to vote for a measure he considers unconstitutional, but
that he has no means of knowing whether a measure he is asked to vote on is
constitutional or not unless and until the measure has been enacted and
challenged before the courts.
The essential fallacy of the
constitutional oath, or any system which makes judicial interpretation of the
Constitution the supreme definition of the popular will, is that although every
one, including particularly government officials charged with law enforcement,
is supposed to know the law, no one can know what the Constitution means with
regard to a specific act until the courts have passed on that act. The
constitutional oath is a pledge to uphold a court's interpretation of the
Constitution before the interpretation has been given, and before any one can
possibly know what the interpretation will be.
Now the favorite argument of
liberal jurists is that a system of constitutional law and judicial
interpretation of the law affords a degree of certainty which is not enjoyable
under any system of what these jurists like to call personal government. The
very reverse, of course, is the case. Certainty as to the law or the will of the
people in reference to every problem of great moment is obviously desirable. But
the liberal constitutional system is the worst imaginable way of giving
certainty as to what is the will of the people. The argument of certainty is
knocked into a cocked hat by the fact that whenever there is a constitutional or
legal question of great importance before the courts, the best lawyers are
usually as divided as to the tenor of the final decision as the laymen, or as
are the players at a roulette wheel as to whether the next number will be red or
black, or as are the bettors on the result of a prize fight. Whenever the case
is sufficiently uncertain to cause large sums of money to be spent on both
sides, the most scientific and economic way in which to select the final
decision as to whether a given law or governmental act is constitutional or not
is to flip a coin.
Trial by battle is one of the
most essential features of the theory of Anglo-Saxon and liberal jurisprudence.
The underlying assumptions are that there is such a thing as an absolute right
and wrong to everything, and that if both parties to any dispute select a
champion to wage a battle, the champion of that side which is right will win the
encounter. The champion used to be a knight in arms. Now he is a lawyer. The
pursuit of this will-o'-the-wisp of absolute justice or right is made into a
sporting event exactly like a prize fight.
Now it is of the very nature of
sporting events that one can never get scientific advice as to their outcome
when, as is ordinarily the case in such events, the opponents are fairly evenly
matched. One can get scientific advice as to whether a given structure or
machine will stand certain strains, meet certain tests, or perform in certain
ways. Rarely is that advice proved wrong by experience. Skyscrapers don't fall
down. John W. Davis, ranking constitutional lawyer in private practice, in ten
years has won seventeen and lost fifteen decisions challenging the
constitutionality of a law. James M. Beck, another eminent, self-constituted
exponent and guardian of the Constitution, lost eight out of ten
constitutionality bouts. It would be lese-majeste to give Chief Justice Hughes'
record in private practice before the tribunal from which he took a ten year
leave of absence. The N.I.R.A. episode is the latest example of certainty under
liberal constitutional law.
One can hire a prize fighter or
a lawyer to wage a battle for one, and one can be quite certain that the
professional will put up a better fight than the amateur, and that the more
skillful the professional fighter, the better the fight he will put up and the
better will be his chances of winning. But one cannot possibly derive any
certainty either as to the result of any given legal bout, or as to the
realization of any given absolute norm of justice, assuming that the definition
of such a norm could be the subject of general agreement. The chief certainty of
the liberal system of law is that the popular will will be expressed with a
greater bias to private property and things as they are than to national
interests and social change.
The theory of pursuing
absolutes like justice, fair competition, equality, and so on, by means of trial
by battle is obviously incompatible with any rational theory of national
planning. Whatever methods rational planning may employ, it is fairly certain
that it cannot find much use for a sporting event as a means of selecting social
policies or decisions expressive of the public will. The sporting theory of
administering justice is simply unscientific. It is not a means to any rational
end of social action. Its vogue under liberalism probably is due mainly to two
considerations: First, making right superior to, and independent of, might as a
theoretical premise, and then conducting a legal battle to settle any arguments
as to what is right, though logically most contradictory, will serve admirably
the purpose of easing Christian consciences as to the predatory features of the
economic struggle under liberal capitalism. The successful in the acquisitive
struggle can exculpate themselves of all wrongdoing or abusive uses of force and
violence if they can say that they have kept within the law. Moreover, they can
make the State, through the exercise of the police powers, do most of their
fighting for them. The legal rules can be made to allow, and even instrument,
the pressures which the economically mighty wish to use, and to bar the
pressures which the economically mighty cannot advantageously use.
The second important
consideration which explains the vogue of the liberal premise that right is
above might, and the liberal practice of trial by legal battle to settle
disputes as to the definition of right, is the professional interest of the
lawyers in having a social system operated on these principles. It means highly
remunerative work, prestige, and power for thousands of men.
The liberal ideology as to
right is the most important single factor for making more business for lawyers.
Let two persons have a clash of interests or purposes which can be brought
before the courts. How will they reason? They will think in terms of their
rights and the possibilities of asserting them in a trial by legal battle.
Nine-tenths of all civil suits could be settled by conference, compromise, and
agreement, without litigation, and with a law clerk or lawyer needed only to
draw up the final agreement, if all parties would think of the judicial process
as a costly sporting event, the results of which are uncertain and
costly--certain only to be unfortunate for one party and likely in most cases to
be more costly for the winner than a generous compromise.
But liberal juristic ideology
inhibits almost every one having an interest which can be made the subject of a
legal battle from thinking in common sense terms. Often, of course, especially
where large amounts are involved, clashes of interests are settled out of court
by compromise arranged by counsel for both sides. In these cases, counsel will
take anywhere from ten per cent to all of the amount affected by the compromise,
or legal costs which often run into millions of dollars, when the same or a
better agreement for the parties in interest could be reached through simple,
non-technical negotiation as to real interests conducted by honest
representatives, such agreement to be embodied in documentary form at small cost
by lawyers, accountants and other experts acting as technical aids and not as
vultures. In the Paramount-Publix Corporation receivership and reorganization, a
typical example of banker-lawyer racketeering, or trying to get something for
nothing, Federal Judge Coxe slashed the fees demanded by the lawyers and bankers
$2,2I3,117, allowing only $1,026,711 of the $3,239,828 asked. One of the largest
and most reputable New York law firms asked $700,000 and was allowed only
$200,000. Another Wall Street law firm, Cravath, de Gersdorff, Swaine and Wood,
asked $15o,000 and was allowed nothing. The second ranking private bankers of
the country, Kuhn, Loeb & Co., asked $114,287 and were allowed nothing.
Written law, courts of law and
judicial process have a place in every social scheme. But their function must be
that of an instrument of the popular will, not that of making original
expressions or creative interpretations of the popular will, and not that of
making economic relationships a racket for lawyers and bankers. The function of
law must be that of shop or institutional rules and regulations. It is obviously
impossible for the highest mandatory of the people to administer the will of the
people in thousands of civil and criminal cases which necessarily arise. For
this purpose courts are necessary, and laws are obviously indicated merely as a
guide for the courts, and a means of averting the necessity for continual
reference to the highest authority expressing the public will. When the judge
makes a ruling or gives a sentence pursuant to law under any system he is
interpreting or expressing what has to be assumed to be the will of the people,
and in ninety per cent of the cases his ruling will be acceptable. But if a case
arises in which there is an ambiguity as to the correct application of the law,
let the court always apply to a combined executive and legislative council of
the representatives of the people, or to their delegate for an interpretation.
It must not be supposed that
such a theory of administration need bar appeal or the thorough ventilation of
conflicting points of view as to a given law or governmental act. This theory
merely directs the contest along other lines of procedure. For instance, suppose
under a fascist State a legislative or executive measure of an economic
character were deemed unwise, unjust, or undesirable by a party to whom it was
applied. He would be allowed quite as much opportunity to contest the measure,
if the points of contest had not been finally adjudicated, as he has under the
present system. But the principles on which the contest could be waged would be
different. The property owner or corporate management which contested a new law
or government measure would not be allowed to advance any arguments asserting a
private right as superior to the right of the State. On the contrary, the
paramount right of the State, or of the public interest, or of the might of the
people, would always be established beyond challenge. The contesting private
party would try to show that the measure or act in question was not calculated
to serve the purposes of the public interest as they had been authoritatively
defined by the representative of the people. In other words, the measure or act
was a mistake. The argument on these grounds could be as involved, and the
issues as difficult, as in any legal contest under the present system, but the
standards or rules would be different.
The contest or reexamination of
the law or measure would be settled finally by the decision of the government,
which could the more easily reverse or modify a law or administrative act
because the instrumental fitness of the measure, and not the authority of
government or the State, had been contested. It is a favorite and thoroughly
absurd argument of liberal jurisprudence and politics that the State should not
be the judge of its own cause, or in a conflict between itself and a private
person.
The argument is absurd on
analysis for a number of reasons. The judge is supposed to be on the side of the
rule or principle which expresses the will of the people. The officer or
department of government representing the State in the legal action is also
supposed to be on the side of the people. Suppose the judge disagrees with the
executive branch of the government as to what is the will of the people, as
often occurs, the case really presents the farce or absurdity of two parties
asserting representation of the will of the people. In other words, the State,
through the voice of the judge, tells the State, represented by another officer
of government, that the State represented by the latter is wrong, and that the
State represented by the former is right as to the will of the people. One voice
of the State discredits another voice of the State. But how many voices or
personalities should the State have? If the judge is the voice or personality
which is always right in the State, why not have him decide all questions in the
first instance so that there shall be no contests? What public advantage is
gained by having a sporting event to decide a conflict of views between two
persons, both supposedly representing the State? The argument that the private
citizen does not have his case against the government judged by the government
is rendered absurd by the one fact that the person, the judge, giving the final
decision is the State or the government. The whole procedure of having one
officer of the State pronounce another wrong, on the basis of metaphysical
arguments as to the rights of individuals versus the rights of the State, serves
mainly the purpose of providing professional income for lawyers.
The end of avoiding mistakes of
administration in ultimate policies can only be served by scientific examination
of the rationality of given means to given ends. Challenging the rationality of
given means to given ends requires no challenging of the authority or powers of
the State or government. Cases of alleged excesses or abuses of authority by an
official should provide the subject of no legal battle but of a simple inquiry,
stating the facts, and submitted to the highest public authority.
Challenging the authority of
the State encourages a spirit of lawlessness and a disposition to thwart or
circumvent a government which so often pronounces itself guilty, not of a
mistake in the use of means, but guilty of a violation of law. How absurd are
the daily spectacles afforded the populace by our liberal jurisprudence of a
government haled into court by a plutocrat or large corporation and there found
guilty of violating the law. Challenging the rationality of given governmental
means to given public ends encourages no such lawlessness, and contributes to
the understanding of current problems as a metaphysical argument about the
powers of the State, or the authority of a given official in a given matter,
cannot possibly do. There is no better reason why a billion-dollar corporation,
which can spend a million dollars on one legal battle, should be allowed legally
to oppose the considered ends of the State duly ratified by the legislature than
there is why a gangster should illegally make such opposition.
In the regulation of private
conduct, a fascist government will facilitate appeal, reexamination and
discussion of government measures and policies. The appeal would be based on the
same grounds on which an economic regulation or measure could be challenged. Any
governmental interference with religious, cultural, or recreational activities
of private citizens would be open to contest on the argument that it did not
serve the announced and accepted ends of the State. A discussion of a given
measure in these terms would be useful. A discussion of any governmental measure
in terms of an individual's right to worship, cultivate his mind, or exercise
his body as he sees fit is absurd, for the simple reason that no liberal State
will tolerate religiously-practiced cannibalism, human sacrifices, or
castration, or any one of innumerable ways of cultivating the mind or body.
The fascist State entirely
repudiates the liberal idea of conflict of interests and rights as between the
State and the individual, such conflict to be settled through the sporting event
of trial by legal battle under the umpiring of a neutral third party supposedly
represented by the judge. The major concern of the administration of justice
under fascism is not the protection of the individual against a State assumed to
be prone to abuse the individual. The chief purpose of any judicial examination
of public measures, whether such examination be made by the courts or specially
constituted tribunals, is the protection of the State against its own mistakes.
In this respect the salient points of the conflicting assumptions of liberalism
and fascism are these: Liberalism assumes that individual welfare and protection
is largely a matter of having active and powerful judicial restraints on
governmental interference with the individual; Fascism assumes that individual
welfare and protection is mainly secured by the strength, efficiency, and
success of the State in the realization of the national plan.
It is easy to draw alarming
pictures of a powerful State against which the individual would have the
resource of no judicial veto on governmental acts. Conceivably, of course, a
State and government might fall into the hands of a few individuals whose every
act would be an abuse. But such an eventuality seems most improbable in any
modern State, least of all in the United States.
On the other hand, it has to be
recalled that the judicial checks of liberalism on government rarely avail the
poor man in this or any other country where such checks are provided for, the
reason being that judicial process, especially that required to overrule
government, is expensive and outside the means of the poor man. So far as the
abuses or mistakes, as you may choose to qualify them, of public administration
are concerned, and so far as the welfare of the masses is affected thereby, any
relief available through appeal and judicial review must be largely
proportionate to the free facilities for such appeal and review which the State
itself affords. The fascist State, through government-assisted unions of
workers, government-regulated associations of employers, and special executive
tribunals for hearing appeals and complaints,- can afford far more redress and
correction than the liberal State with its judicial process available only no
the rich individual and the large corporation.
In considering the problem of
providing redress and correction in the cases of mistakes and abuses of public
administration, we must think in terms of the practicable, or of might rather
than abstract concepts of right; in terms of the mechanics rather than the norms
of government. There is no right, in any useful sense of the term, for a man who
has not the economic might to assert a right, or who cannot, for whatever the
reason may be, avail himself of the existing machinery for redress and
correction. Once the problem is viewed from this angle it will become apparent
that no machinery for affording relief and correction in numerous cases,
promptly, cheaply, and easily can possibly operate within the framework of
liberal political and juridical rules and practices. Judicial norms of
liberalism obviate any such result. Liberal redress through judicial process is
an expensive luxury for the rich. The State must provide and operate judicial
machinery of relief and correction of the mistakes of public administration as a
necessary part of the national plan. Once liberal principles like those of the
State versus the citizen and separation of powers are abandoned, and the older
and more rational concept of the State adopted, developing and operating
machinery both to formulate the national plan and to examine scientifically
complaints against alleged mistakes and abuses in its realization will be found
a comparatively easy matter.
Thus a series of tribunals
culminating in a tribunal of last resort, composed of the highest mandatories of
the people, would be organized to function for the examination of complaints
arising out of public administration, in much the same way that committees of a
vast corporation function for similar purposes. Those in charge of government
would have the most obvious self-interest in making these tribunals function
efficiently. For, while those exercising a public mandate have an interest in
upholding the power and authority of the State, they would not have an interest
in upholding its mistakes which could be corrected. This is especially true
where those in office feel secure of a permanent tenure of office and realize
that they must ultimately bear in one way or another the consequences of all
mistakes in public administration. The art of insuring a desired standard of
performance by public officials is to be found in making it their professional
pride and selfinterest under the system created so to perform--not in creating a
system of checks, restraints, and interferences, the principal results of which
will be irresponsibility in administration, frustration of efficient government,
and the fostering of rackets, rather than protection of the weak or curbing of
the mighty.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XIV
WHY FASCISM INSTEAD OF COMMUNISM?
WE HAVE now given
ultimate values and the force factor sufficient consideration to be warranted in
assuming that the field is cleared of many of the most confusing and frequently
advanced objections and supposed alternatives to national planning and what it
necessarily involves. We are therefore ready to engage in some wishful
formulation of values for fascist planning for the United States. We shall
assume that an ideal fascism for America must provide for maximum economic
production and consumption with a steady rise in living standards and a
progressive expansion of productive plant, all without either a class or civil
war or the expropriation of all private rights in the instruments of production.
The alternatives of such a formula seem to be only those of making liberal
capitalism work better or accepting communism, the emergence of a triumphant
dictatorship of the proletariat from a bloody class war and expropriation of all
private property rights in producers goods. It is appropriate at this point in
the discussion to undertake some explanation why the fascist formula seems
preferable to the communist formula. This explanation is particularly indicated
in connection with a statement of the radical ends and means embraced in the
fascist plan.
Now the ideals of order and
planned abundance are not, as ideals, peculiar to fascism, liberal capitalism,
or communism. Many readers will undoubtedly find fault with this book for not
being a detailed outline of a fascist utopia and for having too much to say in
the abstract about fundamentals, ends and means. The chief reason why so much is
said about fascist social philosophy, and so little about an ideal or probable
fascist handling of specific problems, is that it is mainly in the discussion of
fascist philosophy that this book can be useful. Most socialists and radical
would-be reformers within the liberal framework naively assume that the ideals
of social order and welfare are peculiar to their philosophy, and they spend a
lot of time telling us in glowing detail exactly what they would like to see
happen, without conceiving that most people would also like to see these ideals
realized. The problem is how to realize these ideals, and that problem is one of
social engineering rather than technology. And when you talk social engineering,
you must talk social philosophy before you can draw blue prints. The solution
involves radical social or political changes rather than technological
rationalization. (We are now beginning to make use of the term rationalize in a
different sense, in the sense in which industries are said to be rationalized
when they are reorganized in the most rational way to make means serve ends.)
Industry is highly integrated. It is organized for perfect centralized control.
It has no fixed constitution or aversion to daily improvement and readjustment.
Indeed, it furnishes for social organization a model of rationality or aptness
of means to ends.
Both fascism and communism are,
in the technical sense of the term, radical schemes for rationalizing the social
machinery, just as the engineers have rationalized the machinery and technology
of production. By rationalization we mean, in this connection, organizing and
operating productive instruments in the most rational way for the productive
ends which they are supposed to serve. Obviously there is no unique scheme of
social rationalization. There can be as many schemes of social rationalization
as there are schemes of objectives to be sought in the social order.
As for realizing the ideal of
maximum production, and raising living standards, we have to guide us as to the
technical possibilities a wealth of useful studies and persuasive propaganda. We
are not dependent on Marxian communism either for rational exposition or
popularization of the ideal of material abundance. To men like Stuart Chase,
Veblen, John Dewey, and some of the more serious thinkers associated with
movements like the late Senator Long's Share the Wealth Movement, Father
Coughlin's Social Justice Movement, the La Follette crusades, Technocracy, Major
Douglas' Social Credit Plan, the Farmer Labor Party, the Utopians and the Epic
Planners, is due more credit than to the Communists for the familiarization of
the American public with the ideal of greater material abundance.
Even many of the orthodox and
professional economists are beginning to recognize and proclaim, with due
reserves and modesty, the rationality of the ideal of maximum output, as well as
to intimate (most guardedly, to be sure) certain radical changes looking to that
end. An interesting and important trilogy of current economic studies by the
professional economists and statisticians of the Brookings Institution, on
America's Capacity to Produce, America's Capacity to Consume, and The Formation
of Capital, while making no such extravagant claims for our productive
capacity as $20,000 a year for every family, such as was made by some of the
more exuberant Technocrats, indicate that about twenty per cent of our 1929
potential productive capacity was unused. Had we used only this productive
potential and distributed the product to the poorest families, we need not have
had any family incomes below $2,000. As it was, in 1929 we had sixteen million
families, or fifty-nine per cent of all the families, with incomes under $2,000,
twelve million families, or forty-two per cent, with incomes of less than
$1,500, and nearly six millions, or more than twenty-one per cent, with incomes
of less than $1,000 a year.
There is reason to guess, on
the basis of many estimates, that our productive plant could be made to furnish
every family with an annual income of $5,000 within ten years of reasonable
expansion and rationalization of industry. A minimum family income of $2,500
seems a comparatively easy objective for attainment within two or three years. A
study, entitled The Chart of Plenty, by Harold Loeb and Associates, a
national survey of potential productive capacity carried on under C.W.A. with
responsibility to F.E.R.A. and the New York City Tenement House Department, and
many other studies of a similar import, afford a fairly well documented basis
for many generalizations which, for sake of brevity, will merely be mentioned
here to indicate broadly the possibilities of increasing our total production
and consumption.
Professional economists have,
as a whole, always been agreed that there is no such thing as over-production.
And the most orthodox of them will go further and say that just before the
collapse of a business boom there is under-production to maintain the capital
values then imputed to property. As for overproduction, it can be said that,
from a humane viewpoint, up to date there have been both under-production and
under-consumption for a satisfactory standard of welfare.
A routine circular (No. 296 of
November 1933) of the United States Department of Agriculture on Diets for
Four Levels of Nutritive Content, and Cost, studied in combination with
official figures of agricultural acreage and production, will establish the
conclusion that, if the entire American people enjoyed a liberal diet, we should
have to increase our acreage under cultivation by 40 million acres, instead of
withdrawing So million acres from production, as Secretary Wallace concluded we
should have to do unless tariff reduction enables us to dump abroad about twice
as much of our cotton and wheat as present exports allow. If everyone were
adequately equipped with clothing, our cotton production of 1929 would have to
be increased to supply the domestic demand. In housing, the deficiencies are too
apparent to the hurried glance of a traveller through our cities and towns to
make any figures or elaborate details necessary to establish the point. In
education, the capital outlay in 1934 was only twenty-seven per cent of what it
was in 193o. In 1931-34, two thousand rural schools in twenty-four states failed
to open, and over two million children missed schooling altogether.
Without piling fact on fact, or
figure on figure, to support an obvious generalization, we may say that there
can be no question either as to our need or capacity for increased production.
The only real problem in this connection is that of mobilizing our productive
factors and keeping them active. It is precisely at this point in the quest for
planned abundance that fascism imposes itself as the only alternative to
communism.
The choices we have are in the
development of social machinery to make our material machinery give us the
standard of living we desire. A fallacious assumption of all liberal reformism
is that if the people can be induced to give, through a decisive majority vote,
a mandate to their government to bring about some ideal measure of social
justice and economic abundance, and if education and moral indoctrination
inculcate the right attitudes, this mandate can be carried out within the
framework of existing institutions and ways. To prove this assumption, they pile
up irrelevant statistics and talk learnedly in the several jargons of the social
and natural sciences. They quite simply do not take account of the fact that a
better social order requires, in the field of social institutions, ways,
attitudes, and mechanics, not only new objectives but a driving force, a guiding
hand, and a coordinated system of control. Utopian wishes do not furnish a
driving force. A series of majority votes arrived at by the parliamentary or
Congressional methods of majority group pressures, lobbying, and the individual
pursuit of reelection by hundreds of office holders, do not constitute a guiding
hand. And a political system of checks and balances is not coordinated control.
The driving force of any
national undertaking may be called nationalism, patriotism, love of country,
consciousness of kind, and loyalty to kind, or by any one of countless other
terms or phrases. The reality which unites and animates a group in a feeling of
solidarity, and in an enterprise of common interest, is too traditional, too
universally felt and manifested, and too inevitable, to call for any attempt at
exact definition. Communist Russia operates as a nation, and is driven by the
dynamic force of national patriotism, or love of country and loyalty to kind,
quite as much as any fascist country, or any liberal country in time of war.
Little need be said by way of attempt to explain why and how this force will
animate an American fascism. The generative sources of this force are inherent
in every nation. It is necessary only to tap them and provide an orderly system
through which they can flow. We do not need communism to get the forces of
nationalism, and communism cannot provide a substitute for those forces.
Now communism professes to
derive its driving force from the will of the workers to overthrow the rule of
the owners of property, and substitute that rule with the dictatorship of the
proletariat. As a matter of fact, of course, communism in operation has been a
series of phenomena whose driving force has been derived from two main sources:
First, the personal motivations, too complex always for brief analysis, of the
initiating leaders-motivations springing from a sense of frustration under the
existing order, feeling that this order was evil, and the love of power common
to so many strong men; and, second, Russian patriotism, which was captured and
mobilized by these initiating leaders of communism, exactly as French patriotism
was captured and mobilized by a Corsican second lieutenant of artillery and
soldier of fortune.
The class war, the classical
myth of communism, like every other war, has been the war of one crowd against
another. There is nothing much to starting or keeping up a war any more than
there is to starting and keeping up a fire. It needs only the first spark and
then plenty of fuel. The Communist ins, in Russia, have fought, and continue to
fight, the outs. The ins of Russia would incite the outs of other countries to
espouse the faith of the communist international and fight the ins of their
respective countries. All this is simple. But nowhere is there apparent any
significant manifestation of the driving force of a proletarian will to fight as
proletarians, whether in Russia or anywhere else. Russia presents the spectacle
of a national government on the defensive, just as do Britain, Germany, Japan
and Italy, not the spectacle of a proletariat on the warpath against the
capitalists of the world.
The choice between fascism and
communism, then, turns largely around the questions of the inevitability and
desirability from some assumed standpoint of the class war myth as a
rationalization of what is just a war between two crowds, and, of course, of
this war as an event. Here it may be said that the best way to start a
revolution or civil war in the United States is not to use the Marxian class war
myth. But more important still it may be said that it is not necessary to have a
civil war in order to effect a social revolution. These two considerations seem
rather effectively to eliminate communism as a desirable choice for any one who
has not already been "converted" to communism.
Those who have not been
converted to communism will do well to ask themselves these questions: Is such a
war a necessary means to the end of a social order which will afford the people
as a whole a better average life? Is such a war a necessary means to a good end
for me as an individual?
The answer to the second
question, of course, depends largely on who I am, or whether I should be among
the liquidators or the liquidated. To answer the first question affirmatively,
it must be assumed that a proletarian party will have the will to start such a
war, the might to win it, and the competence, after they have won it, to run
things more efficiently than the leaders or managers of the class they have
liquidated could run things.
It is the last of these
assumptions which is most open to challenge. The assumptions that a proletarian
communist party can mobilize enough proletarian wills to fight the Marxian
battle on the inspiration of the class war myth, and develop enough might to win
the battle in the advanced industrial countries, can plausibly be ridiculed in
the light of present indications. But no impregnable argument can be founded on
such ridicule, for the wills of the masses can conceivably be changed quickly
and galvanized into action for the pursuit of the maddest objectives--witness
the Crusades.
It is the assumption that a
proletarian party, triumph in the classical Marxian battle could leave enough
competent technicians unliquidated to run things in a way to maintain as high a
living standard as could be maintained if these managing classes were allowed to
function, which is open to the most effective challenge. And on that challenge
much of the case for fascism rests.
In this connection it must be
remembered that while the Russian communist revolution has liquidated several
millions, it did not have to liquidate the same percentage or total number of
middle class technicians found in the United States. Moreover, Russian economy
was not as dependent on these middle class elements as are our economy and
standard of living. And during the Russian communist experiment it has been
found necessary to import foreign experts. In the field in which the class war
in Russia has effected the most drastic or significant liquidation of
people--agriculture--the output is lowest and still below pre-War levels.
Obviously, from the point of
view of the interests of the owning and managing classes, there can be no
question as to the undesirability of the communist civil war, which will
necessarily mean for them liquidation-a euphemism for such experiences as being
stood up against a wall and shot. It is from the point of view of the workers in
the Marxian definition, or those whose income is not derived mainly from owning
and managing productive property for a profit, that, for the sake of any
possible argument, it has to be shown that the triumphant Marxian dictatorship
will not yield advantages. It is most seductive to some workers to be told that
they have a chance under communism to oust the present bosses and themselves
become the bosses. Obviously this promise is a lie. For under communism the
workers would merely have a different set of bosses. There is no way of running
industry without bosses, and there is no way of making every man his own boss.
The only question of real interest to the masses is whether they would be better
off to liquidate in communist fashion all the present bosses and proceed
thereafter with new bosses developed under communism, or to try some social
formula which would take advantage of the skills of the present bosses. Once the
question is considered in this light, the answer is fairly obvious in countries
like the United States, where a communist class war liquidation would deprive
the country of some twenty millions of its workers out of a total of fifty
million, these twenty millions including some six million farmers, all of whom
are on the wrong side of the communist fence.
At this point a word should be
said to refute a commonly made communist argument that most of the middle-class
executives, experts, white collar workers, farmers and small enterprisers would
go over to communism in the course of the class war and thus escape liquidation.
This argument runs counter to any expectancy based on experience. When a fight
starts, the lines between friend and foe are tightly drawn, and it rarely
happens during a war that any significant number of those on one side of the
line go over to the other. It is not in the nature of most people, especially
most members of the middle classes, to prove turncoats in a fight. The longer
and harder the Marxian class war, the greater would be the solidarity of the
enemies of the communists. There is, of course, no doubt in any mind which
thinks straight on this subject that a large percentage of the non-owning,
non-managing, and non-enterprising workers would, in the United States, side in
the Marxian war with the owners, managers, and enterprisers from the very start.
Most of the American workers would side with the managers and enterprisers
because of the force of tradition or attitudes formed by education and long
habit and, also, because of the prestige or moral authority which the managing
and owning classes deservedly enjoy in the United States where their competence
is demonstrably superior to that of the elite of the Czarist regime of Russia.
We may conclude then that,
because of the unavoidable liquidation of so many competent experts through a
communist victory in the Marxian class struggle, the results would not be as
favorable for the people as a whole, or even for the non-owning and non-managing
workers, as a regime which required fewer human sacrifices to get started. But
the driving force of a consciousness of group solidarity and common group
objectives is needed to run the social machinery of any planned economy. If it
is not the Marxian class war spirit, it must be some other martial spirit. This
force fascism develops by intensifying the national, spirit and putting it
behind the enterprises of public welfare and social control.
Here fascism is not introducing
a new force but merely intensifying a force inherent in every nation and putting
this old force behind new public enterprises.
The unifying principle of
national fellowship already exists. Unlike working class or proletarian class
consciousness, it is not something which exists only by virtue of a logical
classification of men into owners and workers. This Marxian classification is
entirely valid for purposes of logic and definition. But it is a classification
which no more creates two separate class consciousnesses or class identities for
purposes of common thought and action than the division of all mankind into red
heads and non-red heads.
Obviously, the more inclusive
the unifying principle, the more conflict is avoided and the greater cooperation
is achieved. Nationalism would be more inclusive in the United States than any
formula of unity based on race, religion, profession or tastes. As Americans, we
are all of one nationality, though not of one race, religion, profession or set
of cultural tastes. Of course, a perfect internationalism would be still more
unifying and inclusive. This consideration leads many humane minds to aspire to
a social formula or unifying principle which would include all mankind or
transcend national limitations. Here the inevitability of some limitation to the
inclusiveness of a formula of social organization and operation is largely a
matter of traditional imponderables and problems of sheer administration. If the
world were to go one hundred per cent Communist or one hundred per cent Roman
Catholic, any attempt at international unity would necessarily founder on the
rocks of group traditions and in the complexities of administration, for which
neither an international Communism nor an international Christianity would prove
a solvent.
It is idle to hazard a
speculation as to the possibility of ever effecting a workable formula of
international unity in a distant future. It is worse than idle for any one
nation to attempt to force on an unwilling world any ideal of international
unity. If an international formula by universal assent is ever workable, it will
not be necessary for any one nation to force any part of it on any other nation.
And surely no one is interested in an international formula imposed and
maintained by the might of one nation. Communism, of course, masquerades as an
international formula to be made effective by the universal assent of the
workers (thus eliminating international war) once the capitalists have been
eliminated by the Marxian class war. But communism in action has developed no
reasons for supposing that workers are any less Americans, Russians and
Englishmen than capitalists.
In regard to the guiding hand
and the mechanisms of social control necessary to a planned society, we may
dispose at once of a great deal of confusion by saying that fascism and
communism equally require centralized control. In the larger essentials of
social control, so far as problems of technique, mechanism, and means are
concerned, fascism and communism have many similarities. It is under this
heading of the imperative principles and mechanisms of social control that it
seems eminently fitting to compare fascism and communism in respect to private
property rights, private initiative in production, profits, and the free market.
It is understood, of course, that fascism stands for the maintenance of all
these institutions. Here there is a real problem of choice. Fascism regards
private property rights, private initiative, and the free market, subject to a
proper regime of public interest, as useful institutions useful means to public
ends. The difference between fascism and liberalism, in this respect, is that
fascism considers these institutions as means to national ends, whereas
liberalism makes the nation and national government a means to the ends of
private property and the free market.
The instrumental merits of
private property and the free market can best be appreciated by analyzing any
attempt to dispense entirely with them, such as is being made by communist
Russia. Now, communism or socialism sanctions property rights in consumers goods
but not producers goods. But, in a large field of property, such as farms and
small enterprises, it is impossible to draw a line between producers and
consumers goods. One must either accept some measure of private ownership of the
instruments of production, or soon one is driven to the extreme of a regime in
which everyone will be in the position of unpaid soldiers or pensioners of an
institution who have certain things deemed necessary and found available
supplied to them, with no money for purchasing, or means of producing, anything
else. Russian communism shows definite trends in that direction. As a matter of
fact, of course, no professional army today is conducted on the extreme
principle of complete rationing of everything. All soldiers are given some small
pay with which to make optional purchases of things selected by themselves to
suit their tastes.
A socialism which gives the
individual a property right only in the clothes on his back and a few simple
articles of personal use is fraught with administrative difficulties which can
hardly be exaggerated. For such a socialism imposes on government a formidable
amount of details or administrative minutiae in matters of directing all
production, determining distribution and rewards, and taking care of one hundred
per cent of those incapable of earning a living. To whatever extent private
ownership and small savings exist, just so many more aged and dependents, as
well as persons of difficult social adjustment, are provided with incomes and
occupations without engaging State responsibility for the details of taking care
of them. Institutional care is indicated for many people, and government
ownership is indicated for efficient production in many fields. But ownership of
small homes, farms, and productive enterprises are also indicated for many more
people and many other types of production.
There is a large field of
productive activity in which small enterprise is unquestionably more efficient
and satisfactory in every way than large enterprise. Farming, of course, is the
best example. Soviet Russia has yet to demonstrate that public administration
can operate farms as efficiently or economically through collectivized units as
private enterprise. It is doubtful whether government feeding stations will ever
equal the culinary achievements of small private kitchens. Small-scale private
production is not only more efficient in many fields but it is also fairly safe
or free of significant monopoly power and abuse.
Socially significant monopoly
does not arise either in agriculture, or in the production of special goods and
services of a unique character, where the total volume produced is relatively
small and where the article can easily be substituted by another. The monopoly
of a unique voice, or talent, or resource may bring a high reward without
conferring any power to commit a social abuse. And neither the farmers nor the
small enterprisers are ever likely to challenge the public authority or
interfere with public administration in the ways that large corporations and
financial institutions have frequently done. It is, of course, possible for
small owners and enterprisers to constitute a pressure agency through special
association, but the State has ample means for dealing with large associations.
Besides, an association representing and controlled by a large number of small
property owners is not likely to prove the pressure force that a large
corporation controlled by a few insiders can exert.
Private ownership of savings,
as well as small ownership and management units of productive enterprise, can be
socially controlled. The social abuses connected with savings are encountered
mainly in the mechanics of investment and financial management by the large
banks, savings institutions, and insurance companies which handle savings. It is
a relatively easy matter for the State to preserve the present de facto rights
and interests of small savers while completely nationalizing the financial
institutions which now administer their savings, or while imposing on a private
management of such institutions any State dictates. It cannot be repeated too
often that what prevents adequate public regulation is liberal norms of law or
constitutional guarantees of private rights. There is no need to expropriate
private ownership of either savings or small scale enterprise in order to
maintain adequate social control. It is necessary only to nationalize large
financial institutions and monopolistic industries, as well as all corporations
whose services are indispensable but whose management has become completely
divorced from ownership, and to discipline adequately all private enterprises.
Wherever ownership and
management have become separated, there is no good case to be made out for
private ownership or private management. In these cases, ownership is held by an
army of stockholders and bondholders, who cannot possibly have any say about the
control and management exercised by self perpetuating hierarchies of bankers,
directors, and officials on the inside who are virtually irresponsible either to
the owners or to the State for the results of their economic policies.
Obviously, a governmental bureaucracy is preferable to a corporate bureaucracy,
for the governmental bureaucracy can be made more responsible, more disciplined,
and better integrated into a national plan. A corporate bureaucracy divorced
from the control of owners is just a private army at the service of any pirate
captain who may be made chief.
The fascist State can easily
convert the great monopolies and bureaucratically-managed large corporations
into State-controlled enterprises, the present owners and creditors of which
will receive income bonds or shares in a government investment company and never
know any practical difference between their present capitalistic relationship to
the property and the relationship which a fascist State will define and maintain
for them. The corporate bureaucracies, except for a few big shot men at the top,
will never know the difference. For there is no real difference between being a
yes-man official of a billion dollar bank and being an official of a State
bureaucracy, except possibly as to compensation, and government owned or
controlled corporations under fascism would allow generous compensation to
efficient executives.
So far as considerations of
efficiency are involved, almost any rational regime, either of complete
government control or some modified government dictation of policies and
management left in private managers' hands, would mean no greater or different
administrative and practical difficulties than those already encountered under
the bureaucratic management of self-perpetuating bank and corporate
dictatorships. Actually, the management of all large corporations is wholly
bureaucratic, subject only, as a practical matter, to the modifying dictation of
big bankers and financial interests. Between the hierarchical bureaucracy of a
political State and the hierarchical bureaucracy of a large corporation with its
permanent dictator and his army of yes-men executives, there are no significant
administrative or technical differences. In either case, all the advantages of
owner-management are lacking and all the disadvantages of bureaucratic control
are present.
The case for leaving
owner-management to function where it can do so more efficiently than large
scale enterprise (which is necessarily bureaucratic) and, with only two or three
exceptions, enterprise where management is divorced from ownership, rests on
sound considerations of public policy. In the fascist view, only through a
combination of privately-owned and privately-managed small scale enterprise and
State-owned or State-managed large scale enterprise can social control be
maintained. It seems too obvious to need explanation that many types of
production must be conducted on such a large scale that the advantages of owner
management must be sacrificed for the greater advantages-in these cases, of mass
production by highly integrated trusts. Such types of industry, just as the
Panama Canal, are monopoly propositions which indicate public ownership or
public administration.
In so far as property rights
and private enterprise are concerned, however, the strongest argument for
fascism instead of communism may be found in the regulatory functions of an open
market. The strongest criticism of any socialism of complete expropriation is
that it leaves no free market, no pricing mechanism and no valid basis for
economic calculation. Pure socialism is collective ownership and unified central
direction of all material instruments of production which, sooner or later, must
leave little or no freedom of choice for the individual as to consumption or
occupation. These criticisms may be found brought up to date and made relevant
to communism in operation in Russia in the symposium of Professors Hayek,
Pierson, Barone, Halm and von Mises entitled Collectivist Economic Planning, and
the work of Professor Boris Brutzkus entitled Economic Planning in Soviet
Russia.
Under a pure communism, the
products of all enterprises are poured into a common pot, and all the
enterprises are given out of this pot the means for further production. With no
market indications to guide them, how can the supreme managers of national
socialist production receive directives as to further production, or measure the
intensity of social needs? Without a free market there can be no determination
of economic values. The labor theory of value breaks down completely as a means
of determining rewards for labor or for the use of labor and machinery in
production. Marx, of course, recognized that an hour of every man's labor was
not equal owing to differences in skills. But how is the inequality in worth to
be measured if not by market demand? Is it to be measured according to the cost
of creating a given skill? But many labor skills are natural gifts acquired
without any training and with very little effort. Is the value of labor to be
measured by the physical output? But what about exactly similar labor expended
in working an easy and a difficult mine, or lands which produce unequal
quantities of the same material? How would rewards of skilled German and
unskilled Russian labor be determined in international communist trade ?
At the beginning of 1931 there
was a union conference of industrial managers at Moscow. Ordzonikidze, President
of Workers and Peasants Inspection, said at that conference: "With us, the State
bank pays for everything and the undertaking is materially responsible for
nothing at all. Wages are paid without referring to you (the industrial
managers). Goods are paid for regardless of quality. People take your products
away and distribute them." "That's grand," said the audience. In the publication
Za industrializaciu, the organ of the Supreme Economic Council, in its
leading article of December 19, 1930, it is said, "Among industrial managers
there is a popular notion that however great the financial deficits, the State
will always make them good, for finance is not to impose any limits on the
expansion of production and the extension of capital construction." The result
of having the State pay all deficits in industrial production is a steady
depreciation in the value of the Russian ruble, not that this difficulty alone
need prove fatal to communism, for, conceivably, the currency could be inflated
to the vanishing point of value for each unit ever so often, and a new currency
started after each debacle. The real difficulty is that under such an economic
regime the most efficient use of labor and material resources, or the use most
satisfactory to the people, cannot possibly be made, for the simple reason that
there is no means of measuring value or output in terms of the quantity of
satisfaction afforded to consumers.
It is, of course, easy to keep
everybody at work and to produce a great deal (much of which, like the output of
many Russian factories, may be useless) without any regard for the indications
of market value. And this is exactly what communist Russia has been doing. But
the results are a great waste of productive effort and the necessity for taking
inferior consumers goods with little choice. In a symposium on planning, Miss
Van Kleeck argues that a plan requires measurement, that money is an unsafe
guide, and that a planned economy "does not make money but makes and distributes
goods," adding that "Obviously the basic common unit of measurement is the man
hour." The trouble with making goods without the controlling indications of
market demand and profits for successful producers is that there is no way of
knowing the right quantities to make, the right proportions of labor and
machinery to use in production, or other right combinations in the productive
processes.
The extreme liberal capitalist
position that only effective demands made in a free market should be satisfied
is equally untenable. There is a large field of economic goods in which
production can be conducted by arbitrary assumption and dictation. Police
protection, sanitation, public education, arc goods which are already bought and
paid for without any reference to market demand. Light and power,
transportation, and basic foods and textiles in given but limited quantities,
can be assumed necessary at an arbitrarily fixed price, and State intervention
can insure the production of an adequate supply of these goods within an
arbitrarily fixed price range for the common good. If there is a deficit it can
be met by taxation-provided it is not too large. It is well to remember that it
will never be possible for the State to have provided as much of everything as
may be desired. Hence, there must be selection and rationing where arbitrarily
determined production and prices are enforced. For the selection of goods to be
produced at given costs, for sale at given prices, and in given quantities, and
for the selection and combination of productive factors in producing these
goods, the State must have the guidance of prices or values determined by a
comparatively free market. It is impossible within the limits of a brief
discussion to elaborate the reasons and examples showing why the controls of
freely made prices and competitively made profits are essential as guides,
whether for State directives or private enterprise directives of production.
Fascism does not accept the
liberal dogmas as to the sovereignty of the consumer or trader in the free
market. It does not admit that the market ever can or should be entirely free.
Least of all does it consider that market freedom, and the opportunity to make
competitive profits, are rights of the individual. Some measure of market
freedom, competition, private enterprise, and profits and losses for private
enterprise, in the view of fascism, must be deemed essential as guides to any
measure of social control.
Under fascism, private
property, private enterprise, and private choice in the market, have no rights
as ends in themselves. They have different measures of social usefulness subject
to proper public control. If these institutions and ways are to have social
utility to the State, the liberal regime must be ended, the great monopolies
nationalized, and all the economic processes subjected to the discipline of a
national plan. The ultimate objective is welfare through a strong national
State, and neither the dictatorship of the proletarian nor the supremacy of
private rights under any given set of rules.
CHAPTER XV
ENLARGING THE
MARKET : A FINANCIAL PROBLEM
PERHAPS the simplest and briefest way of stating the basic objectives of
national economic planning today is to say that the market must be enlarged and
social control achieved . Just as the more logical and hard-minded communists
like Lenin predicted, liberal capitalism is slowly going to pieces on the
failure of the market to continue to absorb adequately the increasing supply of
goods which must be produced and sold if the system is to work and, also, if the
unemployed are ever to work again . We have already, in another connection,
disposed of the classical argument of capitalism that the production of goods
and services inevitably though tardily provides the necessary market for the
total output . The fact and old custom of hoarding, now in revival, is knocking
that argument into a cocked hat .
Increasing the domestic market
presents difficulties mainly in the field of finance . No sensible person
questions that there are desires and needs for a larger output or that there is
ample capacity for its production . The only serious objection raised is, “But
where is the money to come from ? ” The answer, obviously, is, “From the same
sources which have furnished all our money for wars and industrial expansion in
the past . ” If the objection takes the form of the question, “But how is this
additional production and consumption to be paid for ?” The answer is, “With
more production .” Things have ultimately to be paid for (if they are really
paid for) with other things, money symbols being only the counters . The making
of the money, whether by a turn of the government printing press or a stroke of
a banker’s pen, is always an extremely simple and easy matter . As the act of
paying out money, whether for consumption or producers goods, initiates the
necessary production, it is with a use of money that the economic process seems
always to begin .
So strategic is the rôle of
money that it seems to many people the only thing that matters in the economic
process . This seems especially plausible, due to the fact that, from the point
of view of the individual, with money he can buy or command almost any good or
service, and without money he can do or obtain practically nothing . The
trouble here, of course, is that the individual cannot make money with a stroke
of a banker’s pen or a turn of the government printing press . The individual
cannot make money--he can only obtain it from those who have it . And this he
can only do if they will give him money for something he can produce or lend him
money . Hence, if he cannot sell his product or labor for money, or borrow
money, the question “Where is the money coming from ?” completely floors him .
As long as most individuals under liberal capitalism, could readily sell their
labor or products of their labor, skill, land, and tools, there was no economic
or monetary problem . A prospective sale only can make a sound loan under
private capitalism . No sale in prospect, no bank loan requiring such sale for
repayment . This explains why bank loans to business are shrinking and why the
banks in 1935 are buying 91% of the new government bonds, the banks now holding
53% of the total federal debt .
Now, however, the problem of
getting more money spent demands solution, and the solution requires the
intervention of an initiating agent who is not embarrassed by the inability to
make or get money except by the sale of something in an open market . In the
present situation, that agent can only be the State or the person who has the
right to make money and the power to get it back without having to rely on a
sale in the free market to obtain it .
People hear
with horror any mention of government-made money . They have been trained to
believe that only money made by a stroke of a banker’s pen in creating a loan
and a corresponding deposit credit is good money . No amount of bank losses
and failures seems to shake his faith . An old fashioned liberal professor of
economics or finance would try to explain the creation of bank money or bank
deposit credit as constituting not creation of something that did not exist
already, but merely as the mobilization of money or credit which existed already
but which only a bank could mobilize . The bad faith of this explanation lay in
the fact that if it were invoked to justify a government creation of money it
was indignantly rejected by those who used it to rationalize a banker’s creation
of money .
Obviously, all creations of
paper, token, or bank deposit money, whether by the government, a central bank,
a public or a private bank, are creations of fiat money and are fraught with the
same dangers . Every depression is a series of proofs of the unsoundness of a
large volume of bank-made money credit . Only commodity money, like gold and
silver, which as a commodity, is worth its face value, is not fiat money . Al]
our economic prosperity and achievements have been financed by fiat money, and
all our economic blunders or misfortune can be attributed to fiat money, facts
which should indicate the pointlessness of using terms like fiat money to
disapprove of any given expenditure or investment, public or private .
Every effort should be made to
avoid the evils of inflation, or a depreciating currency and collapsing credit
structure . But these evils can never be avoided through the use of definition
. It is not certain that these evils, as a practical matter, can ever be
entirely avoided . But, certainly, every reasonable undertaking should be made
to avoid them . The only way to avoid or minimize these evils is to keep the
volume and velocity of circulation of all money, paper and bank deposit money,
in fairly stable relation to the volume of production .
If the total sum of money
payments made in a given period increases markedly faster than the total volume
of goods an services produced for sale in that period, there will ordinarily be
inflation, rise in prices, and a fall in the value of money . Incidentally, it
is to be remarked that communist Russia has been steadily inflating its currency
and depreciating the purchasing power of the currency in the execution of its
construction and five-year programs . And, as every one knows, no capitalist or
fascist country since the War has enjoyed prosperity except when, and in measure
as, it was indulging in inflation .
It remains to be shown,
therefore, that the evils of inflation are entirely avoidable . Anyone who
claims he has a sovereign remedy against the evils of inflation is sure to be a
charlatan, for if there be such a remedy, it has not been demonstrated and,
until the demonstration has been made, no one has a right to assert that he
knows that he has a remedy . But the fact that no one knows a sovereign
preventive of the evils and mistakes of inflation is no reason why money should
not be created and spent by government to end unemployment, increase the supply
of goods, enlarge productive capita] and, presumably, thereby to increase the
sum of human happiness . After all it must be remembered that capitalist
America, communist Russia, and fascist Germany, enjoy great additions to their
productive capital and current income as a result of inflationary spending and
capital goods construction . And, after all, these benefits undoubtedly
outweigh the real evils which have attended or followed inflation .
Obviously, every attempt must
be made to keep physical production and the quantity-times-circulation velocity
of money in the right relation—quantity of goods to quantity of money—and
thereby to avoid or minimize the evils of inflation . This problem, however,
cannot be solved by legal definitions or prohibitory law . The only prohibitory
law which would be adequate and relevant to the prevention of the evil of
inflation under liberal capitalism would be absurd, for such a law would have
simply to prohibit depressions . If depressions can be prevented or minimized
it will not be by prohibition or legal definitions . It will be by executive
management . This is one of the reasons why the fascist formula must supplant
the liberal formula which, in the economic sphere, really allows the State
little more than the remedies of judicially defined and applied prohibition and
punishment after the act .
Among the rules for avoiding
inflation, the simplest to state can be worded briefly somewhat as follows :
(I) Create new money, bank deposit money, or paper money, only for the
retirement of debts and payment for the production of new physical goods and
services . (2) Create and offer no more money for goods and services than is
required to obtain the maximum attainable output from the existing plant . When
more goods are demanded with money than the available supply and means of
production can satisfy, prices go up, money goes down—and inflation is on .
Creation and use of additional money for speculation and for attempts to force
production beyond physical limits must be avoided if inflation is to be averted
.
If it is easy to state these
simple rules, it is by no means easy to know how and when to apply them . What
is even more important at present is the fact that, within the framework of
liberal capitalism, it is out of the question even to make any serious attempt
to enforce observance of these rules . Among the chief reasons why no serious
attempt can ever be made under liberal capitalism to apply the first rule are
the following : Banks create money for loans in proportion to the interest they
can obtain on loans with safety as to repayment . Speculators pay the highest
interest rates, and often are able to give excellent security . So banks prefer
loans to speculators if, as is usually the case, there are satisfactory
guarantees of repayment of loans to finance speculations . Call loans on Stock
Exchange securities as collateral are perfect examples of good loans for bankers
and bad loans for economic order . The guarantees of these socially bad loans
inhere, not in the economic soundness of the loan, but in special market
machinery, special legal contracts, and the fact that there is always a buyer
(usually a sucker who buys on a falling market) for bad and overpriced bank
collateral to take it off the hands of the bank before that institution gets
stuck .
Banks, we see, then, do not
ordinarily, and could not effectively if they would, control the uses made of
money they create and lend so as to check inflation and speculation . A
borrower may say he wants a loan for a given purpose, like building himself a
home, or a corporation may say it wants a loan for some stated business use or
investment . The borrowing individual may build the home, and the corporation
may make the stated business use or investment of so much money . At the same
time, however, the individual home builder, or the corporation, may make a
speculative use of a similar amount of money which would not have been made had
the loan not been obtained for the other alleged purpose . The point, of
course, is that, as a rule, borrowers (certainly the rich individual and the
large company) usually have lots of money at the time they borrow a given sum in
addition to that sum . Consequently, in most cases, a given loan merely swells
the cash holdings of the borrower . It is, therefore, absurd to say of a given
loan to a borrower, through whose hands several times as much money flows every
week or every year, that that particular loan went to a given purpose . Such a
statement is exactly like saying that a small rivulet which runs into one of
many streams which feed many reservoirs which supply New York city with water is
the rivulet which furnishes the water for the city Hall or the Union League Club
.
In brief, whatever they may
advertise to the contrary, banks have to be guided in making loans mainly, if
not exclusively, by two rules : (I) Get the highest return possible on the loan
. (2) Get the loan repaid . Loans which meet these rules have to be made,
whatever harmful social effects they may produce . And loans which do not meet
these rules have to be avoided, whatever beneficial social fruits they might
bear . This being true, private banks must necessarily pour oil on the fires of
speculation when they start burning, and they must fail to prime recovery in a
crisis like that of the present, when good loans in sufficient quantity cannot
be found . To prevent the creation of new bank money by banks to enable
speculators to pay higher prices for Florida real estate or Stock Exchange
securities it is necessary to take the power to create new money for loans from
private bankers, who must always use such power in a way to feed the fires of
speculation, because loans to speculators on price changes are usually the most
profitable to banks .
But even if the State has the
monopoly of banking, as in Communist Russia, the State may, as Communist Russia
is doing, create the evils of inflation by creating and spending money to pay
for more physical production than the productive plant of the nation is capable
of furnishing . To avoid the evils of inflation, it is necessary among other
things, to have no creation of money to finance speculators in bidding up prices
of goods already produced, and also to have no creation of money to finance a
greater demand for new production than the available productive resources can
supply .
Now, as I have said, no one can
claim for any formula that it will insure adequate observance of these two rules
and any others for avoiding inflationary evils . Furthermore, we cannot be sure
that a State following and enforcing these rules might not still run into
inflation through the operation of factors beyond its control producing scarcity
. All that can fairly be claimed for fascism, in this respect, is that it
offers the best political and administrative formula for keeping money and
production in the right relation to insure stability and to avert inflation .
Keeping production up to capacity, and not trying to force it too much, may be
said to constitute problems in scientific measurement of a sort which presents
no real difficulties, value selection problems which are exercises in
imagination and power, and administrative problems, the like of which have to be
met in all large human undertakings .
The ends of successful
executive attack on this problem will not be helped by the usual arguments and
concepts employed in discussion of monetary and economic questions . Nor will
the standards of sound or successful finance for private banks and individuals
furnish much useful guidance for the government undertaking to spend or invest
enough money every year to take up the slack in private spending and investing
. The rules for sound private or commercial banking can be found in hundreds of
text-books . These rules amount to saying “Don’t make a bad loan ." When times
are good it is hard to make a bad Loan, if ordinary precautions are taken
against embezzlers and frauds . When times turn bad, the formerly good loans go
sour and it proves impossible to find enough good loans (that is, loans that
will be repaid) for one’s idle funds .
All of this merely proves that
most of the rules for sound banking, beyond those aimed at frauds, are largely
superfluous . The maker of a private or bank loan has chiefly to rely for
repayment on a set of conditions and events over which he cannot possibly
exercise any control . As the elder Mr. Morgan once testified, in 1913, before
a Senate Committee, character is about the only useful standard for making loans
. Borrowers may be selected according to character . The rest, to a large
extent, lies outside the control of borrower and lender . Assuming character
factors and general conditions are favorable, the private or bank lender relies
mainly on the open market to provide the borrower with funds to repay the loan .
Government creations of credit
to finance spending and investing, however, cannot rely on the character of
borrowers favorable business conditions, and a market which will put the
borrowers in funds for the repayment of the government loan . If this happy
combination of conditions were present, there would be no need for government
intervention in the economic process . If government could find good borrowers,
such borrowers could find ample accommodations from the banks . If ample
borrowing demands of the right sort met ample supplies of loan funds, there
would be no depression .
No; government creations of
credit to finance social expenditure and investment must rely on entirely
different mechanisms and principles to keep credit and money sound, or to keep
production and money in the right relation one to the other . For one thing,
government expenditures on social services cannot be recovered by the sale of
such services in the open market . If the parents of the children who attend
the public schools had to pay the cost of the instruction of their children,
most of the children now in school would not be there, much to their joy and the
joy of the taxpayers who are constantly denouncing high taxes . For another
thing, government investments in slum clearance, grade crossing elimination, and
highway and public works projects of all sorts, cannot possibly earn their
capital costs, through charges collected, in a free market . If they could,
private initiative and private funds would finance and execute most of these
projects for the rents, tolls, or charges, obtainable from them . The chief
reasons, of course, why capital charges on so many desirable building projects
are more than rentals would cover are high interest rates and inflated land
values .
From the foregoing
considerations, it follows naturally that if government is to make large social
expenditures and investments, government must exercise two important public
powers in this connection . First, it must levy the appropriate tolls or taxes
to get back into the public treasury each year as much money as it puts out on
such expenditures and investments . Second, largely for reasons of
administrative convenience and facility, government must exercise the monopoly
of bank credit creation, which government can do only through nationalization of
the banks . Government, of course, might allow the private ownership and
management of banking to continue and obtain whatever it wanted of them by
forceful taking or commanding . But there are difficulties about such a course
of procedure too obvious to need mention . It is possible, as is happening in
many European countries, for government to get much of what it wants from
privately owned banks through a system of procedure which combines in varying
degrees government coercion and voluntary banker cooperation .
Nationalization of the banks is
the simplest method, but the simplest method is not always the easiest to
initiate . In this country it is little realized how powerful government can
be, or how meek and cooperative bankers and big business men can learn to be
once they have to deal with a strong government, to defy which they cannot every
minute run into that courts with an expensive legal action .
The power to get the requisite
amount of money for spending, in the first instance, by recourse to the device
of bank credit, and the power to get the money back through taxation for
re-spending, however, are not the only requisites for safely spending our way
out of a depression . In exercising these powers, there are many problems of a
highly technical character to be solved fairly scientifically if ultimate
inflationary disaster is to be avoided . This is but another reason why these
powers cannot be safely exercised by government under the liberal formula of
divided powers and responsibilities .
Take the creation of credit,
for one thing : This act, and the spending of the fiat money so created,
imposes on the entire community a corresponding amount of forced saving . Under
the liberal system, the bankers get the interest or profit on forced saving thus
taken from the whole people and invested to produce wealth . Waiving the
question of the moral right of the bankers to levy a profit on the enforced
savings of the community, there is this to be said for a system of credit
creation only by private bankers : it formerly had the control of some degree
of banker responsibility . When banks were strictly private affairs, managed by
men who had their entire fortune in the bank, and on terms which made the
banker’s entire fortune responsible for the bank’s liabilities, this control was
significant and fairly effective to check excessive inflation . Now that the
biggest New York banks have come to be dominated by high pressure executives who
hide their personal fortune under the ownership of their wives, or of dummy
companies which the bank executives control but do not own, the control
incidental to the responsibilities or liabilities of ownership does not operate
. The dominating executive can wreck a bank while enriching himself, and when
the wrecking is completed and he is ousted, he can find himself still a rich man
by reason of the money he has salted away in his wife’s name .
All of this merely amounts to
saying that the controls of private ownership no longer apply to large banks
managed by men whose only stake in the bank is their yearly salary and bonus,
and whose ruling principle of management can be to make hay for themselves while
the sun shines . But a control on the creation of new credit is necessary, and
it remains for any government using the power to create credit for social
expenditure and investment to perfect satisfactory controls .
The only way to develop such a
control is to follow the principles of honest accounting . By allowing a large
field of private initiative in which private enterprise will make a bid for
private and voluntary savings, the State will have the guidance of a capital
return rate to indicate just how much people must be paid, as a practical
matter, to induce them voluntarily to save the full amount required for business
uses . When the government asks the people, or rather forces them through the
credit financing of a five- or ten-year building program, to make a given amount
of saving (which is, of course, returned to them or kept for them in the public
assets created and the services so rendered), the government will be able to
tell exactly by simple accounting methods how much, corresponding to an interest
rate, it has levied on the people in this way .
It may be argued that
government should always pay an interest on its borrowing in order to be
governed more effectively by some control . Such borrowing is practiced on a
large scale internally by communist Russia . Where there are no private banks,
it is free of many of the evils of government borrowing from private banks, for
then it is always direct borrowing of genuine private savings .
In a communist State, where
there is no private business bidding for private savings, such borrowing has
much to commend it as a guide or control to indicate the state of the personal
or psychological factors in respect of saving . In a fascist State, such
borrowing would be unnecessary for that reason, since some private enterprise
would serve the same purpose of, control by bidding capital return for private
savings . Moreover, such public borrowing under these circumstances would be
harmful, for the reason that it would tend to divert voluntary savings from
private enterprise . It would make the government a harmful competitor of
private enterprise in the free capital market . This evil would be most vicious
in the area of large investment funds and private fortunes . They are naturally
apt to seek maximum safety and accept minimum return . It is socially desirable
that large fortunes be forced to take average safety, run current business
risks, and take their full share of current business losses . If large fortunes
or funds are not thus kept pruned down, but are allowed to grow in geometrical
progression at compound interest, without risk or managerial responsibilities,
by the simple expedient of being invested is secure government obligations, it
will be necessary to have such fortunes kept down by drastic direct government
taxation or by terrific economic collapses and currency devaluations . The
simplest way to keep private fortunes small is to force them to run all the
risks of private enterprise . A few fortunes may thus grow large under the
skillful or lucky management of one or two men for one or two generations but in
time most large fortunes will get broken up in this way . Besides, as long as a
large fortune is kept intact by personal and successful management of
production, it is entitled to plead some of the defenses of private capitalism
which are now absurdly invoked for fortunes, the owners and managers of which
render no socially useful services .
Taxation still remains the most
important instrumentality for averting or minimizing the evils of inflation and
subsequent currency devaluation naturally inherent in any large government
program of social expenditure and investment with that aid of credit money .
Taxation, as most people understand it in a vague sort of way, is also an
extremely complicated technical problem which should be given the most
scientific solution possible . This is no place for the most summary discussion
of tax theory and practice . Suffice it only to state a few obvious
generalizations .
In the first place, fascism, by
exalting the ideals of nationalism, must tend to change popular attitudes toward
the payment of taxes . It is not good form in any reputable association, good
club, a sporting party or an army, to be trying all the time to welsh out of
some obligation to the group . Paying one’s full tax, and paying a heavy tax,
should be as much a matte of personal pride as paying for a round of drinks in
any social group .
In the second place, the
altogether rational idea that taxes are merely payments for services rendered
must be indoctrinated in the people . The larger the tax, the larger the
service received . It does not really matter whether the service is rendered by
the State or by the barber around the corner . What matters is whether the
service is desired, and whether it has been efficiently and economically
furnished . If the rich paid heavy taxes to eliminate the slums and beautify
our cities, they would, given the cultivation of the right attitude, receive
quite as much aesthetic satisfaction from the change in the environment which
they are forced to live in or near as they derive from a few weeks or months a
year spent on a private yacht or a country estate, or in the possession and
contemplation of an expensive work of art . After all, the richest citizens in
New York have to live within a stone’s throw of the slums, and as they drive to
and from their country estates they have to suffer the sights and smells of the
slums . Since, by reason of the ease of locomotion and the universal mania for
movement, all of us are tending more and more to live in the entire country,
money spent to make the country, as a whole, more pleasant to live in must be a
service to all of us .
In the third place, the idea
that some arbitrary equalization of fortunes and incomes by taxation is
desirable must be popularized, even among the rich . As has been explained
again and again in technical expositions of the principles of the capital levy,
equalization by taxation does not need to involve any interference whatever with
the organization and operation of large productive or service enterprises .
No sane tax or capital levy
would put the Ford plant up for sale or force a change of management . Any
amount of taxation or capital levy could be laid on that plant, or any other
industry owned by a single family or individual, in a way to leave management
unchanged and to provide for the payment of the tax or levy out of income . The
Government could become a ten, fifty or seventy-five per cent shareholder of any
productive plant without disrupting thereby the successful management of such a
plant . The owners of the remaining shares of that plant would have just as
much interest in maintaining efficient and profitable operation if the
government owned fifty per cent of the income as if it owned ten per cent .
The notion that the intensity
and attentiveness of a man’s efforts in a business are proportionate to the
extent of his proprietorship rights is as silly as it is to suppose that a man
owning a ten million dollar business is ten times as efficient and attentive as
a man owning a million dollar business . It is not the size of the share, but
the fact of having a share both in the profits and losses, which counts . After
all, the executive owner of a very large enterprise is far more the slave of
that job that the common laborer who can turn to a hundred different jobs any
one of which he can do equally well . The bigger the executive, the fewer the
opportunities for his peculiar talents .
And in the fourth and last
place, the idea that taxation must be cut to meet the operation requirements of
successful business must yield to the idea that business must be conducted in a
way to meet the requirements of successful government taxation . It is
perfectly true that business on the liberal capitalist formula can stand only
limited taxation, for taxation is a cost which reduces profits, and liberal
capitalist business needs large profits to flourish and offset large losses .
But this merely proves that liberal capitalism is doomed, not necessarily
private ownership and management . For the latter can flourish without either a
high rate of profit or a steady compounding of surplus . To run private
ownership and management on the theory of a small profit and a stable income is
a feasible and fascist ideal but not an ideal of liberal capitalism .
The basic problems of a large
program of government spending and investing to take up the slack in private
spending and investing are those of honest and scientific cost accounting
taxation, measurement, value judgments, and sheer administration . These
problems cannot be attacked within the frame work of the liberal, parliamentary
systems . Desirable result cannot be realized by legal enactment, prohibition
or definition . They must be achieved only by successful management . This
means the inevitability of the organization of an executive State and of the
person of an adequate leader .
It is the custom to deride the
ineptitudes and inadequacies of government officials . In connection with the
proposal of a strong executive State and an adequate social program for that
State, such derision is absurd . It is not true that government officials are
notoriously incompetent or that the techniques of economic measurement, cost
accounting, budget making and budget balancing, and scientific taxation, are not
thoroughly understood by enough men to insure the success of an executive State
which had our situation to meet .
Under the existing system,
government officials have no chance of applying the science and skills which
they have, or could have, simply because of the inhibitions of liberal social
norms . It is a significant fact that business men and scientists rarely
criticize army and navy officers, who are government officials, for failing to
use science and technology in killing people . There is little doubt that every
army and navy is using the latest and fullest resources of science and
technology to the best of their ability or as well as possible with the
appropriations and personnel available . So far as financial technique is
concerned, we are quite as competent as we are in the arts of war . And the
financial techniques can perform quite as well to facilitate a State undertaking
in peace as in war . The goods can be produced, the means of payment can be
provided, and the rhythm of payments and collections kept in proper relation to
the rhythm of production and exchange, with such error and failures as
characterize all human undertakings, provided only there is the will to achieve
these results .
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XVI
CONTROL : THE PROBLEM OF
POLITICAL ORGANIZATION
AFTER requisite
enlargement of the market, economic control is the next largest problem for an
American fascism. Control, management, or government (as one may prefer to term
it) of the right sort, or thoroughly adequate to the demands of social order,
may be thought of in two broad divisions: First, there is political
organization, or the mechanics of control through the use of the coercion of
public authority; second, there is indoctrination or the inculcation of right
social attitudes to make the social order work.
Under political organization,
the two major functions can be called those of administration and
representation. Administration is government. It includes the making,
interpreting and enforcing of laws, regulations and public policies. No useful
distinction can be drawn between making, interpreting, and enforcing law, or-
the national plan. Administration is getting the national plan realized and
preventing its defeat or frustration. Representation is the process through
which government is kept apprised of the popular will and through which
government makes the popular will understand and will the means and ends of
public administration.
The term democracy will not be
made the subject of any essay at definition, but the point may here be
interjected that, if democracy means the rule of the people, it must mean that
rule under some efficient formula of political organization. The people do not
rule by legal definition but by efficient political machinery. The efficiency of
public administration in controlling the conditions of life in a country is the
measure of popular rule.
It is a distorted sense of
reality which calls the rule of impersonal necessity under extreme laissez-faire
the rule of the people. The people rule to the extent that they are disciplined
and cannot individually do as they please, and not the extent that every man can
do as he pleases. The people rule to the extent that the nation can do as it
pleases. Anarchy is not the rule of the people or any individual. It is the rule
of disorder or nobody. There is no one model form of popular rule. Most of the
rules of liberalism which are most touted as safeguarding popular rule merely
insure the rule of the rich, powerful, irresponsible, and selfish who, under
liberalism, can produce expressions of popular will and opinion to suit their
selfish interests at the rate of so many dollars a given unit of expression of
popular opinion or will.
The scheme of political
organization should make the most rational provision for efficient
administration and useful representation of group interests in the determination
of public policies. At present it may be said of the American political scheme
of organization that tradition is its ruling principle, while in every other
American scheme of organization rationality, or fitness of means to ends, is the
ruling principle. Fascism would make the American scheme of political
organization conform to the standards of fitness of means to ends which govern
in all our other important schemes of organization. In other words, fascism
would rationalize our scheme of political organization. Fascism holds that we
must be administered as a nation, not as a confederacy of sovereign states, and
represented according to group interests which have the greatest importance and
which are prepared to accept responsibility for full cooperation with
government, not according to regional residence.
Integration of governmental
agencies and coordination of authority may be called the keystone principles of
fascist administration. Applied in the United States, these principles would
mean the end of our federal system, of state's rights and of the fictions of a
functional separation of powers as between the legislative, executive, and
judicial branches of government. And, needless to add, these principles would
mean the replacement of the existing organizational pattern of public
administration by that of a highly centralized government which would exercise
the powers of a truly national State, and which would be manned by a personnel
responsible to a political party holding a mandate from the people. This party
would be the fascist party of the United States-undoubtedly called, however, by
another name.
The ruling principle would be
instrumental rationality, or fitness of means to ends. As every one who has a
nodding acquaintance with American history should know, the rationale of the
federal system, with its forty-eight states and one federal State, is not that
of fitness to any logical scheme of present day ends of administration and
popular representation, or to any real or strong present day feeling of the
people. The rationale of the federal system is that of a compromise made among
representatives of regional group interests after the American Revolution.
Most of the people in these
regional groups of the American colonies, whether the influential or the poorest
classes, had no national citizenship other than that of the mother country.
After the American Revolution, most of them did not have even that. They had
come to America in flight from distasteful religious, social, or economic
conditions in the mother country. America, for them, was not a new nation but
merely a place of escape and an opportunity to work out a new scheme of life
with as little government, and as much laissez-faire, as had ever been known in
a civilized community. Few of the American colonists in 1776 or '1789 wanted an
American or any other kind of nation. At first they wanted simply to be English
colonies almost wholly free from English control and taxation. When the
stupidity of George III and his advisers denied the American colonists the boon
of a large measure of laissez-faire, they had no choice about relinquishing
British nationality.
It was only by dint of vigorous
argument and hard trading that the nationally-minded few among the triumphant
American colonists succeeded in making the American Constitution, and the
federal system based thereon, as national as it emerged in 1789. And it was only
after the triumph of American nationalism in the Mexican and Civil Wars that we
could be said to have passed the stage of loosely confederated colonies which
had thrown off allegiance to a foreign nation but which still had not created a
nation of their own.
Without laboring further these
obvious historical facts, we may say that the American system, in so far as it
is expressed in a literal interpretation of the Constitution, was never intended
to meet the requirements of any adequate scheme of national aims, but merely to
hold together as well as possible thirteen colonies which wanted neither to be
separate nations nor yet to be welded into a new nation. We may say further that
the trend of Constitutional interpretations, as well as of institutional
developments in American politics, has been definitely and overwhelmingly in the
direction of making the United States a nation with a strong central government.
Those who talk in favor of a
stricter interpretation of state's rights and against an enlargement of the
powers of the federal government are, therefore, in harmony with the dominant
thought, feeling, and purposes of the American colonists who created the federal
system, but against the trend of developments in the system ever since. This
being true, we may ask which is the more American, the thought, feelings and
purposes of a majority of the founding fathers, or the trend in the thought,
feeling and purposes of the dominant majority of their descendants? Surely the
only good Americans are not dead Americans--and those longest dead.
After all, there is nothing
un-American about centralization. No country has carried national integration,
coordination of authority, centralization of power, standardization, and
rationalization further, outside of the governmental structure, than the United
States. In the economic sphere, the great trust, or the billion dollar
corporation, or the holding company, as well as myriad legal devices for
centralizing control, are tremendously important cases in point. In the field of
cultural and recreational associations, no country has more national
associations, economic, fraternal, cultural, and recreational. And in no country
is there found more homogeneity in such organizations.
In matters of taste and
distinctive habits, no country a third as large as ours is as standardized as to
dress, styles, architecture, customs, speech, daily reading, and recreations as
we are. Travel a hundred miles in England, Germany, France or Russia, and
distinctive regional difference assail the eye, the ear and the palate. Travel
three thousand miles in the United States and remain on the same economic level,
and you will scarcely notice a difference--unless it be in climate or natural
scenery. The scenery of a hotel lobby, the main street, any store, church, or
railroad station interior, will not enlighten you as to whether you are in Maine
or California. No country has been better prepared for political and social
standardization, whether under fascism or communism, than the United States. Our
national corporations and social organizations have unified and nationalized us
into the most standardized people on earth, mostly during the past thirty years.
The early American colonists
were not American nationalists but British colonials. In their peculiar and
favored situation of that period they wanted none of their original or ancestral
European nationalisms and felt no need of an American nationalism. Ever since,
we have been steadily perceiving our need of being a nation, and we have been
modifying accordingly the original work of the founding fathers. Today we find
ourselves faced with the need of completing the rationalization of our social
order by becoming a rationally organized nation. Has this trend of adaptation of
political means and institutions to changing needs and problems been
un-American? If American is defined to mean 18th century English colonial with a
dash of insubordination to the mother country, and a lack of necessity, nerve,
and cultural homogeneity to create a new nation on this side of the water, then
an American fascism can rightly be called un-American.
The fact is, as a few of the
founding fathers were far-seeing enough to foresee, since the American
Revolution we have had either to become a nation through the unifying
experiences of several wars and the steady expansion of our territory, or else
finally to regularize our colonial status by reunion with the mother country or
some other European country that was a nation and acted like one. A people
blessed with our resources cannot, in a world of competing nations, enjoy the
advantages of group culture and solidarity without becoming a nation and acting
as a nation. Had we chosen not to act as a nation, we should have received the
same treatment China and Ethiopia are receiving today. And today the extent to
which we must complete or rationalize our nationalism is being largely dictated
by world conditions over which we have no control. We are too large and
significant to play the role of a Switzerland or a small Scandinavian country
which is protected from foreign intervention by reason of being in a strategic
position near great powers, whose peaceful relations, being maintained in a
delicate balance of power, will not allow the absorption of these little and
comparatively defenceless States. But such circumstances will not protect a
large country like China or the United States against a predatory great nation.
So we may say that it matters
little how American jurists, historians, political scientists, or states-rights
men, profess authoritatively to define the American nation and delimit the
powers of its metaphysical forty-nine separate sovereignties. What they have to
say is important mainly to themselves. The only definition of the American
national leviathan which has validity must be written by the necessities of
group self-preservation and assertion of group values in a world situation which
no one nation can control. In the face of prolonged foreign menace or aggression
this would mean, concretely, that the national government would be forced to
choose between scrapping the Constitution and scrapping the country. It would be
an easier and more satisfactory transition to a purely national state and a
centralized executive formula of government if it were worked out more leisurely
in peace time under the immediate pressures of only domestic order imperatives.
Were there space for it, a
lengthy and well documented case could easily be submitted to show that purely
domestic problems indicate only slightly less urgently than foreign challenges
to our security the inadequacy of our federal formula to the demands of order.
In matters as different in character as waging war on desperate and nationally
organized criminals, the policing of every sort of business activity, domestic
relations and divorce, industrial regulations for social protection, or simple
relief for the army of the unemployed and destitute, it is easy to show that
satisfactory results can only be obtained by the national government.
The time has come to ask, Why
the States? and to reject answers which amount merely to saying, "Because, while
the American nation was still unborn and only a series of colonies, the fathers
of the Constitution and colonial confederation found it necessary to make
compromises with ideas, feelings and purposes which were then widely and
tenaciously held and which are no longer held." It is time to recognize that not
one American in ten really thinks any of those 18th century American colonial
thoughts, feels' any of those feelings, or cherishes any of those purposes in
deference to which our system was originally devised. Many more than one citizen
in ten, possibly, will be found to profess all sorts of faith in and attachment
to state's rights, out of respect for past tradition, and current opinion as to
what is the correct attitude in respect to such tradition. Abundant proofs of
the insincerity of these professions of attachment to state's rights can usually
be remarked even on superficial notice. Thus, a man who professes great
attachment to his state, will often be found maintaining outside of his state a
legal domicile or business headquarters to lessen his tax bill, or going outside
his state for cheaper labor or materials, or sending his children to school
outside the state, or invariably spending his vacation outside the state, or
using great ingenuity and pains to get the better of the state in a dozen
different ways.
In most cases of particularly
vigorous champions of state's rights, one can go through the man's history with
a fine toothcomb in vain to find one instance of his ever having made a
sacrifice for, or a voluntary gift to, his state, or any other person, merely on
the ground of a state tie. People feel some special ties to fellow members of
all sorts of associations, religious, fraternal, professional, and commercial.
But one seldom finds instances of people showing real evidence of feeling a
stronger bond with a fellow Pennsylvanian or Californian solely because of state
origin.
It is nothing for any one to
deplore or apologize for that he or someone else never gives evidence of a
genuine and disinterested partiality to his own state or of a feeling of
peculiar solidarity with a fellow Kansan or Rhode Islander. Associational
groups, to merit any respect or admiration from outsiders, or to deserve the
loyalty of insiders, must have some logical reason for their existence, or must
serve some purpose useful to insiders and outsiders. Today it is difficult to
find a logical reason for the existence or functions of state governments as
provided for in the Constitution. The state boundaries, generally speaking,
correspond no longer, if ever they did, to economic or useful administrative
divisions of territory. The states are just survivals, the explanation or
rationalization of which has to be made exclusively in terms of the 18th or 19th
century conditions, feelings and purposes, most of which have long since ceased
to be operative.
To say that an American fascism
can find no use for the present federal set-up is not to say that fascism would
have no use for regional subdivisions for political and economic administration.
It is only to say that political subdivisions must correspond to some rational
and useful purpose to which the states cannot be said to correspond. Nor is the
rejection of the federal system as prescribed in the Constitution tantamount to
a rejection of local self-government or a denial of representation to any
significant group interests. The forty-eight American states are not divisions
of territory, people, or interests which are any longer significant or relevant
to useful purposes. State boundaries in many instances arbitrarily separate
areas which are united by a series of community interests and which could
constitute political and administrative units. Thus, the metropolitan area of
New York, a useful geographical unit for administration and representation, is
divided by state boundaries. For purposes of political administration or
representation of significant regional interests, the metropolitan areas ought
to be separate units.
So far as regional divisions
are concerned, it would seem today that they should be drawn from time to time
solely with reference to the needs of efficient administration. While as for
regional representation, it would seem most doubtful that any good can come of
attempts to provide for political representation according to geography. If
there must be minority group representation, and it would seem that there must
be, it should be representation only for groups having interests that are
peculiar to the group and common to all or most of the members of the group.
Now, it cannot by any stretch of the imagination be supposed that the people
living in any one of the states, Pennsylvania, New York, or Illinois, have
interests in common as inhabitants of those states, except as such community of
interest is artificially created by the state form of government. The residents
of the metropolitan cities of New York, Chicago, and Philadelphia, have more
interests in common and of a nature peculiar to residence in a big city than the
residents of New York City have with the farmers of upstate New York. The ends
neither of rational administration nor rational representation are well served
by the state organizations of the federal union. If this proposition be
reasonably true, is it good Americanism to be irrational and bad Americanism to
be rational ?
So far as political
organization for representation is concerned, it must correspond to the
rationale of power politics and workability. If, as is the case under our
present system, the attempt is made to give representation to groups like the
inhabitants within an area artificially delimited to correspond to no present
day significant cultural or economic boundaries, one gets, among other things,
an unofficial and irresponsible representation through improper and often
illegal ways of real group interests such as bankers, the utility companies, the
manufacturers, the farmers, trade unions, the American veterans, certain
religious associations, and so on. Liberals and eminent elder statesmen are
constantly deploring the behavior of pressure groups in relation to government.
And they insist on telling us that such behavior is not according to the rules
of the game and should be stopped. With this naive thought they are constantly
investigating, exposing, and legislatively forbidding, the improprieties of
minority group representations. They forget that these minority groups
constitute real communities of interest, real force potentials, and thoroughly
human factors and, also, that they have no legal and proper means of adequate
political representation. Reform cannot remove or curb these force potentials,
but fascism can create for them socially disciplined instrumentalities of
expression and representation.
The moral for the would-be
reformer is that representation for unreal or economically and socially
powerless minority groups like the inhabitants of regional subdivisions called
states must be scrapped, and legal representation for real and powerful minority
groups must be provided for in an adequate manner. Representation will always be
proportionate to might, regardless of law or contrary ethical standards. The
citizens of a state, as such, have practically speaking no political or economic
might. These same citizens as members of a public utility committee, a
manufacturers' association or a labor union, have, as a practical matter, a very
real might. It is for this reason that the laws and administration of state
governments, as well as of the federal government, conform to pressures of
minority groups rather than to the pressures of the citizens of states as such.
It may be said that we have got
along fairly well under this system. It is true that we have got on fairly well
in spite of this system. The fact is that administration and representation will
go on in spite of almost any institutional absurdities. The evils of the
combination of a formal, legal, proper, and visible government by unreal group
organisms called states, with an informal, illegal, improper, and invisible
government by real group organisms are too obvious to need argument. These evils
can be epitomized in one word--irresponsibility. Doubtless it is fair to say
that no people deserve a better government than the one they get, or that the
government can never be better than the people. A fascist government will be no
better than the people and the leaders in power, but it will exemplify
administrative functioning and group representation, which are responsible. That
is to say, there will be government persons to take full responsibility for acts
of administration, and minority group leaders to take responsibility for acts in
representation of minority group interests.
In this connection it is
apropos to remark, in passing, that the well-known hostility of the labor union
leaders formed under liberal capitalism to the theory and practice of fascism is
chiefly due to their innate aversion to an assumption of social or political
responsibility. The labor union higher-ups are doubtless, for the greater part,
fairly loyal to the interests of their clients, provided the permanent jobs and
high incomes of the upper bureaucracy are secure. But they wish to play an
individualist game for the smaller social group constituted by their members so
far as the entire social group is concerned. Labor union leaders have,
therefore, opposed laws forcing on the unions incorporation and publication of
financial statements. They like to be able to play with the millions of dollars
which flow in dues into their war chest, without any one outside of a charmed
circle of three or four high officials knowing where the money goes. In this
respect, the executive committee of an American labor union likes to work with
the same secrecy and social irresponsibility with which executive committees of
great corporations so often operate. Indeed, the best apology for the secrecy
and irresponsibility of high executive action by labor leaders or corporate
executive committees is to say that it is the universal way of exercising power
under liberal capitalism. Fascism believes in, and provides for, labor
representation, but with full responsibility of group organizations for
organizational decisions.
Perhaps the greatest single
vice of the liberal system is that of the anti-social or socially irresponsible
behavior of powerful minority group interests in determining the decisions and
policies of public administration. The right to behave in these ways is usually
the right which minority group representatives complain that fascism violates.
The logic of the fascist answer to these complaints is the logic of a discipline
necessary for the welfare of the total group. Any discipline to meet the order
and welfare imperatives of the total group must force minority groups to accept
representation of their interests, and cooperation with the scheme of the total
group, in ways to make the totalitarian group scheme work. The logic of this
discipline is that the members of the minority groups will not long prosper if
the larger or total group does not prosper. Concretely, this would mean that the
rate a power company might charge in a given community, or the wage a small
group of special workers might obtain, would not be whatever could be had by the
use of the monopoly power in the one case or the blackmail power of the strike
in the other case.
On careful analysis, it will
usually be found that the rights of the minority group alleged to be denied or
curtailed by fascism are rights to use a pressure in a given situation, really
against society as a whole, for all it may be worth at that moment to that
group. Obviously, if minority groups exercise their powers within the latitude
allowed by liberal or libertarian principles, the results will be anarchic, as
they so often are, certain groups getting the best of it and the majority of the
people getting the worst of it. One of the functions of government is to impose
a national discipline on minority groups rather than to furnish a playground
with umpires and constables for the free play of minority group pressures.
The specific problems of
mechanisms to effectuate national administration and rational representation
cannot be advantageously opened up in anything but a highly technical treatise.
No useful purpose would be served by a brief description of fascist mechanisms
abroad, for such description would have to be too brief to be adequately
informing and, however adequate it might be, it would be largely irrelevant to
our peculiar needs and problems. No one need worry about the technical capacity
for rationalizing governmental administration and group representation to be
found in a country which has our record in the rationalizing of industry and the
development of great trusts. We have working models in the modern corporation
for organization for centralized control and management. In a great variety of
trade, professional, and fraternal associations we have the models, techniques,
and experience for solving all problems of representation. The State has all
these resources at its command. And, in the United States, these resources are
more abundant than in any European country.
The fascist issue is not how to
rationalize public administration in the technological sense of the term, that
is, in the sense of making means suit ends. The only real issue raised by
fascism in this respect is that of whether we shall rationalize our political
system. This issue will doubtless be resolved not by the pressure of arguments
such as those advanced in this book, but by the pressure of necessity in the
face of challenges to our national security, the most dynamic and creative of
such challenges probably arising first in foreign war, or threat of war, rather
than in domestic difficulties.
This rationalization of our
political system in the direction of fascism is in progress. It has been going
on, at different rates of speed, since the days of John Marshall. President
Franklin D. Roosevelt is forcing the issue, or being driven to force the issue,
more than any of his predecessors. The use of the modern trust and the
present-day uses of the modern corporation began during the last two decades of
the 19th century. These institutions and ways have done more to make fascism
inevitable than any European precedents. Economic conditions and events in the
world today, the subjects of early analysis in this book, are providing the
pressures which are driving this country and President Roosevelt towards
fascism. And, as we have already amply stated, these conditions and events have
to be met with measures of social adjustment for survival, not with attempts to
disprove the actual, or with moral denunciations of what is wholly unaffected by
the pronouncement of a moral judgment.
In any secular or long term
trend of this sort--from one social system to another--it is idle to speculate
about, or attach too great importance to, the exact moment when the greatest or
more or less final change will take place. It seems too obvious to need saying
that there is little likelihood that, within the next four or five years, the
United States will be transformed into a fully rationalized national State,
which, in this book, is called fascist for purposes of identification with
certain familiar characteristics of now operating systems also labelled fascist.
The purpose and usefulness of
this discussion may be considered as the preparation of enlightened opinion and
effective leadership for the inevitable trend of social change and readjustment.
The greatest single merit of the founding fathers of the American system in the
late 18th century was their grasp of the political theory of their times. The
greatest single demerit of our leaders today is a grasp of that same theory to
the exclusion of any other. Times have changed, and a political theory to suit
the changed times is required.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XVII
CONTROL : MAKING GOOD CITIZENS
IN this chapter,
continuing the discussion of social control, we shall be concerned with the
processes of education, indoctrination, and inculcation of right attitudes. We
may, then, divide all human institutions into those in which education is
purposive, or done with certain purposes pursued by those in charge of the
institution, and those institutions in which education is non-purposive and
purely, or chiefly, incidental. The school is one institution which most people
will readily admit has this purpose and educates with definite purposes.
Accordingly, I am, including in this chapter a reprint of an article I
contributed to a symposium on "Indoctrination, The Task Before the American
School," published in The Social Frontier, A Journal of Educational Criticism
and Reconstruction, January, 1935, for permission to reprint which I make
acknowledgment to the publishers of that magazine. This article expresses the
fascist philosophy with regard to education and indoctrination done by that
institution, the school, which every one recognizes to be engaged in purposive
education.
Before entering upon a brief
discussion of education by the school as one of the important agencies of social
control or government, let us run over one or two considerations which link up
certain other institutions with the school as educators with social purposes.
The church, the press, the theatre, the moving picture, and the radio
undoubtedly do more educating than the school, if for no other reason than that
they educate people throughout their entire lifetimes. These institutions also
educate with definite social purposes. Sometimes these purposes harmonize with
the larger purposes of the social plan, and sometimes they certainly do not. In
the fascist view of things, all institutional formation of character, mind,
social attitudes, and opinions with a social purpose, must harmonize with, and
not be antagonistic to, the larger purposes of the national plan. This means
that fascism holds that no institution forming people's minds, characters, and
attitudes should have among its purposes or effects the unfitting of people for
good citizenship as the State defines good citizenship.
It is obviously impossible to
list all the offenses which purposive education, whether by the church, school,
or radio, can commit against the national interest. It is only possible, in a
brief space, to outline certain guiding principles in reference to purposive
education by powerful social institutions. The first consideration in order of
logical approach, perhaps, is the one most ignored, or openly denied, by
liberalism. It is the consideration that institutions like the church, the
radio, or the press, to mention only three examples, do form people's minds and
social attitudes with definite social purposes which are determined by the
persons in charge of the institution, or, more particularly, by the persons in
charge of the particular unit of the institution in question. No one can work on
a farm or in a bakery without getting a good deal of education from the
experience, but the social attitudes acquired while undergoing these experiences
may vary greatly. Few persons, however, can read the Hearst papers daily, or
tune in daily on certain radio programs, or attend weekly certain churches,
without having their social attitudes and opinions markedly determined by these
experiences. In the cases of a majority of those constantly exposed to one of
these institutional educators with a purpose, it may be said that most of their
opinions and attitudes will be derived almost entirely from two or three of
these.
From the consideration just
stated follows a second one, that given units of some of these important
institutional educators or opinion- and attitude-formers are largely--at times,
wholly--controlled by powerful persons or economic interests for private ends
which are not always consistent with public ends. These rich persons who can own
a newspaper, buy time over national hook-ups, and command the resources of
expensive publicity experts, or these powerful interests which, because of their
economic power as advertisers and contributors to persons and institutions, can
dictate largely the policies of churches, newspapers, moving pictures, and
radio, or of cultural leaders, can and do, through the sheer might of money, use
these educational institutions or leaders to make people think and feel as it
suits their interests. The facts are matters of such common knowledge, and have
been exposed so many times and in so many connections, that it seems superfluous
to support the foregoing generalizations with detailed examples. The
consideration, then, that people by the million are being made to think, feel,
and vote as powerful economic interests desire, through the use of the
character-, mind-, and attitude-forming techniques of important institutions,
constitutes one of the best refutations of liberal premises and one of the
strongest arguments for fascism.
Liberalism talks freedom of the
press, the pulpit, the radio and, in fact, all the institutions which educate
people and form social attitudes. But liberalism cannot make such freedom a
reality in a world of present-day complexities of economic organization and of
present-day inequalities of economic power. Fascism does not talk in
preposterous terms of a freedom which is non-existent and impossible to
maintain, but rather in terms of a social discipline which it is possible for
the State to impose in the name of a given ideal of national interest. So far as
freedom is concerned (if that term in the abstract and by itself can ever have
much meaning) it may be said that the people as a whole have most freedom where
they have most opportunities to do what they like, and where they most like to
do the things they have opportunities to do. Liberal freedom in practice today
means, among other things, freedom for powerful economic interests to manipulate
public opinion, and the social attitudes of the masses, to suit selfish private
or corporate ends. It cannot be shown that a large measure of freedom for such
manipulation gives the people as a whole more freedom than a drastic State
discipline of it in the public interest would afford.
Stated somewhat differently,
the question really is: Who shall manipulate the opinions, feelings, and
attitudes of the masses? --for manipulated they must and will be in a
civilization as complex and highly organized as ours. Is it preferable to have
mass opinions, feelings, and social attitudes manipulated by powerful private
interests for personal or minority group ends, or to have mass opinions guided
by a national State in the pursuit of some idealized plan of social well-being
and order? In this connection, the case against the manipulation of mass
opinions and social attitudes by private or corporate interests pursuing
personal or minority group ends, is that these manipulators have no concern
with, or responsibility for, public order. They ask freedom to use economic
power to manipulate mass opinions and emotions, but decline all responsibility
for the social consequences. The State, or those in charge of government, can
never act with such irresponsibility, for, after all, it is those in charge of
government--not those in charge of counting-houses--who, in a crisis, must deal
with the hungry and unemployed mob and must ensure that the trains run and the
banks reopen.
Liberal theory may be said to
regard the great social institutions through which the characters, minds, and
attitudes of the people are formed somewhat as one might have regarded the
village well in a 17th century English hamlet. The well was free for every one,
who could take from it as much water as he wanted. It was run by no one, and had
no social purpose. It was a social institution which was just used by every one
as he saw fit, and which was never, as a practical matter, subject to serious
misuse or abuse by any one. For one thing, water in England was abundant. For
another, people in 17th century England used comparatively little water, and had
no reason to misuse the well. Any selfish person who might have thought of
establishing a monopoly over the well would have been dealt with adequately by
the town constables-if not by a few strong armed villagers.
Up to about the middle of the
19th century the press and the platform, like the village well, were, more or
less, institutions' available for the free and equal use of those competent to
use them. When rich men patronized the arts and letters, their demands and
impositions were of socially slight significance. Once the monopoly of the State
religion was broken sufficiently to allow substantial tolerance of other forms
of worship (from about the beginning of the 18th century in England) different
social ideas then current competed in a fairly free market and on terms of a
considerable degree of equality.
The radical British liberals,
utopians, socialists, and idealists of the late 18th and early 19th centuries
had practically as much access to the public mind as the extreme conservatives.
For the small elite of literate persons to whom such ideas were accessible,
there was considerable freedom both in presenting and accepting ideas.
Capitalists had not yet begun to use mass propaganda. In England, they
controlled Parliament through the rotten boroughs, in which a handful of
personal employees or friends of the lord of the manor would elect him or his
designate. With the reform of the rotten boroughs in England toward the middle
of the 19th century, with the enlargement of the franchise, and with the growth
of population of the United States from the time of Andrew Jackson on, the
powerful economic interests began to find it necessary to buy political control
more and more through the instrumentalities of those institutions now under
discussion, namely, those which educate with definite social purposes.
Up to the middle of the 19th
century the masses had not acquired enough economic importance or buying power
to make it worth while for capitalists to buy up control of the colleges,
newspapers, and intellectual leaders as instruments of mass control, business
promotion, and property protection. Up to the beginning of the era of nearly
universal literacy and suffrage, the consumers of intellectual products were a
critical, discriminating, and strongly opinionated elite. They were persons of
high personal cultivation and well-grounded tastes. On the intellectual elite of
the 17th and 18th centuries the arts of modern advertising and propaganda would
have been largely wasted. The 18th century Americans who read the heavy
political literature of that period, such as was produced by the Adams,
Jefferson, Monroe, Hamilton, and Franklin, would have furnished no market for
the arts of the contributors to the popular publications of our day.
Those Americans of the elite
were doubtless wrong in their opinions as often, or as much, as the Americans of
today, but they were able to expound and defend their opinions. Whereas the
masses who get their opinions from subsidized institutions at the present time
can only repeat them parrot-like in the terms in which advertising and
propagandizing technique have planted such ideas in their minds. Most of the
liberal assumptions about freedom of speech and the press presuppose that the
written and spoken word is addressed mainly to an elite which maintains high
standards of critical judgment.
Modern democracy and mass
purchasing power, really, are most to be blamed for the creation of a selfish
interest in the control and use of the institutions which can be made to educate
with any desired purposes. The modern lobby is the creature of liberal
democracy. It pays to advertise. It pays to educate the public to your purposes.
Because it pays to educate the public to suit anti-social purposes, the liberal
assumptions are fallacious and in this respect the fascist principles are
inevitable. The more money you can make, the more you can control public
education. Fascism does not seek to end the control of might, but it does aim at
ending the control of irresponsible might such as is so often exercised under
liberal capitalism.
Under a desirable form of
fascism for Americans, national interest should not require the same drastic
measures of suppression and assimilation of institutions as have been taken in
Germany in connection with the church, the press, the theatre, the moving
picture and the radio. Adequate observance of the essential principle for public
order simply means in this connection that all institutions which educate with a
social purpose must be careful to avoid educating people to be bad citizens and
must cooperate with the State in its attempts to fit people for good
citizenship. There are a great many differences of opinion, taste, and personal
behavior consistent with satisfactory observance of the principle just stated.
Different people can have different ways to suit their different types of
personality and different personal aptitudes. Different people can also be
educated to be good citizens in different ways, or through playing different
roles.
It is not a difficult matter to
pick out a hundred lessons in bad citizenship which are being given currently by
our educative press, movies, radio, or schools. What is needed in this respect
is less talk about an abstract freedom, which is essentially anarchy if really
applied, and more effort to develop a rational technique of control through
purposive education, with a view to making such education serve the ends of
social welfare and order. Such effort must not be restricted to the field of
child training but must be exercised in the entire field of purposive education
of adults. Every social institution which is used to educate people with
definite social purposes must be made to cooperate with the national plan. There
must be no anti-social formation of character, mind, or group attitudes by any
institution if it can be prevented. The rest of this chapter is devoted to a
discussion of the problem of educational control, with reference especially to
the school, which is a recognized educator with a social purpose. Most of what
is said here in connection with the school (the reprinted article referred to
above) will be found to apply equally to all institutions which are used to
educate with definite social purposes.
"To say that the school should
be used to influence positively attitudes favoring one or another type of social
living seems to me merely the making of the trite observation that the school
ought to do what it has always done and what it cannot help doing. The school
cannot help imparting knowledge of social facts or ideas. That, of course, is
its special business. But it is also one of the daily performances of every
human institution. It is not the peculiar feature of the school that it
educates. Its most distinctive peculiarity is that it educates with consciously
conceived and willed purposes. Those purposes are mainly to serve the supposed
interests of the prevailing social order, or, really, certain interests
conceived and willed by the dominant classes. It is one of the peculiar
delusions that the school is the chief educator of the community. All human
institutions are educators. The school, however, unlike the market place, for
instance, educates with avowed purposes.
"An academically popular
superstition about the school is the notion that social facts or ideas are
objects which the school can dispense like cigarettes wrapped in cellophane.
Facts and ideas are not objects. They are personal experiences. Social facts or
ideas are not things existing outside and independently of the knowing,
understanding, or judging person. To whatever extent the school teaches social
facts, the school causes persons to undergo certain peculiarly personal
experiences which involve the processes of the reason and the emotions, or
processes which take place in the torso as well as the skull. Ideas about
patriotism, religion, sex, and art are apprehended mainly in the sub-cranial
areas. One of the conditions precedent to the occurrence of the learning,
knowing, thinking, or judging experiences is the continuous maintenance of a set
of attitudes towards the prevailing type of social living and towards any other
social scheme actually operative somewhere in the world or merely imagined,
should such other scheme or schemes condition the given experience of the
person.
"To suppose a person knowing a
social fact independently of an attitude towards the social scheme in which he
lives, and towards other social schemes which may affect his thinking and
feeling, is as senseless as it would be to talk of weighing an object which was
assumed to be floating through space an infinite and, hence, unknown distance
from any planet. What gives sense to a personal experience (call it intellectual
or emotional as you will) with a social fact or idea, is the relation or
attitude of the person to his own and other social planets. We must reckon with
the attraction or pull and also the repulsion of the social system operating on
the individual in order to teach him a social fact.
"In the processes of education
or knowledge and thought we can do things only with persons equipped with
attitudes towards the social scheme. Every educational experience affects such
attitudes and is affected by them, just as the movement of every object on this
planet affects the earth's gravity and is affected by it. A person not equipped
with and using, every moment of his conscious life, and particularly in respect
to every intellectual experience, a set of attitudes towards the social scheme,
is a hopeless idiot. He is not the mythical student with the objective mind.
"The school is expressly
charged with the function of contributing to the formation of attitudes as a
part of the processes of causing persons to undergo the experiences of learning,
thinking, and judging. As the school specialist is normally the hired man and an
instrument of government of those who exercise a directive influence over
government in the broadest sense of the term, the school normally aims to create
right attitudes towards the prevailing social order.
"Right, of course, is always a
relative. A right attitude is an attitude which suits the purposes of the
conceptual scheme of some person or the purpose of causing some given course of
events to happen. There are, naturally, as many right attitudes or as many
rights as there are conceptual schemes or courses of events, the realization of
which would constitute a purpose to be served. Where such purposes conflict,
whatever serves the realization of one's own preferred scheme is one's own
standard of right. Civilization or social order is a matter of having a large
group of people accept the same scheme or right. As a practical matter, any
realizable scheme of interests or purposes of an individual, however selfish or
reprehensible the person or the purposes may be considered, has to be a scheme
which integrates the person in a social pattern.
"Therefore, all rational or
realizable personal schemes are social or collectivistic. They cannot have the
qualities of a specious individualism which are found in the contrary-to-fact
hypotheses of certain confused minds. The isolated-man-on-a-desert-isle
situation is never a reality. Most of the talk about individualism versus
collectivism going the rounds today is a sheer confusion of terms, ideas, and
issues. A working capitalism, for instance, is ex-hypothesi and according
to Adam Smith, a collectivism of freedom of contract. If it breaks down, it
breaks down because its collectivistic characteristics fail, or, specifically,
because the motives and mechanisms of the free market in their operation no
longer secure the collectivistic result of an efficient and social cooperation
of the factors of production.
"Why these motives and
mechanisms so fail, or why capitalism fails in its collectivism, is another
story. For the explanation you can try Marx, J.A. Hobson, Spengler, or Freud.
The first purpose of any social scheme is to work. Whatever makes it work is
right for it. If it works well as a system, it must involve the cooperation of a
lot of people, for whom it must work well enough to secure their cooperation.
People may cooperate with the social scheme by fleecing or being fleeced, by
sending their first born to Groton or, throwing him into the Ganges.
"The right attitudes which the
school is supposed to inculcate are those which suit the purposes of the system,
or make it work. If the social order is destroying itself, or, to be more
accurate, if it is being destroyed by agencies and forces which are integral
parts of its organic life, it will naturally follow that the well run school
will serve those purposes.
"It may be objected that
suicide cannot be a rational purpose of anyone or anything. But why not? In the
life cycle of a human being, processes innate in his being begin destroying him
as soon as he reaches maturity and achieve their work forty to a hundred years
later. These processes are constantly killing Platos and Edisons, and breeding
Jukes and Dillingers. It just is not one of the purposes of the course of events
we may call life to make one person or one civilization live forever. The school
will be as instrumental in the processes of culture degeneration as in the
processes of culture generation. The idea that the right sort of education will
preserve a civilization from decay is as absurd as the notion that the right
sort of medicine or science will keep people from ever dying.
"In a dying civilization the
school will naturally be the tool of the decadent elite until the vigorous
barbarians of the new order, also of the elite (the outs over any length of time
are always barbarians), capture the state and the government. "If a realist
feels moved to change his civilization he may seek spiritual leadership or
political power, or both. In the one case, he may go into the wilderness and eat
locusts and wild honey; in the other case, he may pick the crown of France out
of the gutter with the point of his sword. In neither case will the drama of his
passion for power over men be played in the role of an instrument of the order
he abhors or despises.
"In government or politics,
ultimately you either buy or shoot your way, or both. The cross, the crescent,
the hammer and sickle, and the swastika, alike, have shot their way to power.
The social revolutionist usually cannot buy his way; often he or his disciple
can shoot his way. The school man can do neither. He follows those who can and
do buy or shoot their way.
"There have been civilizations
in which men at times cumulated successfully the functions of school teaching,
political command, and spiritual leadership. Medieval Christendom, with its
all-embracing spiritual synthesis, furnishes an example. Modern capitalism, by
carrying to absurd extremes the principles of division of labor or
specialization, separation instead of coordination of powers, and atomic
fractionalization instead of purposive synthesis of social factors, has rendered
this cumulation of the governing functions of the priest, the teacher, the
soldier, and the administrator quite impossible. Hence, political government
tends to be the work of specialists whose type pattern is the Tammany
politician; economic government tends to be the work of specialists whose type
pattern is a man of the Mitchell or Insull sort; while teaching tends to be the
work of specialists whose type pattern is a frustrated old maid.
"It is, of course, possible for
the superman to pass from the school to the White House, just as a Persian in
the present century passed from stable boy to king. The point, however, is that
the school, under modern capitalism, cannot be integrated with the highest
mechanisms or personalities of government and social control. Exceptionally, a
prophet or spiritual leader at war with the existing order, instead of serving
as its docile instrument of mass conditioning for three square meals a day, will
cumulate the functions of minor prophecy and petty pedagogy. If he continues to
do so, it is because his influence is too negligible to warrant his dismissal.
Ultimately, the amour propre, even of a very minor prophet, will require some
substantial tribute to his effectiveness, such as a sensational dismissal can
afford. Major prophets must either be crucified or crowned (king of kings and
lord of lords) or both, for only such supreme tributes can satisfy the ego of a
man big enough to impose his ideal on his fellow men.
"The social ideal of the
prevailing system should be made explicit by the school. A contrary ideal should
not be given a chance of success with any significant number of students. The
educational theory that a scale of views and situations should be presented to
the student in the hope that attitudes requisite for orderly social living under
the given scheme will develop by the processes of individual selection is wholly
fallacious. Either the theory is a misrepresentation of what is actually
undertaken and accomplished in the educational enterprise, or else the theory is
a statement of what has never been practised and what, if tried out, would
result immediately in social anarchy. It is hard enough to preserve sanity in
the machine age. The difficulties ought not to be aggravated by gratuitous
misrepresentations of the educational process.
"Keeping sane requires that we
recognize as the chief end of social agencies, including the school, the
maintenance and enrichment of the social order, not the production of
individuals as isolated entities, or disembodied personalities endowed with the
faculty of living in or out of the social scheme as they may choose. The chief
function of purposive education has to do with catching human beings in their
formative years and integrating them into the social scheme as far as that can
be done in youth. The end of this integration is a social order, not the
formation of a lot of personal entities supposedly free either to fit themselves
into society or not, mainly as the preference of each may incline him. As Hobbes
taught, life is the war of all against all. One of the ends of any civilization
is to mitigate the evils of this anarchy by resolving considerable groups of
people into workable schemes of social organization which permit of social
cooperation and the consequent enjoyment of some degree of order and peace in
the world during lengthy periods of time.
"Now, few persons in the first
twenty or thirty years of their lives, even if given access to the world's fund
of social knowledge and Socrates for a tutor, could evolve a workable conceptual
scheme of society of their own into which to fit themselves. And, if a number of
people worked out such schemes, the schemes would all differ, whereas only one
scheme of society could be operative for a large group. The problem of
civilization is to make one social scheme operative for a given people, and this
means, among other requisites, that it must be made explicit. The problem of the
school is to help fit people into that scheme. Any opposite philosophy of
civilization and education is absurd, impractical, and vicious. It is absurd,
because no social order that has order can allow its schools to train people in
ways deliberately calculated to make large numbers of them enemies of the social
order. It is absurd because the premise of an individual in awful isolation from
his group, is untenable for any useful hypothesis of social organization. Such
an individual cannot exist.
"The theory of educating
individuals rather than citizens is impractical for the same reasons. And it is
vicious because it involves an educational technique of false rationalizations
and deceit which contributes to mental and emotional unbalance, and because it
creates a large number of enemies of the social order who do not become creative
revolutionists but frustrated escapists, futilely flitting between a real world
where they are unfulfilled and a fantasy world of wishful thinking where nothing
is ever fulfilled except insanity.
"The escapists produced by an
educational technique combining the worst of Bentham and Marx with the best of
neither become split personalities. Part of the time they are trying to adjust
themselves to a bread and butter job, and the other part of the time they are
trying to adjust social reality to personal fantasy by impotent manifestations
of hate and bitterness. Because we admire Socrates and Jesus is no reason why we
should suppose that the purpose of the school, necessarily conducted by a host
of salaried mediocrities, is to create social rebels. The social rebels will
happen just as surely as civilizations rise and fall, or as men are born and
die. They will happen in spite of the school, not because of it.
"The school must be one of the
instruments of government of the group culture. The group culture should be the
expression of the will of the dominant element of the elite, whose values are
validated by the power to enforce them. This method of validating values is the
only one by which an argument can ever be ended and cooperative activity made
possible. You can have social order only to the extent that you can settle
arguments or end conflicts, even if only temporarily. The boundaries of the
dominant elite and the rebellious elite mark the only significant class
cleavage. The masses divide naturally among the warring groups of the elite. As
the elite are the leaders, the directives lie with them. Directions of social
trends are determined by them. Education does not make or unmake the elite. It
equips them and increases their social distance from the masses. It raises their
potentialities as instruments of creation, destruction, and combat, processes
which make up the mysterious drama of life.
"Purposive education and the
technique of mass guidance are purely instrumental in the many enterprises of
the leaders. These instrumentalities neither select nor validate ultimate
values. Nor do they materially determine ultimate results of conflicts. No
single instrumentality won the War. A preponderance of force factors determined
it. Both sides used the same factors-machine guns, schools, tanks, press, etc.
There can be no conflict except between classes or groups which have
approximately the same instruments or force factors. (God and justice are with
all the belligerents.) This is a fact that Marxists disregard. There is no
important conflict today between the hungry and well-fed in America, because
command and possession of the force factors is with the well-fed. Foxes and
rabbits don't fight. Today fighting has to be done by soldiers. Decisive
conflict is between those who can command soldiers -not mere voters or trade
union members.
"A kind, humane civilization
should realize the following two conditions. First, it must suit my purposes as
a person, or it must give me a suitable function as an individual. Every
individual must be the center of his ethical or social scheme. For an individual
there can be no validity to a social scheme in which he has no place. Whether
the scheme suits him and whether he suits the scheme depends mainly on who he is
and what social conditioning has made him. Let not this placing of the
individual at the center of his own ethical system be called individualism. It
is the purest collectivism. Any collectivism must successfully integrate a
considerable number of individuals, for each of whom the collectivism centers
around himself and his role. This merely means that the social scheme fits the
individual and the individual fits the scheme. The point is that if the scheme
works, those in charge of the social scheme will purposively direct most of the
fitting, and some of their most useful fitters will be the schoolman and the
priest. God, right, truth, and beauty are personal experiences.
"To be successfully adjusted,
an individual does not have to have two cars or even a full stomach. He merely
needs to have a place, or, to belong. The social system may fit me and I may fit
it, I being a barefooted, penitent pilgrim, a missionary to the lepers, or a
plumed knight in shining armor. People don't mind suffering. On the contrary,
some of them love to suffer all of the time, and all of them love to suffer some
of the time. What people cannot endure is not belonging. The tragedy of
capitalism-unemployment-does not inhere in the phenomena of want and privation,
but in the spiritual disintegration of large numbers of people from the group
culture. Hitler can feed millions of his people acorns, and, yet, if he
integrates them in a spiritual union with their community, they will be happier
than they were while receiving generous doles from a regime which gave them no
such spiritual integration with the herd. In so far as the school is a force for
spiritual integration it is mightier than the dole.
"A second set of requisites of
a humane civilization is that the dominant elite should know what they want,
that they should give the people what they think best for the people, and that
they should make the people both like and fit the scheme. The elite always
determine what the masses get. Nowhere is this more apparent than in present-day
Communist Russia, which enjoys an oversimplified dictatorship of the proletariat
and of everybody else in Russia) by certain of the elite. The elite leaders are
a permanent power-holding or power-seeking class. When one set of the elite
kicks out another, it is merely the old story of "The King is dead! Long live
the King!" The average man goes on doing as he is told. It makes little
difference to him whether his surplus goes to building private yachts for
capitalists or an air fleet for the Soviet Commissars. Whatever the elite impose
on the people, they should use good educational technique to make the people
like. Whatever the elite demand of the people, they should use good educational
technique to enable the people to do. This is the work of purposive education.
Conditioning a people to like what they have and to do their part is a simple
exercise in educational technique. The real difficulty arises not out of the
inadequacy of educational technique but out of the failure of the elite to have
unity in emotional responses or intellectual clarity as to ultimate values and
objectives. In these matters the instrumental or purposive education of the
school is of minor importance. The struggle for existence must educate and unify
men's hearts and clarify their minds in ways to produce a dominant or efficient
group of the elite.
"In so far as the school does a
good job for its masters, who are never the schoolmasters, the school population
will be in the rear-guard of social revolution. The education of the struggle
for existence, however, sometimes gets at the student population, as it has done
in most European countries which have not so effectively insulated their youth
against the currents of social ideas, as the country club atmosphere of our
colleges, or the kindergarten atmosphere of our lower schools, have done for our
youth. In America today, the important social education is going on in shanty
town, the bread line, the code conferences, mortgage foreclosure sales, and the
relief committees. The social teaching of the schools, particularly in
economics, ethics, and law, is largely out of date, contrary to experience,
irrelevant, and trivial. So are most of the teachers. The American schools have
no teachers of the social importance of educators like the late Huey Long and
Father Coughlin. The pupils of the latter will fight and die for what they are
being taught; the school pupil may vicariously fight on the playing fields for
dear old Siwash, but he won't fight for what Siwash professors are teaching. The
founders of Siwash had a fighting faith; but the endowed pensioners of Siwash
deem it bad form to have a conviction.
"There is an irony and a moral
in the social insignificance of the American school in the present crisis. No
school has ever been more popularized, praised, petted, or pampered with money.
It has been the kept darling of the plutocracy and the idolized plaything of the
masses. In the main, neither group has numbered many devotees of any scheme of
civilized values. Serious interest in the school has centered around getting a
technical preparation, or useful connections for money-making, or else around
getting a job in the schools. For the masses, the school is a necessary process
to enable them to read signs and advertisements. For the more favored the school
has been a playground.
"The moral is obvious. The
school realizes its highest possibilities only as the instrument of a dominant
elite who not only have cultural values but who also are prepared to express
them in the manifold enterprises of social control, which include fighting and
governing as well as teaching.
"The American school will come
into its own when it becomes alive with the spirit of men of strong convictions
and iron wills to achieve. The school will be an instrument of a high culture
when it recognizes fulfillment, achievement, and deeds to be the test of truth,
right, and beauty, not normative verbalisms, the precise meaning and correct
application of which men can and will go on disagreeing about to the end of
time. In short, the school can only attain its highest dignity or fulfill its
noblest destiny as an integrated part of the creative machinery of a
civilization."
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XVIII
THE INEVITABILITY OF THE
LEADERSHIP OF THE ÉLITE
Every social order
is essentially a phenomenon of leadership, for leadership is one of the most
important or significant things about it. As a scheme of purposes, a social
order is mainly the expression of the composite will of a dominant class and, as
a body of achievements, it is largely the result of the leadership, management,
choices, social planning, and control exercised by members of a minority. It
seems useful to give this minority of more than average influence and power a
name. That name will be "the elite." This term or classification is not like
that of the literate, for which every one can be submitted to a uniform test. It
is, however, unimportant whether a few million doubtful cases are classified on
one or the other side of the line dividing, for our purposes, the elite from the
rest of the population.
The elite may be defined
roughly and arbitrarily as including capitalists deriving most of their income
from property, business enterprisers and farmers, the professional classes, and,
generally, the employed whose salaries are considerably above the average, or,
say, above $3000 a year for the entire country.
Of course, thousands within the
classes just named are knaves and fools, or apparently without any real
influence or power. But one cannot find a meter to measure the influence and
power of every individual. And one cannot go far wrong in working on the
assumption that all those in the above mentioned classes, or say roughly
one-third of the gainfully employed, or over fifteen million persons (not
counting their dependents) are properly classifiable as exercising individually,
and in various group aggregates, vastly more power and influence than the rest
of the population. Any advertising man or organizer of anything for almost any
purpose will readily appreciate why he can accomplish more with a given number
of persons drawn at random from this third of the population than with an equal
number similarly drawn from the rest of the population.
The term elite as used in this
connection does not express a value judgment on those so classed, but merely an
attempt at factual classification. The term is applied equally to those who are
potentially influential and powerful, and those who are actually influential and
powerful. It is also applied equally to those who are influential and powerful
in anti-social and illegal ways. It is the fact that persons are influential and
powerful, not how they use their influence and power, that classes them with the
elite. A Karl Marx, living in penury on a meager dole from the funds of
relatives and friends, and spending his time reading in the British Museum
Library, or writing books which to most people at the time would have seemed
incomprehensible or foolish, is, obviously, a more powerful and influential
figure than most statesmen in office or captains of industry. And a Jesse James
or a Dillinger undoubtedly exercises a more powerful influence over the minds
and behavior of hundreds of thousands of unfortunate youths than the average
school teacher, whose influence touches far fewer youths and whose influence
over those it touches is far less potent than the influence of the example of a
Jesse James or a Dillinger over those susceptible to such influence.
It will doubtless shock some
tender minds to have a worthy school teacher classed as less influential and
powerful than a Jesse James and a Dillinger. But it is absolutely essential to
useful social thinking to face facts, and to recognize power and influence
wherever they are found to be exercised. A bad example which is made dramatic
and notorious can be more powerful and influential than a good example which
lacks the qualities that inspire emulation. And a man whose life is branded as a
personal failure may, by his example or teaching, make a mighty contribution to
the disintegration or destruction of the existing order. The term elite, as here
used, does not refer, then, merely to the ins at the top, or only to the people
judged good by any standards. It refers to the influential and powerful, and
includes also the outs who are potentially, if not actually, as influential and
powerful as the ins at the top.
The mischief of soft thinking
about leadership and the elite of power is that it causes so many people to
disregard the influence of the anti-social criminal of influence, such as the
leader or the brains of a criminal gang, as well as the influence of malcontents
and maladjusted persons who sow the seeds of social disintegration and
revolution. The power of the maladjusted social revolutionary, of course, is
more significant than that of the common law breaker, however thrilling the
exploits of the latter. The exercise of this power by social revolutionaries is
most effective when it takes the form of piling up in the hearts and minds of
millions, often more in the subconscious than in the conscious minds, the
combustibles of hate and fear to which, at some later date, a more celebrated
personality may touch the spark setting off a revolutionary conflagration.
Again, the power of the elite who are maladjusted and who are enemies of the
existing order may take the form of spreading a corrosive doubt or cynicism as
to the essential values of that order.
A wise social philosophy, such
as that of fascism, strives to make a place for all the members of the elite. If
they cannot be thus eliminated as instruments of destruction of the social
order, then other methods for their elimination are followed. The objective of
the humane and pragmatic State in its policies with respect to the enemies of
the existing order is prevention and not primarily punishment, and it is
understood that punishment is an inefficient means of prevention. Fascism,
unlike liberalism, does not dramatize the punishment of crime with the sporting
events of chasing, capturing and trying the culprit, on which a commercial
press, legal profession and movies can make huge profits. Those who cannot be
made safe for the community as cooperative members must be made harmless by
effective methods which do not allow repetition of the offense or encourage
imitation by others.
Criminals of the elite must not
be made centers of sensational police and judicial dramas, the principal
consequence of which is predisposing thousands of sub-normal or abnormal persons
to crime. Their cases must be handled by a system combining many of the features
of administrative law and practice with the criminal law. A large number of the
criminal elite and the revolutionary elite can be made safe for society by the
simple expedient of making proper places for them before they turn to crime or
social revolution. Most of the criminals who are mentally or morally deficient
could be made safe if detected by proper psychiatric examination in childhood as
moral or mental deviates and thereafter institutionalized as long as necessary,
which in many cases would be for life.
Liberalism will not recognize,
as does fascism, that, if a large number of the elite do not find adjustment to
the social order and if, in one way or another, they become enemies of the
social order, it is mainly the fault of the social order. The social order has
the responsibility to fit people to places, and places to people, just as far as
such fitting can be done. A social order which allows hundreds of lucky morons
to make and keep millions of dollars, and keeps men like Karl Marx or Lenin out
of a useful function because in their youth they displayed some innate queerness
of personality, has only itself to blame if some of the frustrated conspire
successfully its ultimate doom. A social order which allows success and riches
for members of the elite having certain skills or aptitudes at a peculiar type
of competition found in money-making, and leaves too many other members of the
elite, not gifted for this type of competition, largely out of it, will last
only as long as the in-elite hold the advantages of numbers, nerve, and lucky
breaks.
After all, the only good
reason, ethical or pragmatic, why a social order can be run in a way to allow
fortunes to be made as most of our great fortunes have been made, instead of
being run in a way to allow robber barons and belted knights acting as bandits
to operate as they have operated for centuries all over the world, is that the
elite who have succeeded, or who hope to succeed, at the money-making game have
outnumbered and been more lucky than the out-elite. The right and wrong of any
social order, after all, is only a matter of how it suits the dominant section
of the elite to have the game played. And who the dominant elite shall be can
never be permanently determined by law, but must always be determined by force
factors, the ultimate play of which, as in war, takes place outside the bounds
of law.
The most humane social
philosophy is that which recognizes that the rules of the game must, ultimately,
allow enough of the elite to play successfully to keep the losers from changing
the rules. In other words, to be quite blunt about it, all that will keep the
world from going back to a pattern of banditry similar to that which prevailed
all over Europe for hundreds of years, and which prevails today in large parts
of Asia, will be such changes in the rules of the game as will keep enough of
the now frustrated elite satisfied. The scheme of social organization can and
should be changed from time to time in ways, never to be foreseen far in
advance, to keep any considerable or dangerous number of the elite from being on
the outside.
What is needed is a social
philosophy of realism which recognizes that there can be no right for the elite
of today based on legal theories agreeable to the dominant elite of yesterday
but intolerable to too many of today's elite. The legal right of today is always
the physical might of the elite of yesterday. The legal right of today as a
practical matter, however, always requires the support or acquiescence of the
might of the elite of today. The right of some of the elite to hold wealth and
exercise power, while too many more of the equally elite are denied these boons,
and while they see no chance of attaining them, is sure to be challenged sooner
or later by the over-numerous members of the out-elite.
Aside from the final test of
force in the eventual clash of interests in armed conflict, the standards are
purely relative. just how many are too many elite to remain frustrated with
safety for the existing order, it is always impossible to say in advance of the
final clash. One can never tell with what exact degree of strain a complex
structure like a skyscraper or a great bridge will collapse. One can only fix
arbitrarily a danger point beyond which one can say there are serious
probabilities of collapse which will increase as the strain increases. The best
danger index today is the growing number of the frustrated elite. It is this
danger signal which should dictate to the in-elite the necessity of changes in
the rules of the game. Unfortunately, however, many of the in-elite look to the
Constitution and a body of liberal principles guaranteeing the rights of
property as the absolute safeguards of their privileged situation whatever may
befall the out-elite, and however numerous these latter may become.
To say that the elite rule, or
are socially influential, when the term elite is defined to mean such persons is
clearly a piece of tautology. But to say that it is always a small minority of
power-wielding persons (who may be called the in-elite) which rules directly, or
with the legal instruments of social control, and that it is a small minority of
others, also the elite, who are profoundly influential on social affairs (though
many or most of them may be in poverty or in difficulties with the law) lays the
basis for a wholly different social philosophy from that of liberalism.
Liberalism says, "Let the people rule," and defines such rule as there is as
that of the majority, thus denying or disregarding many obvious and important
facts by the simple process of definition and assumption.
Communism says, "Let the
dictatorship of the proletariat rule," and asserts categorically that a
dictatorship of a small elite of the higher-ups of the communist party is a
dictatorship of the proletariat, an assertion which is just as false as the
liberal assertion of rule by the people or the majority. Fascism says that the
elite, or a small minority, call its members by any term you will, always rule
under any system. And fascism proposes a formula of national interest and
national discipline under which power is exercised with responsibility to the
State for the social consequences of its exercise and with a view to realizing
the national plan.
The central point is that it is
useful to think of government and management as being the function of a
minority, and that it is not useful to any good social purpose to proceed on the
theory that the people or the majority rule. It seems idle to speculate as to
the nature of a social order in which it would make sense to say that the people
ruled. Such a scheme of things would probably have to approximate the conditions
obtainable in the small Greek city State, in which there were slaves to do the
drudgery, an extremely simple scheme of economic production, and a small group
of citizens who could have the time, taste, and requisite personal cultivation,
for the complexities of public administration. Such a scheme of social
organization is clearly unattainable within the framework of most of the basic
features of the present system-features like mass production and division of
labor, for instance. The best proof that it is idle to discuss ideal conditions
for liberal democracy is to be found in the fact that the trend of all that has
been called progress under liberal capitalism during the past fifty years has
been unfavorable to the working out of the theory of liberal democracy.
Discussing the questions of who
run things, why and how they run things, and how they ought to run things, is
almost wholly a matter of using concepts and terms. The same realities seem
different as one reduces them to different concepts or defines them differently.
The liberal theory can be made to seem reasonable and ethically beautiful by a
few simple turns of supposition and definition. One has only to reason that,
because the majority has the potential might to transfer, without violence,
power from one minority to another, or as liberalism would put it, to delegate
power to different representatives of the people, the majority rules. To reason
thus, however, is merely to make the ruling class mean by definition that class
which, if it is united about doing a given thing, can do that thing against any
opposition. Obviously, an overwhelming majority always meets this condition, and
any sort of a majority usually meets it.
But the definition, or the
underlying concept, is not useful as an instrument of thought for many good
reasons. The majority supposed to be agreed as to initiating any important
social change is extremely rare, if ever it can be said to occur. And a majority
rarely remains long agreed on any important enterprise except war. Social
changes usually are wrought without majority knowledge or support of their
initiation. But even when social changes seem to have majority support for their
initiation, it is always a minority which is responsible for first turning
majority support in that direction.
The majority is purely a thing
of assumption or definition on the occasion of some event, like an election, a
Saar plebiscite, a referendum vote on prohibition, or popular acclaim of a
declaration of war. Minorities, on the other hand, are not just things of
definition. They are active factors which, twenty-four hours of each day, are on
the job of getting what they want. With minorities you can do things with
majorities. Without minority initiatives you cannot get a majority act or
expression. The minority is as real as an army in the field. The majority is
real only as a definition of those who do some specific act, usually under
minority pressure and direction.
Fortunately for the advancement
of the fascist case for responsible rule by the elite according to some
idealized scheme of national interest, less argument is required in 1935 than
would have been necessary in 1914. We have not time to undertake the demolition,
point by point, of the liberal case for majority rule. Current events make it
seem superfluous. We can only allude briefly in this chapter to two important
groups of facts and considerations which invalidate liberalism and indicate
fascism so far as the question of who rules is concerned. The first of these
groups of facts may be said to have to do with the limitations and inequalities
inherent in human personalities. The second may be called matters of the sheer
mechanics of administration and management of large numbers of people and the
complex instruments of modern civilization.
Now, as for the limitations and
inequalities inherent in human personalities, it may be said that the trend of
conclusions based on scientific observation, experimentation, and measurement,
in the fields of psychology, psychiatry, biology, and many other related areas
of specialized study of human beings as physical organisms and behaving
subjects, has been, and continues to be, in the direction of establishing
important and irreducible inequalities in intellectual capacity, aptitudes, and
character, of different members of any large group. Contrary to one of the major
theses of 18th century rationalism and 19th century educational optimism, these
inequalities are being increased rather than lessened as a result of more widely
diffused educational advantages.
Thus, in the free public
schools of great cities it has been found that the small percentage of gifted
children among all those enjoying equal public school advantages remains more or
less constant, and that over ninety per cent of the exceptionally gifted
children come from the homes of the more privileged classes or the classes which
we are calling the elite. Putting generations of children through the same
educational mill does not change the distribution of gifted, average and
sub-normal children among the privileged and underprivileged classes. Thus, one
of the most cherished ideals of 18th century rationalism has failed of
realization. Education accentuates rather than levels out inequalities of
natural endowment. Intelligence tests made of the same persons before, during,
and at the end, of either the four-year college course or a seven- or eight-year
combined college and professional course, show that the inequalities between
different persons increase rather than diminish after undergoing the same course
of training.
There is great social
significance in the fact that the elite of exceptional natural endowment, who,
as a matter of course, become the elite of power and influence, actual or
potential, are a fairly constant percentage of the total population. From this
fact it follows that no social system can long survive, once it tends strongly
to declass more and more of the elite. In other words, the elite are more vital
or resistant to suppression as wielders of power and influence than any social
system. Civilizations come and go, but the elite go on forever. This point will
recur in another connection in the discussion of the next chapter.
There is nothing really
depressing about these facts concerning the elite. Nor is there to be deduced
from these facts any good argument against more and better education for
everyone. These facts, however, do indicate a revision of liberal ideals in
education and social policy. They indicate the social convenience of non-liberal
values. From the purely humane point of view, it is indicated that the chief
object of education, as well as one of the highest group values, should be that
of making each person realize his full potentialities and prove a good citizen
within the role for which he will be best suited by reason of natural endowment
and with the aid of the best training. It is not to make all men equal, or to
enable every one to follow a more highly remunerated calling than that of his
father.
Liberal education may protest,
but in vain, that its chief objective has always been to fit people for the kind
of life and work for which they are naturally best fitted. The values exalted by
liberal education, and the influence of the liberally and expensively educated,
have caused the vast majority of people in the liberal countries to think of
education as an instrument to qualify every one to make more money. Hence we
find our institutions of higher learning so overrun with the unfit for such
training that the fit do not receive the training they merit and require in the
best interests of the community.
To effect a necessary revision
of cultural values in this respect many drastic measures are indicated, adequate
discussion of which would exceed the limits of this chapter. The conscientious
performance of the most commonplace tasks must be exalted through all the
agencies forming social attitudes. A cult must be made of simple labor and
faithful performance of duty. Those admitted to the pursuit of higher studies
must be made to do fairly long tours of service at elementary forms of labor in
connection with their course of training. The rationale of the new values in
this respect must be that only character ennobles a person, while rank is but a
convenience of administration.
From the inescapable fact of
the inequalities of human endowment, it also follows that any well-ordered
society must train and condition its elite under an efficient and hard
discipline of national interest. Fascist theory, by recognizing personal
inequalities and their full social implications, can be much more humane than a
liberalism which assumes that all men are born equal and which, in practice,
affords to those born with superior endowment, or favored with better luck than
the majority, virtually unlimited opportunities to acquire and use power with
irresponsibility for social consequences and in ways further to increase social
inequalities.
The other important group of
facts which invalidate the liberal theory of rule by the people, or the
majority, and which indicate fascism, are found in the sheer mechanics of
administration or management, political and economic. If one thinks in terms of
the mechanics of running things, and not merely in terms of the hypothesis that,
if the people were angry enough against their government, they could change it,
either legally or violently, one soon realizes that the machinery, political and
economic, inevitably must be run by a minority of technicians whose functions
are mainly those of managing and choosing. The orthodox liberal would admit that
the people cannot manage, management being a function which must be delegated to
specialists in management. But he would insist that the people can choose the
objectives of management and that, therefore, in their exercise of choice, they
may be said to rule or govern.
It is precisely in the matter
of making choices or decisions, however, that the liberal theory is so untrue to
the realities. For one thing, they who manage, also, by reason of the very
mechanics of power and management, make most of the choices and decisions which
liberalism, by definition, imputes to the majority of the people. A majority
vote at the polls or in a legislative assembly is, in the largest number of
cases, nothing more or less than the product of a minority interest managing
things and wielding power.
Then, for another thing, there
is the fact that the really important or crucial choices or decisions are seldom
made by a majority vote, even formally, or by a majority of selections in the
so-called free market. Wars and depressions, for instance, are really important
events. In so far as the cumulative choices or decisions which hasten or
precipitate either event are concerned, it cannot be said that they often
express the wishes or will of a majority of the people. The American people
could choose in 1916 between President Wilson and Judge Hughes, but, as events
and the since-disclosed correspondence and secrets of Mr. Wilson abundantly
reveal, the American people could not vote in the elections of 1916 to keep us
out of war, although that, undoubtedly, was their wish .
There was no candidate in 1916
with a chance of getting a majority vote who was committed to, or, if elected,
would have been capable of, carrying out an effective policy of American
neutrality . Similarly, it may be said that, while the people undoubtedly wish
to avert depressions, they have no means, under the liberal system, of giving a
mandate to the political and economic powers to do the things which would help
to prevent or minimize depressions .
The chief reason, perhaps, why
the American people cannot give an effective mandate to their political and
economic rulers to do what may be necessary to keep the nation out of war or to
minimize depressions is that the system does not allow the needful power to the
people's elected or provide the requisite mechanisms of control . It is as
though a national legislature were to vote a declaration of war while the
Constitution forbade the maintenance of military discipline, and while the
courts exercised the right to enjoin and restrain the military authorities under
circumstances in which they require large powers and wide discretion .
Briefly, in reality the people
can choose or will only such results as their public agents are empowered and
equipped to bring about . When the people choose Tweedledum instead of
Tweedledee, or Woodrow Wilson instead of Charles Evans Hughes, they are not
registering any significant choice as to important social results, like keeping
the country out of war . The more power and the more efficient and adequate
instrumentalities the people allow their public agents, the more nearly correct
it is to say that the people rule through their agents .
A powerful State guided by a
capable elite loyal to some scheme of national interest is far more expressive
of the popular will than a weak liberal State, because the powerful State can do
more than the weak State to shape social events of importance, and also chiefly
because the powerful State can make the people genuinely like or assent to what
it does . Under the weak State, all sorts of things (like our entry into the
war) happen against everyone's original wish ; many things which every one
wishes, fail to happen ; and the weak State succeeds in making the people
enthusiastically endorse its administration only when at war .
A further explanation why a
majority vote (expressing the desire of the people for some important given
result, and issuing a mandate to that effect to those elected) is so often
meaningless is that there is no satisfactory means of proving relations of cause
and effect in political or economic administration . It is asserted here, as
the sincere belief of the author, that President Wilson and the international
bankers were chiefly responsible for the initiatives or decisions which
contributed most to getting us into the World War . It is also asserted here
that the leaders in government and big business were mainly responsible for the
initiatives which contributed most to the inflationary boom of 1927-1929 .
But neither of these assertions
can be scientifically proved as certainties. It is just never possible to prove
in politics or economics, where important policies and events are in question,
that a plus b equals c. Liberal theory assumes that it can always be proved that
a plus b equals c in governmental or business management, and that, accordingly,
if a government or banking house does a plus b, with the result that c happens,
the people will hold certain parties in government or the bank responsible for
having done a plus b things. As everyone should know, the liberal statesmen and
the bankers always have an alibi for every political and economic crime which is
committed by them.
To sum up, then, it may be said
that the elite do rule, as liberal theory does not recognize; that they, and not
the majority of people, make most of the important choices; that their acts are
not subject to rational control by a cause-effect process of, reasoning; and
that their acts are not subject to popular control by the ballot or the
enforcement of the Constitution in the way liberal theory supposes possible. All
this, however, does not amount to saying, by any means, that the elite are
subject to no control by the people, or that the rule of the elite under any
modern social order is wholly capricious and irresponsible. If, as so seldom
happens, the majority is agreed that one set of the elite in power must give
place to another, and if the majority is capably inspired and led by the
out-elite, it is self-evident that the majority can replace one set of the elite
in power by another. In this way the majority can be said to determine a change
in rule.
It is, however, equally
self-evident from history and clear thinking that one set of the elite which
happens to be out of power can organize and lead a successful overturn in which
they will replace the elite who are in power--all without having the majority of
the people with them. This is precisely what happened in the communist seizure
of power in Russia in 1917. In elections held under the most liberal government
Russia has ever had, the communists polled less than one-third of the total
number of votes cast just a few weeks before they seized power at the point of
the bayonet. The out-elite, of course, try to enlist and use as many people as
they can get, but they do not need a majority in order to seize power. After
they have seized power, as we have already stated, the out-elite can quickly and
easily secure the appropriate majority vote ratifying their regime--as Napoleons
one and three, Lenin, Mussolini and Hitler, to cite a few well-known examples,
fully illustrate. In parentheses, it may be added, also, that historians are now
pretty generally agreed that the American Revolution was fought and won by a
minority.
The problem of order and
welfare, in the light of the foregoing considerations about the inevitability
of the leadership of the elite or a minority, appears to be largely one of
getting the right elite or minority in power, and having their administration
shaped by the influence of certain fundamental ideas and by certain effective
personal motivations. These basic ideas for good government by the elite can be
expressed in writing in terms of general principles or social ideals.
But it will serve no good
purpose to have this expression take the form of written law or constitution
subject to judicial exposition and interpretation. Any written statements of
principle, serving chiefly the purposes of popular education and propaganda,
must be subject only to interpretation by the combined legislative and executive
agents of the people. Such interpretation will then be in terms of current needs
and current opinion, whereas interpretation in terms of juridical canons must
soon become static and expressive mainly of a body of theory or a system of
logic developed by a caste of learned clerks or technicians in a logical system,
and a procedure of their own creation. These technicians of their own peculiar
logical system, however, are not technicians in social management. Most
important is the consideration that the ruling principles governing the elite
must be made a part of their conditioned reflexes, or their habitual and almost
involuntary reactions, rather than a part of a legal code. In the next chapter
we shall examine the question of safeguards for the rule of the elite, and the
bases of the fascist appeal to the ins and the outs of the elite and to the
masses.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XIX
THE ÉLITE ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY
IN the fascist
view of the crisis of capitalism, the great initial problem of insuring order
and welfare is that of getting the right elite in power under a right discipline
and plan of national interest. Liberal theory, it will be remembered, considers
the problem of order and welfare as largely one of getting the right set of
rules and institutions and then letting the majority work out the good life
through this system. The definition of the rules is supposed to be made by the
courts, and the operation of the system is supposed just to happen as a result
of the fortuitous concurrence of three separate branches of government and all
the personal and impersonal factors of the national community, the whole acting
autonomously and subject only to the rule of law which is, by definition, wholly
impersonal. Consequently, liberalism is the most perfect social system ever
conceived for allowing great power to be exercised by individuals and groups,
chiefly through property rights legally enforced, with maximum irresponsibility
of persons or groups for the social consequences of their acts.
The fundamental objectives of
order and welfare are common to liberalism and communism as well as fascism.
Fascism is distinctive from both, however, in that it recognizes and makes a
cardinal point of the functions and responsibilities of the elite. The issues or
choices are as to different sets of the elite who may rule, and of different
systems of making their rule effective and responsible. There is no choice as to
whether or not some group of the elite shall rule. The fallacy of the communist
ideal of a classless society inheres in the fact that there must always be a
ruling or managing class.
It is always, of course, the
out-elite who put over a social revolution, whether they do so in the name of
one group or another or of one set of principles or another. It is the
contention of this book that fascism makes a stronger appeal than communism to
the out-elite in America, though it is fully recognized that communism can have
an appeal to certain members of the out-elite, as occurred in Russia. Fascism,
or the out-elite making up fascist leadership, must make out a case for the rule
of the fascist elite, not because the rule of the elite is a peculiarity of
fascism, but simply because fascism--unlike liberalism and communism--frankly
acknowledges, or rather boasts, that its elite rule.
It is one of the merits of
fascism, and a part of its appeal, that its leaders do not dissimulate their
role or try to place responsibility for their rule on a phantom of definition
and assumption-such as, the majority or the proletariat. They do not stress a
class war, though they naturally fight for their objectives as nearly every one
else does. They do not stress a class war, because the formula of solidarity is
a national union which includes all citizens. They do not demand a class
monopoly of power, except in so far as the ends of order and administration
require that the class of the most competent be entrusted with power necessary
for efficient management.
The appeal of fascism to the
out-elite is too obvious to need much persuasive statement. They have roughly
the choices of fascism, communism, or slow degradation, as a necessary
accompaniment to the present and unchecked decline of free capitalism. They must
turn fascist in large numbers for reasons which make up the subject matter of
most of this book. It is the appeal of fascism to the in-elite and the masses
which calls for most explanation. One might as well recognize the divergence of
interests at any given moment, as between the in-elite, the out-elite, and the
masses who are not factually classifiable as being exceptionally influential or
powerful as separate individuals or collectively as members of any group. The
appeal of fascism to the masses has already been indicated somewhat briefly in
the discussion of the question, "Why fascism instead of communism?"
The fundamental case is that
the masses need the elite, and that that social system promises most in the way
of welfare for the masses which best uses and disciplines the elite. So far as
the welfare of the masses is concerned, the problem might with good reason be
called largely one of getting the best out of the elite. From the point of view
of mass welfare, the best that can be said for liberal capitalism in the days of
its success is that it was singularly effective in getting the best out of the
elite. The worst that can be said against capitalism today is that it is not
getting the best out of the in-elite, and that it is getting nothing
constructive out of the out-elite, so many of whom are jobless and functionless.
If communism can get more out of the elite as a whole than fascism or
liberalism, then communism should be the choice of the masses. As we already
have remarked in comparing communism and fascism, it is difficult to see how
communism can be expected to get the best out of the elite when it involves the
liquidation of so many of them.
The moving spirits of an
emerging fascism are, obviously, the quintessence of the elite of influence and
power, as we are using these terms. If they were not, there would be no
emergence of fascism. They are also likely to be mainly recruited from the
over-numerous ranks of the out-elite, except for such members of the in-elite as
are wise enough to join them. Their bid for the support of the masses consists
chiefly in a sincere and soundly-motivated undertaking to run things better or,
expressed in economic terms, to increase the material output by more efficient
management.
Fascism lays emphasis on the
gains to be realized by more honest and efficient management, which would come
largely from better coordination of authority and integration of control.
Fascism does not stress the benefits for the underprivileged to be derived from
simple transfer of wealth from the rich to the poor. The people are made to see
that wealth is income or production, and that an equalization of ownership
followed by a heavy drop in production would leave the masses poorer than
before.
In other words, labor is better
off with seventy per cent of an output of one hundred than with one hundred per
cent of an output of sixty. It is not to be supposed, however, that considerable
redistribution of ownership and percentage shares of the total income is not
effected by fascism. But fascism proposes to raise the living standards of the
masses chiefly by making a more efficient use of the available factors of
production, such a formula alone being considered by the fascists as capable of
securing the fullest or the essential measure of cooperation by the elite.
In this connection, it is
pertinent to refer to the frequently exploited device of comparing economic
statistics of the fascist countries with similar statistics of the more
prosperous non-fascist countries, and drawing from such comparisons conclusions
invidious to fascism. No attempt is made in this book to go into comparative
economic statistics. There would be no space for doing so. If fair and adequate
comparisons were to be attempted, the results would be unreadably technical, and
the conclusions too doubtful, to justify the average reader's outlay of effort.
The tricks that can be played
with statistics are amazingly deceptive. A few general explanations about
statistical comparisons invidious to the fascist countries will be briefly
offered. The first and most important set of facts to bear in mind about the
economic sequels of fascism are that fascism, thus far, has always taken over
control in a moment of extreme crisis. It has had to carry on with whatever
resources it has found and against whatever obstacles it has encountered; and
most definitely it has not inaugurated its regime under the auspices of a
smiling fortune such as beamed on liberal capitalism in its infancy.
Fascism, everywhere, has been
born of harsh necessity and not the lucky strikes of explorers and freebooters
seeking new trade routes and lands for conquest. For instance, before the War,
Italy received a yearly gift of over a hundred million dollars of unearned money
from remittances by Italian immigrants to the near relatives and dependents in
the mother country. Since the War, the virtual stoppage of Italian immigration
by American law has necessarily resulted in a slow drying up of this stream of
income. Rising tariffs everywhere have also operated since the War to the
extreme economic disadvantage of Germany and Italy, which used to depend on the
profits of foreign trade to help defray the costs of supplying many deficiencies
in raw materials.
Fascism did not produce these
external economic pressures, which have been developing for a long time and
which have grown acute since the War. Fascism is the answer to these external
pressures. If one says that one prefers in place of fascism the lush days of
19th century liberal capitalist infancy, with all its faults, one has said
absolutely nothing logically relevant by way of a criticism of post-War fascism.
Nations have to choose what is attainable. Wishes for the unattainable are not
arguments against fascism or in favor of liberalism.
Another consideration of which
the comparers of fascist and liberal economic statistics fail to take account is
that countries like the United States, Great Britain, and France have much
larger accumulations of surplus than the fascist countries, with which to carry
the economic crisis for a time in good style. The privileged liberal nations are
likely to go completely fascist when and as this surplus runs low. Germany lost
its surplus through the War, had it replaced partially for a brief spell by
foreign loans, and when they stopped the country soon went fascist. Italy never
had much of a surplus, and after the War it faced a harder world market in which
to compete.
America, England and France
have a chance in 1935 to initiate the social plan of fascism under vastly more
promising auspices than marked its inauguration in the fascist countries. The
whole point as to living standards is that whatever fascism provides ultimately
in welfare for the masses must be determined as much by the resources of the
moment, and the exigencies of the situation, as by the mechanics of fascism or
the wishes of fascists in power. The defense of fascism in Italy is not to say
that it has given the Italian worker a higher standard of living than British
workers, including those on the dole, have enjoyed during the same period. For
it has not done so. The defense of Italian fascism is that it has done a better
job of social management than the preceding regime was doing, or would have
done, in the situation fascism has had to face. Comparisons of living standards
and real wages are further complicated or invalidated by the unpleasant facts
that, while the three leading liberal countries, the United States, Great
Britain and France, did most of their land-grabbing before 1914 and are now
anxious to have the present status quo respected, the fascist countries, having
yet to achieve their necessary territorial expansion, hold different views about
the inviolability of existing territorial arrangements. The military burdens
imposed by the obvious necessity of expansion for the successful maintenance of
nationhood must inevitably limit in the fascist countries the living standard
which any social management by the elite can afford the masses. The costs of
military preparations for expansion naturally levy a heavier percentage of
income per capita in the under-privileged than in the privileged nations.
The prevailing opinion of the
liberal countries, of course, is that the fascist countries do not have to
expand. This opinion can be rebutted by arguments too lengthy to develop here.
But why waste time arguing that the present fascist countries need to expand
when every one knows that they will try to expand or perish in the attempt? And
if they perish as nations in the attempt, there is not likely to be much left of
western civilization in the now liberal countries after the attempt.
Propositions for which nations fight rather than argue cannot be met with
argument but must be met with concession and compromise, or else war. There is,
therefore, no sense to any liberal argument intended merely to talk the
underprivileged nations out of a will to expand. Further discussion of the
international aspects of this question is left for the chapter on the
international implications of fascism.
Here it need only be said in
resume that the demands of an expansionist policy on an underprivileged nation
must render pointless all comparison of its living standards with those of
privileged nations on the defensive. And it must be repeated that fascism has
not invented national expansion. The liberal countries founded their prosperity
on expansion, and cannot now make a desire by the fascist countries for
expansion the subject of a reproach. The underprivileged fascist countries will
have to pay more dearly in individual sacrifices for their bid for expansion
than the now liberal nations had to pay for grabbing South Africa from the
Boers, or Texas and California from Mexico, just as the American settlers in the
middle of the i7th century paid more dearly for the rocky shores of New England
snatched from the Indians than the American expansionists of 1848 had to pay for
the fertile lands of Texas and California taken from Mexico in a war which was
little more than a summer picnic. What the people have to pay in living
standards for national existence and expansion is not determined mainly by the
scheme of social organization but by the limits of their resources and the
nature of the obstacles to their expansion.
Perhaps the strongest point in
the fascist appeal to the masses, so far as the rule of the elite is concerned,
is one seldom considered by critics of fascism and not always fully appreciated
by the rank and file of fascists. It is the consideration that the elite are
more dangerous to mass welfare when rendered desperate than when well treated
and well disciplined. Fascism believes in providing ample and satisfactory
functions or careers and rewards for the elite. Communism disclaims any such
belief but practices it with great thoroughness. Liberalism disdains haughtily,
though insincerely, any solicitude for the elite, and affects an attitude of
neutrality and laissez faire so far as the personal struggle for existence is
concerned. Liberalism assumes that the elite will make jobs or careers for
themselves, unaided by the State, a sufficiently good assumption until the elite
start making careers for themselves in social revolution or banditry or
international war.
The association of the elite
with banditry may seem incongruous to many modern minds, which are accustomed to
think of the elite as bespectacled intellectuals or bejewelled merchant princes.
It should be sufficient to bring such minds to a sense of reality by pointing
out to them that practically all the proudest noble houses of Europe, or those
whose patents of nobility were won by gallant exploits and not bought with money
since the French Revolution, were knightly bandits and warriors, who derived
much of their income from periodically shaking down the money lenders and the
common people. The masses are vastly better off under a nationally disciplined
elite than by being at the mercy of an elite engaged in private, gentlemanly
warfare and knightly banditry.
From the point of view of mass
welfare, if one's perspective takes in the history of several centuries instead
of merely several decades of capitalism in its youthful upsurge, and if one's
perspective includes the trends of the hour, it should be fairly clear that the
best protection for the masses is to have the elite provided for with useful
functions, and driven neither to orderly international warfare nor the still
more inhumane conditions of private warfare. Any accurate sense of the laws of
life, of the struggle for existence, of the survival of the fittest to survive,
must tell one that if the elite do not find useful functions provided for them
by a booming capitalism in expansion, or by a benevolent, paternal State with
unlimited powers, the elite will ultimately find functions for themselves, as
did their ancestors, the robber barons of medieval Europe, the piratical
buccaneers of Queen Bess, or, still farther back, the strongest savages.
It is a curious insensitiveness
to the logic of history and the struggle for existence which allows many
muddle-headed sympathizers with communism or radical socialism to deride or
denounce fascism for taking care of the elite. The safety and welfare of the
masses depend on nothing so much as taking proper care of the elite in exchange
for their social contributions and disciplined service of public order. If the
elite return to the ways of their ancestors of only a few brief centuries ago it
will be bad for a large number of them, but it will be still worse for those who
are not of the elite or whose fangs are not so long and whose cunning is not so
great. Any notion that the elite of the genus homo will ever exterminate each
other and leave the weak of the same species to inherit the earth contradicts
any expectancy based on natural history.
The great contribution of
fascism to mass welfare is that of providing a formula of national solidarity
within the spiritual bonds and iron discipline of which the elite and the masses
of any given nation, every one in the measure of his capacity, can cooperate for
the common good. The achievement of conceiving and realizing such a formula is
the alternative to a return to the types of the struggle for existence which
prevailed up to the rise of modern capitalism.
If the so-called friends of
peace, or the liberal leaders of the Allied powers at Versailles, in 1919, and
their several followings, had had any sense of the realities of the struggle for
existence and had possessed a genuine passion for peace, they would have given
more thought to political and economic formulas to provide places for the elite
of the defeated enemy nations and the underprivileged Allied nations. They would
have reasoned that, as wars are desired, planned and provoked by the frustrated
elite who see in war opportunities they do not perceive in peace, the chief
problem in ensuring European peace was that of fitting as many as possible of
these potential war-makers into a peaceful scheme of things. This would have
made it apparent that the survival of liberal republican government in Germany
depended on nothing so much as on tolerable solutions for the elite. Questions
of territorial rearrangements, war indemnities, and colonies, would have been
discussed with consideration for this major imperative of preserving the peace
in Europe.
But, as I have had occasion to
learn from scores of conversation with some of the most eminent and influential
of the liberal preachers of peace, the liberal ideology makes it impossible for
them to see any connection between realities like the frustration of the elite
and international war. Liberal ideology forces them to see peace, like every
other desirable social result, as being principally a matter of legal enactment,
contract, and judicial procedure. Hence the silly mania for the League of
Nations and the World Court as means of preventing war, while half the graduates
of German universities each year found no jobs. A mind properly formed in
liberal ideology finds the greatest difficulty in grasping the idea that normal
or average men would rather fight, whatever the prospects, and even would rather
go into a fight with the certainty of death (which no one has in going into a
war), than face the certainty of life-long frustration, defeat, and humiliation,
with a strong probability of slow death by malnutrition or some one of the
concomitants of prolonged poverty and frustration.
From the point of view of the
masses, there is to be considered the question of controlling the elite, as well
as getting the best out of them and keeping them from plunging the world into
war or the cruder forms of the struggle for existence. In the matter of
controlling or disciplining the elite in power, fascist technique or theory
marks a great advance over liberalism.
Fascism uses the science of
propaganda, indoctrination, education, group conditioning, and a rational scheme
of personal motivations, to make the elite behave according to a desired
pattern. Liberalism, on the other hand, relies chiefly on law courts and
policemen to make the elite behave, quite forgetting that the elite must make,
interpret, and manipulate any law enforcement machinery. If an ideal pattern of
behavior by the elite is left to law enforcement, and if law enforcement is a
game, the elite will play to beat the game. If an ideal pattern of behavior by
the elite is made a matter of conditioned reflexes or habits scientifically
formed by education and indoctrination, the elite will behave as desired in much
the same way soldiers or other trained men behave. The trouble with liberal
training of the professional elite, of course, is that they are not trained to
be good citizens, as West Pointers are trained to be good soldiers. They are
trained to make money.
On the score of conditioning
the elite for social control, it has to be recognized first and foremost that
there is no sure system of negatively controlling the elite. Education,
indoctrination, and habit formation are the only scientific methods, and their
effectiveness depends largely on the efficiency of the training. Communism
certainly offers little to the masses in the way of control for the in-elite, as
Trotzky and his fellow exiles, or millions of the slain by the Red forces, might
testify. Fascism, as we have just observed, offers as its most promising
instrument of control for the in-elite the motivations of selfinterest and the
logic of a scientific pragmatism. Fascism indulges in no such naiveté as
attaching importance to constitutional or legal inhibitions on the elite, who,
as long as they are powerful enough to be abusive, will be powerful enough to
interpret or amend any constitution or law to suit their ends.
Under capitalism, as might be
expected, the worst abuses of power are committed with the aid of the courts and
law enforcement. Fascism attaches importance only to the guarantee afforded by a
spirit of discipline by a consciousness of national solidarity, by a certain
sense of noblesse oblige, and by the logic of self-interest under a given set-up
for those who have power. These spiritual forces and fundamental motivations are
the only measures of control for the elite, or the only effective safeguards
against their neglect of duty or commission of errors and downright abuses.
Fascism, in other words, so far
as the control of the elite in the national interest or the protection of the
people is concerned, pins its faith on character, rather than on codes or on the
training and spirit it gives the elite, rather than on the policeman it might
put over them. Broadly speaking, the inelite, as a whole, can be controlled or
disciplined only by forces within themselves. External or institutional
controls, like laws, courts, and police, are largely worthless for the in-elite,
as a whole, for the simple reason that the in-elite themselves will operate such
institutional controls. This is true equally under liberalism, fascism or
communism.
While we are still on the
subject of the fascist appeal to the masses, we should also stress the point
that the elite, under fascism, are not an aristocracy of heredity except in so
far as the qualities of the elite prove hereditary. Under fascism, every private
carries a field marshal's baton in his knapsack. Fascism, to be true to its
pragmatic principles and inner logic, must take care of the elite, and that
means, of course, giving the elite, wherever found, the function and rewards
appropriate to their possibilities of usefulness. The system is so organized
that those in control have an interest in obtaining the best contribution of
everyone, and consequently there is every incentive freely to admit to the
functions of the elite all who are capable of exercising them. Fascism needs and
uses all the elite it can command. Hence a fascist regime is likely to provide
for the freest circulation of the classes or furnish the best facilities for
persons of exceptional qualities to find their proper place in the scheme of
things.
We have stated some of the more
important elements of the fascist appeal to the masses. The welfare of the
masses depends on the contributions of the elite, and on the elite being well
enough cared for and disciplined under peace not to turn to war or the more
primitive forms of the struggle for existence. It remains only to state a few
important considerations which should make fascism appeal to the more ,
intelligent of the elite who are still among the ins. At the outset, those whose
one idea in the present crisis is to hold the fort until relief comes from
another capitalistic revival, should be reminded that they are staking a great
deal on an extremely uncertain event. About all that can be reasonably said for
the happening of this happy event is that it has always happened before.
Then these stand-patters among
the in-elite should be told that fascism is in no sense a fatal thing for them
or their interests. We can well understand that they prefer liberal laissez
faire to fascist discipline. But, after all, they should remember that fascist
discipline may be self-administered, and that there will be no wholesale
liquidation of the in-elite. It is also to be borne in mind that the sternest
social or group discipline can be rendered agreeable to personal taste by the
processes of scientific conditioning of the human personality. A scientist or a
professional soldier who for years has been disciplined to certain habits will
be made miserable, if not ill, by a life of complete idleness which so many
persons crave. Disciplined service to the State or under State supervision,
given the necessary conditioning, can afford to the elite the same degree of
personal satisfaction found by so many of them at present in making money. The
rewards of honor and power are equally gratifying and abundant under fascism or
under liberalism.
And, most important of all,
perhaps, are the considerations that, while revolutionary change is slow in
getting started, it is extremely swift, once under way; that if the in-elite
oppose fascism or fascist principles as long as possible, it may not be possible
for them to jump on the band wagon of a swiftly emerging fascism at the last
minute; and that, in the most happy circumstances of fascist success, the longer
the in-elite stay out of the movement or oppose its principles, the less they
will have to say about the formation of the new American fascism.
In 1935, a substantial number
of the in-elite, adopting a clear-cut fascist ideology, could easily unite under
a common political banner enough of the out-elite and the masses in a movement
along orderly and non-violent lines of procedure to effect the most desirable
sort of fascist revolution conceivable. The worse conditions become before
fascism definitely emerges, the less the chances that its leadership, program,
or methods will be agreeable to the in-elite.
Mr. Roosevelt, or the candidate
of the Republican Party, or both, conceivably, could, by the middle of 1936, be
offering to the American electorate what might be fascism in everything but
name. It is not entirely improbable that Mr. Roosevelt may be pushed far in such
a direction by the middle of 1936, especially under the pressure of world
events. It is more improbable that a Republican candidate could be run in 1936
on anything but a platform of muddled liberalism. If capitalism cannot stage a
full recovery, the in-elite will be far better off in the long run to join the
ranks of a vigorous fascism at the start than to remain with a moribund
liberalism until the ship sinks.
Whether the Democratic Party or
the Republican Party, or both, turn towards fascism, and how far they move in
that direction, will depend almost entirely on the in-elite, the consensus of
whose opinions largely determines the platforms of both major parties. At
present, the in-elite are combating fascism by name, and its ideology in all its
phases, hardly less violently than they are attacking communism. Yet how
infinitely better for the in-elite of the moment to have fascism come through
one of the major parties of the moment than to have it fight its way to power as
the program of the most embittered leaders of the out-elite. The old regime in
France, at any time up to a few months before the outbreak of the French
Revolution, could have averted that misfortune for themselves and their nation
by merely initiating a regime comparable to that which eventually emerged.
From the point of view of the
broadest consideration of all interests, and of the most humane interest, it
seems clear that, if we are to have a social revolution, it is desirable to have
its leadership representative of as many group interests as possible. By
opposing fascism, the logical orientation for the out-elite, and communism, the
program of peculiar though deceptive appeal to the masses, the in-elite are
really condemning us to a dog-fight between the fascism of the out-elite and
communism. What we need, of course, is a fascism of the nation, or a fascism
which will embrace the largest possible number of the elite, which will have
fewest enemies to liquidate, and which will attain most good will of the masses.
Whether we get such a fascism or not at present depends mainly on the attitude
of the in-elite.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XX
FASCISM AND WOMAN
Fascism marks
certain deviations from liberal trends in so far as woman is concerned, but such
deviations are more in the nature of a return to tradition than revolutionary
departures. These deviations are often more imaginary than real, or they are
largely differences of definition of the same reality. The most important fact
about these deviations, however, is that they are in progress the world over as
a result of sociological and technological changes which, in no sense, are
peculiar to fascism. But for the fact that so much publicity and credence has
been given to absurd misrepresentation of the fascist philosophy about woman, it
would hardly seem necessary to devote so much space to the subject.
The role of woman is a matter
of biological and social necessity. This necessity is paramount to any social
doctrine or personal preference. Problems involving women should not be thought
of as presenting choices as to what to do for women to please women or men, but
as presenting always, and only, a great series of exercises in making women play
their roles suitably in the given social scheme. More women will be pleased as a
result of policies designed to enable them to play their indicated social roles
suitably in a rational social scheme than will be pleased by policies designed
to satisfy individual and group demands.
A good deal of the nonsense
about fascism and woman is expressed, in questions like the following: "Will
fascism put woman back in the kitchen?", "Will fascism end careers for women?",
or "Will fascism end economic independence for women?" As for women and the
kitchen, it need only be said that the majority of women have never left the
kitchen, are not likely ever to leave it under any social order, and could not
leave the kitchen without detriment to the community and themselves. Whether ten
or forty per cent of all women remain outside the kitchen is relatively
unimportant, and is likely to be determined by conditions over which
governmental policy will exercise no positive control. Should fascism increase
the percentage of women in the kitchen a few per cent, that fact would not
warrant most of the wild charges made against fascism in this connection.
As for careers and economic
independence for women, these phrases are used most deceptively by the critics
of fascism and by the feminists. Marriage, of course, is, and remains, woman's
chief career, a fact for which fascism is in no way responsible. Equally obvious
is the fact that other careers and occupations have never been entirely barred
to women, nor are they barred to women by fascism. Fascism believes in marriage
as a career into which a large percentage of women should be assisted or guided,
and into which all eligible women should be encouraged. Still, it cannot be said
that liberalism has ever officially discouraged marriage. It would not be fair
to liberalism to associate with it the absurdities of the feminism of twenty
years ago. Liberalism has grown so feeble of late, however, that it has been
allowing the most preposterous feminists to identify their theses with those of
liberalism in a general attack on fascism.
There is no need to undertake a
formal defense of marriage, child-bearing or the home. It is appropriate,
however, to offer some explanations of the new emphasis on these institutions
and the consequent decline of feminism.
We can well begin these
explanations by ,pointing out certain false implications conveyed by the usual
questions asked by the feminists about careers and economic independence for
women under fascism. First, it is implied that employment outside of marriage is
available for those who need it, that it is ordinarily well remunerated, and
surrounded with satisfactory conditions. Second, it is implied that marriage is
less generally satisfactory than employment and that, of all bosses a woman can
have, the husband is by far the worst. The facts are that employment for women
is not always, or even usually, available for those who need it most; wages,
hours, and conditions of employment for women are far from satisfactory; the
employed woman usually has an exacting boss, whereas the married woman is
usually the boss of the man; and there is doubtless more unhappiness experienced
by women in employment than in marriage, but of this there can be no scientific
measurement.
From the point of view of pure
self-interest for women, it seems obvious that, if a woman is looking for the
best chances of finding wealth and power (the essentials of what is called
economic independence) or simply personal happiness, marriage is her best bet.
To confirm this conclusion as to wealth and power one has merely to look around
among the rich women, who are a numerous company, and most of whom got their
money through marriage.
Most of the absurd implications
about careers and economic independence for women seem less absurd when worded
more ambiguously or when considered in the light of special cases and individual
comparisons. They seem plausible in terms of the comparison between the
exceptionally bad husband and the exceptionally good job. They do not seem so
plausible in terms of the comparison between the best marriage and the best job.
But such comparisons are not made by the feminists. Then, again, during a period
of heavy demand for labor, these implications seemed more plausible when certain
women who needed an income, or who were unsuited or indisposed to marriage,
found life's problems less difficult by reason of easily finding a good job. But
it was not feminist propaganda or liberal doctrine which created those favorable
conditions for woman's employment. Rapid industrialization, rapid increase in
mechanization, a large migration from country to city, and the World War, drew
large numbers of women into industry. Fascism is not now crowding them out but,
rather, the decline of liberal capitalism and the necessity of readjustment to
another order.
Today in the United States the
number of women gainfully employed is about equal to the number of unemployed
men. A rational fascism for America would not proceed to drastic disemployment
of women to create jobs for men. But, in the readjustments which have to be
made, as well as in view of the fact that our potential output with the same
number of man-hours can be further increased enormously, a large but gradual
transfer of women from the office and factory to the home is clearly indicated.
If the now unemployed men produced what the now employed women produce, the same
output would be maintained and, in addition, the now employed women might be
adding to the total social dividend their contributions to domestic well being
to whatever extent they found happy adjustment into family life, chiefly through
marriage.
Most of the now employed women
could not, as a practical matter, be married in a year or two, and not all of
them could ever be married. So there will be, for some time to come, a large
number of women needing employment, and always some women needing life-long
employment outside the home. There will always be jobs which only women can fill
satisfactorily. These jobs should be made to take care of the women who need
employment. But there is no reason to allow the number of women in employment
forever to be determined entirely by the play of market factors, or to remain
unmodified by state intervention to increase the percentage of the married and
decrease the percentage of women competing with men.
Fascism clashes with liberalism
as to whether the major stress shall be on the values of wifehood, motherhood,
and the family, or on the values which women can achieve outside of wifehood and
motherhood. No reasonable fascist will deny that some women, usually the
exceptionally endowed, achieve desirable values outside of, and frequently in
addition to, wifehood and motherhood, or that the family values are definitely
out of the reach of a small minority of women. But the fascist insists on
ranking far above all other values attainable by women those of good wifehood
and good motherhood. He holds that the paramount objectives of public policy, so
far as women are concerned, should be to make good wives and mothers and not to
make as many soft berths as possible for old maids and thus to put a premium on
the avoidance of marriage.
Liberalism does not exactly
declare that subsidizing spinsterhood and sterility is one of the objectives of
public policy. But it is evident from a study of the vital statistics of
graduates of advanced institutions of liberal learning, subsidized by the
liberal State, that one of the effects of liberal public policy is to encourage
spinsterhood and sterility among the classes best suited to reproduce. Fascism
says that it is one thing to provide training and jobs for women unable to marry
and without means of support, or to provide training and opportunities for women
of exceptional talent who have special contributions to make to the community
outside of marriage; but that it is quite a different thing to allow educational
and cultural institutions and leaders to exalt and promote spinsterhood and
sterility.
It is too often forgotten that
the vast majority of women in all callings, exactly like the vast majority of
men, are mediocrities whose services or contributions are not unique. Most women
gainfully employed, indeed, are doing less work and doing it less skillfully,
less rapidly, and less well, than the average male mediocrity could do the same
work. Most of these women get the job simply because their labor is cheaper. And
their labor is cheaper because many of them are partially subsidized by their
families or others. These women are doing ordinary work which could be done a
little better by ordinary men, while they could be doing most essential and
distinguished work as wives and mothers, or work which the most extraordinary
men cannot do.
It is only fair to the
feminists to say that they have asked only equality of work, pay, and
opportunity in industry, and equality of opportunity for preparation for every
career. Fascism finds it impossible to accept their thesis of equality between
the sexes because fascism finds it impossible to escape the implications of sex
and biological differences. Fascism can see no sense to discussing the sexes in
terms of equality and inequality, not any more than there would be to discussing
the forces of electricity and gravity in terms of such comparisons. Men and
women are different, not equal or unequal to each other. Women must be thought
of in terms of their relation to society and its implications, rather than in
terms of the hypothesis that women are free persons who are at liberty to
disregard the indications of their biological specialization to any extent their
tastes may dictate.
The fact is that personal
tastes in such matters are the products of social conditioning. And social
conditioning is a process which the State must control in the public interest.
If young women prefer jobs to marriage, where there are no extraordinary
conditions indisposing them to marriage and pre-disposing them to a career, it
is not to be supposed for a moment that such preferences are the spontaneous
expressions of the will of free spirits. It is natural for women to prefer
marriage and not to prefer to avoid it. If certain young women do not prefer
marriage, most likely it is because they have been given by education and
certain social pressures to suppose that a woman is better off in employment, or
more to be envied and admired with a Ph.D., or pounding a typewriter, than with
a baby or, cooking her husband's breakfast. Feminism has not limited itself to
championing the relief of the unfortunate woman who has needed employment to
escape the tyranny of a brutal husband or the woman who has needed an
opportunity to express her genius. Feminism has become a cultural force tending
to bring marriage and child-bearing into disesteem among young women and to make
them esteem more highly a career free of the responsibility and cares, but also
bereft of the joys and compensations, of wifehood and motherhood.
Feminism is on the wane, not so
much because its arguments have been refuted by fascist or other arguments, as
because of the fact that nothing so far has happened under liberal capitalism to
deliver women from the fate of being women. The so-called emancipation of women
has left them still women and subject to all the necessities, spiritual and
physical, of that quality. The feminist revolt against being women has won a
series of wholly Pyrrhic victories. The men have made all the concessions
demanded, but nature has not made a single concession, and the concessions of
the men have not filled the cups of loneliness. Nature has rather handed some of
the feminist rebels a few hard knocks, as only mental and physical examinations
can adequately reveal. Fascism is the bane of feminism chiefly because fascism
offers no deliverance for the woman who seeks escape from her sex. On the
contrary, fascism makes a virtue and a glory of the necessity for women to be
women. In this respect fascism combines some features of traditionalism and most
of the indications of modern science.
An American fascism would
involve no change in the political status and rights of women, either as voters,
property owners, or parties to domestic relations. It would, however,
undoubtedly find it necessary to initiate important changes of policy in respect
to the encouragement of marriage and the discouragement of employment by women
which is against the public interest. The employment of women would be made
subject to a social control requiring for the qualification of every employable
woman proof that the employment sought was in the public interest and, for the
admission of women to advanced courses of specialized or professional training
subsidized by the State or institutional funds, evidence that the applicant was
exceptionally well suited for, or needed in, the field for which preparation was
sought. Fascism would enforce some measure of vocational guidance equally on men
and women. But it would not apply to both sexes the same standards of
eligibility, for the good reason that both sexes are not the same.
The following qualifications
could be recognized as entitling a woman to qualify for an employment license: (i)
Need by the particular applicant of an earned income; (2) need by the community
of a woman for the particular job; (3) need by the community of the special
qualities or talents of the particular applicant; (4) and absence of objection
to her employment founded on considerations of public policy. Under such rules,
all women who needed earned incomes would, ipso facto, be entitled to work where
qualified and needed. Conversely, a woman who did not need an earned income, and
who had nothing special to offer, would not be allowed to qualify for work a man
could do quite as well, merely to provide herself with extra pocket money. On
the other hand, a woman wishing to qualify for an employment for which a man
would not be suitable, such, for instance, as a chorus girl or a matron in a
woman's institution, would be subject to no State-imposed disqualification.
In cases of women who asserted
a right to work at a given job or career because of special artistic talent,
there would naturally arise some disagreements with the public authority. The
public authority might find that a woman ought not to be allowed to play a
saxophone in a dance orchestra, unless she had no other means of support, though
it would authorize her performance as a talented artist. Another source of
frequent disagreement would be cases of women without children or heavy
responsibilities who might wish to engage in extradomestic activities for a
salary or wage. In some cases such employment would be against the public
interest, for it would involve the displacement of a family breadwinner from
employment. In other cases it would not. In the cases of women who wished to
engage in economic activities financed by themselves or their relatives or
friends, there should be no objection to their doing so. Such economic
activities would be no different from personal expenditures.
The net results of regulating
the employment of women in the public interest would include the elimination
from the competitive labor market of large numbers of women who do not need the
money, or who have their labor at low rates partly subsidized by family,
community, or other persons. If it is objected that social regulation and
licensing of employment by women would involve considerable expense and
administrative difficulty, it need only be said in reply that the relief of
jobless heads of families involves quite as great administrative difficulty and
more expense. Another objection can be disposed of by pointing out that nothing
in employment regulation need prevent the mobilization by industry, in time of
special need for extra workers, of as many housewives, actual or potential, as
high wages could lure from their homes into factories and offices. During such
an emergency the licensing policy would be modified to allow any desired number
of additional women workers to enter industry.
Before leaving the subject of
social control of employment, it is well to give a final word of emphasis to the
point that free market determination of the number of women employed, of the
jobs on which employed, of their hours and conditions of employment, lays on the
community a concealed set of charges which it is nearly impossible to calculate
with exactness, but which it would be hard to exaggerate. Classical economics
claimed for free market determination of employment conditions a set of
advantages which are wholly illusory today. When the head of a family is thrown
out of work by a girl living in a hall bedroom on next to starvation wages, or
by a girl living partly on her family, a slight economic gain may be netted
thereby for the employer and his branch of production, but the taxpayers have
the costs of relief for the unemployed head of the family. Moreover, in such
cases, the taxpayers have also added costs for the health and welfare of the
girl who has been lured from a comfortable country home or small town home,
where most of her problems were economically and fairly well taken care of, to
the large city, where she is apt to become a public charge or a social menace
the day after she loses her job, or even while she holds it.
It is in regard to the training
of women, however, that fascism is likely to work the most sweeping changes in
this country. These changes will take two principal forms. In the first place,
greater stress will be laid on training for wifehood and motherhood and, in the
second place, training for both sexes will be given with greater regard for
social needs than at present. Training for wifehood and motherhood will begin in
the upper grades of grammar school and continue through all subsequent courses
of instruction. There is a grotesque absurdity in present-day training of
thousands of girls to be stenographers who have not the requisite intelligence
quotient or basic knowledge for satisfactory performance of such duties. Many of
them, of course, never hold steady jobs. It leaves these girls wholly untrained
for the duties of wife and mother, for which they are suited and to which most
of them are destined.
Correlating education with
social needs is too large and technical a subject for extensive discussion here.
Suffice it to remark that, at present, the ruling theory and practice of
American liberal democracy is to try and give every one the kind of schooling he
or she demands, whereas, under fascism, the attempt will be made to give every
one the kind of education which corresponds to the national plan into which
every one has to be fitted, both for his good and the good of the community.
This educational theory does
not mean an entire disregard for personal preferences, and certainly not any
disregard for personal aptitudes. It does mean, however, that if ten times as
many women apply for training for law or stenography as there are places for
them in these employments, all the applicants will not be given the training
they seek, partly or wholly at public expense, merely because they want it. It
means, also, that if boys or girls without the requisite intelligence or
cultural background for serious work in the higher studies still insist on
having a try at it, or at wasting a few years in college, the admission
standards will not be lowered to admit them, and the examinations in the courses
will not be lowered to enable these unqualified ones to get passing marks.
There is no intention here to
class women candidates for instruction with the mentally more deficient
candidates, and it is fully recognized that the scholastic records of women
compare favorably with those of men. It must be acknowledged, however, that any
intensification of competition for places in educational quotas is likely to
eliminate from the higher branches a larger percentage of the present number of
female than of male candidates. And any correlation of training quotas with
occupational opportunities is certain to reduce even more drastically the
percentage of women candidates admitted. But such correlation of training quotas
with social needs cannot be said to exclude women from careers or training for a
career.
In conclusion, it remains only
to generalize briefly on certain high points of the outlook for woman under a
planned society in which human necessities are rationally provided for and the
necessary provisions are duly dignified. Fascism is not creating or intensifying
woman's biological specialization. Fascism is rationalizing and dignifying it,
not trying to offer woman an escape from it. The results of attempting either an
extreme economic equality, or an extreme equality in sex relations, are
invariably bad for society and worse for women.
It is being discovered in
communist Russia, where the feminists had pretty much their own way at the
start, that the socialist State, like any other State, needs the family and all
that it stands for; that if both sexes are allowed legal and conventional
license to divorce and remarry as often as they please with a minimum of
formality, the men will be getting most of the fun, the women most of the
hardships, and the family most of the detriment.
Both in economic and domestic
relations, the more equality there is between the sexes as regards special
duties, obligations, and protection, or the more equal freedom there is for
making and breaking contracts by both sexes, the greater will be the
inequalities for the members of the two sexes, in the long run, in the matter of
opportunities for realizing the good life. A satisfactory measure of
distributive equality, so far as achieving the good life is concerned, can only
prevail between the two sexes on the basis of some scheme of rights and duties
which clearly recognizes sex differences. Such a scheme of rights and duties
greatly restricts woman's freedom both in economic and marital contracts. But it
also restricts the man's freedom.
The institution of the family
is essential not only to the State but to the happiness of men and women. The
family requires for its preservation a degree of State oversight, or the
opposite of laissez faire, appropriate to the needs of the situation. If extreme
economic laissez faire, or sex freedom and equality, be practised for any length
of time, women will get the worst of the bargains in business and in sex
relations, because men as a whole have an advantage in bargaining power in both
spheres. Woman's biological specialization and peculiar physical and spiritual
limitations handicap her both in the liberal free market and in the feminist's
free sex mart. Man's chivalry and protective attitude towards woman is partly
connected with property rights and partly connected with man's need of the
family. Feminism makes the mistake of seeing in differential treatment of the
sexes an insulting inequality, which it has sought to replace with a legal
equality in economic and domestic relations. Fascism holds that, in making a
good and great nation, it is essential to provide for the development of good
and great men. and women, not just good and equal persons. Feminism ;says that
women are just folks. Fascism says that they are women. The feminists may want
to be legal persons, but most women, who are feminine rather than feminists,
prefer to be women.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XXI
THE FASCIST IDEA OF NATIONAL
INTEREST IN FOREIGN RELATIONS
This book has been
written as far as possible in terms of broad principles rather than specific
details. This has been done because any discussion in terms of details would be
sure to prove largely obsolete and irrelevant by the time the book got through
the press. Thus, for illustration, one might have laboriously analyzed the N.R.A.
and offered a set of concrete recommendations approaching the problem of
industrial control along the lines there followed, only to find all one's
detailed drafting rendered completely useless by the decision of the Supreme
Court and the implications of that decision.
So, in the field of
international relations, the discussion will be kept as much as possible in
terms of principles so broadly defined as at times, perhaps, to seem almost
evasive of urgent problems of details. But what is the use discussing details,
except for the purposes of day-to-day decisions, in connection with matters like
tariffs and trade policies or laws, neutrality laws and policies, treaties, the
League of Nations, or the World Court, on the eve of war and world changes which
will undoubtedly sweep away much or most of the factual groundwork on which one
may painstakingly build a body of premises and long range recommendations? In
these days, when discussing social reorganization and long range plans, one must
build chiefly on general principles and on evaluations of constant factors or
trends. A book of this kind is no place to discuss proposals which might have a
chance of tiding over an immediate crisis, just as at least four crises within
the decade before the outbreak of the World War were smoothed over, leaving,
however, the fundamental issues unchanged and certain eventually to precipitate
a world war.
The chief purposes of any
discussion of foreign relations and fascism in a book of this sort should be to
indicate clearly certain public order imperatives and certain more obvious
fascist choices in the orientation of public policy related to foreign
relations. Scientific evaluation of the probable consequences of each given
policy should be the supreme criterion. This philosophical attitude towards the
working out of a foreign policy may well be stressed as a distinctive feature of
fascism, and a feature conspicuously absent from the liberal approach to the
same order of problems. Liberal influence over the minds of statesmen leads them
to try to reduce every conflict of national interests, and every possible choice
of policy, to an issue of right versus wrong, legality versus illegality,
humanity versus inhumanity, good business versus bad business, always in a way
to give to the dictates of self-interest or the whims of preference an ethical,
moral, legal, and economic sanction.
The choices are not ordinarily
evaluated by the true liberal in the light of their probable consequences-given
conditions as they are and not as he chooses to assume they are. Having
unctiously postulated a series of high-sounding ethical and legal imperatives,
with -interpretations and applications appropriate to a given situation, the
statesman, if he has any sense of honor or decency, has but one choice every
time he has to make an important decision. The assertion during the late War of
our legal doctrine of neutral rights, or the right of our business men to trade
with the belligerents under conditions prescribed by our lawyers, could only
have in that particular conflict the consequence of dragging us into it. But the
drafting of State Department notes setting forth our legal position was always
done by lawyers expounding a theory of law which we said was international law
and common justice. Our notes were not drafted by statesmen weighing the
probable consequences of their words.
Our foreign affairs are
luminous examples of what is wrong with lawyers when allowed to determine public
policy from a legal point of view. The trouble with lawyers is that, after
passing a judicial sentence or giving a legal opinion declaring what is right,
they leave to other branches of government and the community the problems of
execution and the problems of the costs or consequences of execution. Judges who
issue mortgage judgments do not look after evicted farmers and homeowners.
Lawyers who write State Department notes defining justice or international law,
as we see it, do not weigh military plans for upholding their legal opinions.
The War Department has to attend to the execution, and the community to the
costs.
The American doctrine of
neutrality was entirely rational and suited to our interests and powers of
asserting it at the time evolved. But it has since become not only unsuited to
our interests but utterly impossible to maintain, due mainly to changed
technological conditions. These changes render invalid all our prior legal
distinctions between contraband and non-contraband, or between belligerent and
non-belligerent. Every legal rule or ethical principle for the maintenance of
which we fought in the last War is certain to be violated by both sides in the
next war. Must we fight in every future war in a futile effort to uphold
doctrines which technological changes have rendered obsolete and unenforceable?
In wars before the 20th
century, the armed forces went to combat with a limited set of weapons and
economic resources, while the rest of the people went about their usual
business. In 20th century warfare, the entire nation is mobilized for the war
effort, and almost every resource becomes essential to the destruction of the
enemy. Every able-bodied citizen is a belligerent, and everything is contraband.
For the lawyers, however, right is right and wrong is wrong. What was right in
1815 must be right in 1915. They cannot be expected to be aware of changes and
the implications of changes, for their science is not concerned with the events
of today but with the rationalizations of the events of yesterday. The moral, of
course, is that our foreign policies must not be shaped by lawyers but by an
executive statesmanship responsible for finding ways to meet the consequences of
a policy.
From the viewpoint of the
believer in absolutes, or the average lawyer or judge, there is little point to
considering the consequences of public decisions. One has to obey certain
highsounding ethical. or legal imperatives, whatever the consequences. Indeed,
consequences have little to do with the validity of ethical and legal postulates
based on the transcendental premise that a given course is right and anything
different is wrong. One has to do right, though the heavens fall. One has to
defend at all costs one's national honor or one's vital interest, thus defined,
not by rational calculation, but by some body of inspired truths, all of which
usually means a holy war at the end.
Fascism differs from liberalism
in its conduct of foreign policy by proceeding on the premises that the only
authority which may usefully be thought of as exercising any measure of
supremacy is the human will; that the supremacy of the human will is synonymous
and commensurate with the force factors or might it exerts; and that the only
norms for the rational control of the human will in its highest expressions are
facts and scientific probabilities. If the facts conflict with the logic of a
given law, or rule, or concept of right, the facts win out and the law,
commandment, or eternal truth, loses out. This, of course, is what always
eventually happens. Rationality says, the sooner and more easily it happens, the
better.
Taking the human will as the
source of authority and power, we are forced to recognize the national State as
the highest organism expressing this authority, and the only organism so far
proved capable of expressing the authority and might of the human will in a way
to maintain social order. The nation is a social necessity which has no
substitute.
In international relations
there are only national interests to be considered. Strictly speaking, there is
no such thing as an international interest in any useful sense of such a term.
Of course, it is possible to define the sum of several national interests as
constituting an international interest. But the trouble with this definition is
that there will always be found opposed to the sum of any given number of
national interests (thus defined as an international interest) the opposing
interest of one or more nations. Then we have the sums of two sets of national
interests opposing each other. To call the sums of two sets of national
interests in opposition to each other two respective international interests is
not a useful sense or meaning to give to the term international interest. If the
term or concept of international interest is to have any useful meaning, it must
apply to a unique, or common, or universal, interest in respect to a given
matter.
Just such an interest is the
eternal dream of the internationalists. Similarly, a body of law, to be called
international law to any useful purpose, must be law accepted by all nations.
The trouble with so much that passes under the name of international law is that
it is the law of a nation or group of nations. And it does not serve any useful
purpose to call a body of law accepted by nations X, Y, and Z, but rejected by
nations A, B, and C, international law, because this body of law is as much a
body of international illegality as it is a body of international legality. One
should only say of it that it is the law or legality of nations X, Y, and Z, and
the illegality of nations A, B, and C.
The dream of a unique
international interest or a unique international law (for law is but an
expression of a public interest or a set of private interests having found the
might of a State to uphold it) can never be realized. Situations will always be
developing in which it will pay one nation to wrong another nation, or in which
one nation can get away with wronging another nation and also get something
advantageous out of the wrong. Part of our national patrimony, as every one
knows, was obtained by wronging Mexico, not to mention our exterminating most of
the original inhabitants of our present territory by way of taking their lands.
It is possible to conceptualize
a world of individuals in which there would be no wrongs, but it is impossible
rationally to visualize a world of nations in which there would be no wrongs or
in which no wrongdoer ever profited from wrongdoing. The great and powerful
nations have all been built up on the wrongs they have successfully perpetrated
on other nations to their own advantage. Of course, it often happens that the
perpetrator of a wrong to another nation will force that nation to acknowledge
that the wrong was right, which, for juridical purposes, makes the wrong right,
but never in the feelings of the wronged nation.
Given nations as they are now
constituted, and as they are constrained by the logic of their very being to
behave, it is a sheer contradiction in terms to say that there could be a
universal interest in a wrongless course of events in the world of nations. It
is absurd either to suppose that the wronged nations will ever consider that
their wrongs of the past have been made right, or to imagine that a situation
can be created in which powerful nations having military superiority will never
find it advantageous to themselves to wrong a weaker nation.
It is, perhaps, slightly less
unreasonable to suppose a world of individuals so conditioned under the
direction of one universal and supreme will as to feel a universal interest in
having everything happen in a certain way. This supposition is still
conceivable, though somewhat fantastic, because individuals might be reduced by
a long process of purposive and selective breeding to such a degree of
similarity of basic reactions that they would behave as much alike as bees or
ants. But it is wholly absurd to suppose a world of nations so homologized as to
have a set of universal or common interests about everything. It is absurd,
because the fact of nationhood, unlike the fact of anthood, necessarily implies
great inequalities in might and great differences in ideological and behavior
patterns.
Most of the internationalists
reason from the false premise that all nations have an interest in peace, or
that peace is a universal or international interest. This premise is obviously
refuted by history. In 1848, our interest was not peace with Mexico but war and
annexation. It is undoubtedly a fact today that our interest is to hold what we
have with peace, and that there is no good war for us on the horizon. The same
may be said of Great Britain and France. Any war we get into is likely to be one
of defense of what we have, rather than endeavor to get what the other fellow
has. But the fact that we today have nothing to gain by a war should not be
turned to support the non sequitur that no other nation in the world will find a
good chance to win a profitable war. We have to see to it that our national
defense or war potential never weakens to such a point that we might seem or
prove an easy mark for some other nation, exactly as Mexico in 1848 proved for
us. And we should, from time to time, balance the costs of buying peace with
concessions against the costs of fighting to keep what we have without making
concessions.
Here it should be emphasized
that there is no point to the oft-repeated argument comparing nations with
individuals and deriving from such comparison the conclusion that, as honesty
can be made by municipal law and social convention the best policy for
individuals living within the police power of a nation, honesty can be made by
international law and universal opinion the best policy for nations living
within a society of nations. The comparison and derived argument are totally
invalidated by the simple fact that, whereas individuals within a nation can be
deprived of the means of getting away with theft and murder on a large scale
with personal profit, nations cannot be nations and kept deprived of the means
of getting away with successful war to their profit. No degree of equilateral
disarmament would deprive nations of their war potentials. If all nations were
disarmed down to only policemen with night sticks, nations like the United
States and Germany would still have a tremendous war potential in their ability
to create on short notice vast armies and quantities of war supplies. Speed in
rearming would be the decisive factor.
The power of a strong nation to
get away with a war of conquest and annexation is inherent in the facts of
nationhood and would not be terminated by disarmament. Under complete
disarmament, the present war potentials would remain substantially unchanged
except by reason of differences in the speed potentials. It would be no gain for
humanity to slow up the starting of the war and thus prolong its duration. Under
total disarmament, the chief difference would be that nations capable of the
speediest rearmament would have greater advantages than they have under a regime
of universal armaments. Thus, under total disarmament, Germany would have a
greater advantage over France than under any regime of equal armaments, for
Germany could rearm more quickly than France.
To minimize the frequency of
wars and wrongs by one nation against another, the only historically validated
formula is a fairly even balance of power in which the sums of different
national interests are so evenly matched as to force factors that there will be
a strong deterrent to starting a big war, and a virtual impossibility of getting
away successfully with a. small war except with the assent of the powers making
up the balancing factors in the balance of powers. Standing armies and strong
navies make it possible to maintain an effective balance of power and to insure
considerable periods of peace. If there were no great national armies and
navies, it seems certain, if history is any guide, that we should have the
conditions of perpetual, petty private warfare which prevailed in Europe for
over a thousand years following the collapse of the Roman Empire. A similar
state of petty factional warfare has prevailed for decades in certain small
Central American Republics too small to maintain a strong national army. And, of
course, a similar condition prevails over a large part of China, whose territory
is too large, and whose resources and organization are too deficient, to allow
of the essential national army to eliminate bandits and private warfare.
And it should not be forgotten
that it took four years of warfare by a national army of the United States to
end one sectional war and to prevent a successful precedent which might have led
to innumerable other sectional secessions and civil wars. The best contribution
the United States can make to world peace is to maintain such a war potential as
will enable us to rope off a large section of the globe included within this
hemisphere as territory in which outsiders may not come and fight, without
having to pay a higher cost for such an adventure than it is likely to seem
worth.
Fascism is nationalist and
opposed to anything going under the name of internationalism which seems bad for
the nation. In this connection it is well to emphasize the fact that much of the
ideology of so-called internationalism is largely a matter of confusion of
thought. Use of terms like internationalism or international, though made with
dictionary correctness, may easily lead people to suppose that whenever the
prefix "inter" is added to something national it means that that something has
ceased to be national. The use of the prefix "inter" is thought to imply that
that something which was national, but which also affects several other nations,
by reason of its affecting other nations is transmuted into something which is
no longer national and is quite different from national. It is by this process
of reasoning that much national law and policy gets called international law and
policy. In this way, institutions like the League of Nations are thought of as
being the antithesis of nationalism and the nation, when, as a matter of fact,
the League, in so far as it is an effective agency, is but the tool of some
strong nation or group of nations.
Whenever the League of Nations
essays to do anything important, which is not often, it becomes ipso facto, or
in that essay, not a thing apart from nations but merely two or three nations
making a joint gesture against another nation or group of nations. Undoubtedly
the gesture is properly called international, but it is also essentially
national. If one wants to get down to tangible persons or things in the matter
of the gesture, one comes to intensely real grips with national realities like
the British fleet or the French army.
In brief, the internationalism
of the League of Nations never amounts to anything more or less than the
internationalism of any three or four powerful nations making a joint demarche
or a war as allies. The demarche or war alliance is an international reality
only as long as it lasts. While it lasts, the nations making it remain nations
and behave as nations. The gesture or the war always ends. When it ends, the
international reality has ended, but the national realities which made it, go on
as ever. Hence, it serves no useful purpose to try to think internationally and
so to lose sight of the perennial national fact. The international fact always
embodies several national facts. And the international fact is never an organic
whole made up of national facts. The international fact is merely a passing
phase or aspect of several separate national facts.
There is no conflict, as many
good people like to suppose, between nationalism and internationalism. There are
just conflicts between nations and between nationalisms. The simple fact that
these conflicts necessarily involve more than one nation makes them
international. Nor is there any international spirit or unity except as the
passing phase of relations between nations, such relations, when important,
usually being connected with war. That is to say, the only effective
international cooperation of importance is that which takes place between
nations allied in making war or with a view to making war.
The underlying idea or wish of
much talk about internationalism is that the nation may be weakening, or
entering a phase of dissolution into a something or other which will have
absorbed all the nations. But that is exactly what is not happening. The more
international relations there are-most of them related to the liquidation of
past wars and preparations for future wars-the more vigorous become the nation,
nationalism, and the national spirit. There is no indication, even, of a vague
trend towards the laying of the groundwork of a superstate which would swallow
up the existing national States. The nation was never more vigorous or sharply
defined than in 11935, and nothing has contributed more to the fortification of
nationalism than international gesture publicizing institutions like the League
of Nations, peace pacts, and the World Court. There is no need here to expatiate
on why it is that the nation is showing greater vitality and gives no signs of
early dissolution into any sort of international unity. Suffice it to state the
indisputable fact that the nation was never more vital or significant.
There is for every nation,
however, an international problem, or a problem of foreign affairs, precisely
because there are many nations, and because they have national problems which
involve relations with each other. The international problem, therefore, is
always the national problem of several States. Any human mind approaching the
international problem of any moment must approach it as a citizen of a nation
who is interested in having that international problem solved or dealt with in a
way agreeable to the interests of his own national State. This is equally true,
whether that person be a high official of the Roman Catholic Church, the League
of Nations, or the Communist International. When a person says he is interested
in international welfare he merely means that he is interested in the national
welfare of his own country in some international connection. He may or may not
also mean, though he will usually say that he does, that he hopes or believes
that what he considers good for his own country will prove good for other
countries.
American fascism will proceed
in foreign relations with a clear recognition that our interest in international
affairs is a national interest. In the formulation of the specific scheme of
national interest to be followed from day to day, an American fascism will be
guided by the dictates of the national will, by indications of facts, and by as
scientific an evaluation of the probabilities as it is possible for the fascist
leaders to make.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XXII
OBJECTIVES IN FOREIGN RELATIONS
WE MAY roughly
divide the objectives of our foreign policy into those classifiable under the
head of national defense, economic security, and special policies. As for the
objectives of national defense, it seems clear that in order to maintain our
position as a great nation we should maintain naval parity with the greatest
power, a professional army of at least four hundred thousand men fully equipped,
and universal compulsory military service. It may be asked why we need such a
large armed establishment if we are not going to be the aggressor and if, with a
much smaller establishment, we could probably raise enough forces in time to
meet any attack and secure our defense. The answer is that if we have an
inferior military establishment, we are more than likely to be challenged,
inasmuch as we will inevitably insist on having a lot to say in the foreign
field.
We cannot avoid war by being
unprepared for it, as our experience in the late War demonstrates. And we cannot
determine for ourselves the scale of armaments which properly corresponds to our
size and pretentions. The scale of armaments which properly corresponds to our
size and pretentions must, in the nature of things, be dictated to us by the
rest of the nations. If they maintain armaments on a certain scale, we must
observe, accordingly, proportions on that scale corresponding to our size and
stakes. To have the interests of a first rate world power, to insist on
interposing our word or will as such, and to maintain an armed establishment
disproportionately small, is merely to tempt daring and desperate powers to risk
an encounter with us. As for the costs of national defense, it need only be said
that men are better off in the army than in the bread line, and the country is
better off to have the idle producing the instruments of self-defense than to
have them idle. National defense is one way of producing and consuming wealth.
Unemployment is not a source of income but a true and tragic waste.
Every one, liberal, fascist and
communist, including all the professional and sincere pacifists, wants peace,
provided it can be had on his terms. In this respect it is difficult to see any
difference between the so-called pacifists and the so-called militarists. No
one, certainly not any one of the numerous types of pacifists, is willing to
have peace on any terms whatsoever which the other fellow may dictate. In other
words, no one puts peace first in his list of objectives. There are no believers
in peace at any price. Those who talk most about their love of peace and other
men's love of war and who ordinarily oppose most violently any adequate military
preparedness for their own country will be the first and most energetic
advocates of getting their own country into a war for peace every time an
international conflict breaks out anywhere in the world.
Fascism has been denounced by
the liberals, pacifists and socialists as a war breeder, yet, at the time this
book went to press, it was the latter who, along with the international banking
and pro-English interests and sympathizers everywhere, were on record in the
Italian-Ethiopian situation as supporting sanctions which could only mean a
world war. On the other hand, the organized fascists of England, under Sir
Oswald Moseley, and of France, under Colonel de La Rocque, were constantly
making public demonstrations in opposition to policies which the British
Government was trying to have carried out by the League, policies which, as the
responsible British statesmen well knew, could only mean a world war.
The fascist, being an
enlightened patriot of his own nation, is ready to fight for its defense and
supposed best interests but never for abstractions like peace and international
justice, terms which, as a practical matter, mean the side in a conflict taken
by the user of these terms. The fascist sees that the defense and best interests
of his own land do not require it to become involved in every war that occurs.
The internationalist, on the other hand, must try to draw his country into every
war that breaks out, for he is committed always to fight for peace and justice,
as something quite apart from the selfish interest of his own country, and every
war necessarily presents a breach of the peace as well as an issue of justice.
The real issue between the fascist and liberal view as to foreign policy is not
one of Shall we uphold peace or permit wars? for no League or similar agency has
ever prevented or can ever prevent war. The Italian-Ethiopian and the
Sino-Japanese episodes of the past two years have added to the long list of
historical proofs of the impossibility of international action, through the
League or without a league, preventing war or terminating war except as wars
have always been terminated, namely either by fighting it out or by compromise
diplomatically, not judicially, arrived at, according to the existing balance of
power or force factors, not according to any normative verbalisms or principles
of law or justice set forth in League Covenants, treaties or other masterpieces
of legal draftsmanship. The real issue, so far as internationalism or
Anglo-League-ism is concerned, is whether every challenge to the existing status
quo which England may find dangerous to her imperial interests and consequently
may wish to have pronounced a crime and an unwarranted aggression shall be
turned into a world war, by reason of a British monopoly of righteousness and a
British supremacy in finance and propaganda used to line up most of the nations
of the world in opposition to the challengers and in defense of what England
desires.
The internationalists, of
course, try to argue that lining up the whole world into two camps of the angels
versus the war making devil or devils will prevent wars from occurring or
quickly end them if they do break out. The argument, however, rests on nothing
but wishful thinking. It will, of course, happen in practically every war or
clash of national interests that there will be a majority and a minority both as
to numbers of nations taking sides and as to their combined resources. But it
will not happen that the majority on the side of England and the angels will
always be so overwhelming as to prevent a resort to arms. If the coalition on
the side of the angels does not prevent the war starting, it is a travesty on
words to call it -a coalition to make war--a peace-making measure. It will not
always happen that the majority will side with England and the angels. And it
may even happen that a majority with England and the angels will some day get
licked by a minority fighting against peace and justice as defined by England
and the League. Then there is strong reason to suppose that some nations will
remain on the fence in a holy war between justice and injustice or England and
the Devil, thus complicating military calculations or any program of joint
coercion against the Devil.
The internationalists, most of
whom are subsidized spokesmen of the bankers and their peace foundations,
colleges, press and other cultural institutions, have a profound and
understandable reverence for bankers, international finance and business men
generally. This naive awe of trade and finance leads these internationalists and
theorists to attribute to finance and trade a power to exercise deterrent
pressure on political leaders which money changers and traders have never been
able to exercise against strong men in the saddle. Alexander, Julius Caesar or
even as recent a conqueror as Napoleon were never subject to restraint from
making war by any possible action of money-lenders and traders, not any more
than Hitler, Mussolini, Stalin or Araki are today. Money-lenders and tradesmen
can support governments under which they live in making war on a Caesar or a
Napoleon or a Mussolini, but they are effective only as auxiliaries of the men
behind the guns in actual war, not as forces to prevent a war. The money lenders
and tradesmen of the country of a political leader who wants to make war, of
course, will always have to do as they are told quite as much as conscripted
soldiers.
Economic sanctions without
waging armed warfare are always certain to prove a farce. Economic forces can be
mobilized effectively only to help make war, never to prevent it. The reasons
are obvious on analysis of the factors which determine war making. It is hard
enough ordinarily to hold together for any length of time in an effective
measure of loyal and efficient cooperation any large coalition of nations allied
in making a war. This feat was achieved by the Allies in the late World War only
by virtue of the ten billion dollars of goods and services which the American
people donated to subsidize the Allied effort. What holds a war making alliance
together or what enforces a workable measure of solidarity, loyalty and
efficient cooperation in a war enterprise is one thing: a strong and ever
present sense of danger from a common foe. To expect a large number of allies to
maintain such solidarity and cooperation in applications of economic pressure
when no such paramount motivation operates to impose it is utterly naive and
unrealistic. Every member of such a preposterous coalition of peacefully
coercing nations would have unlimited opportunities and inducements to cheat
with safety and advantage. And it would be technically impossible for the
alliance, as a whole, to act as an inquiring policeman, a judging magistrate or
a disciplining force. Nations and large groups of individuals can only be
disciplined by emotional drives from within. Legal verbalisms which they may
adopt as norms of conduct have validity only to the extent that the inner drives
in the majority of persons uphold the enforcement of these norms. In war time
there is a majority group will to self-defense and defeat of the enemy in arms.
In sanctions time there could be no majority group will to uphold measures which
would operate to national economic disadvantage and which would be indicated by
no imperative of immediate safety. The notion that war, in the abstract, is a
public enemy against which all nations can be permanently united is the purest
poppycock. Those who preach this absurd notion most are the first to refute it
by rushing to embrace this public enemy war as a means to the desired end of
peace.
As this book goes to press, the
League is being manipulated by England in an attempt to force the rest of the
world into an alliance to protect and further what those in power in England
mistakenly consider to be Britain's best interests in the Mediterranean. Any one
would be rash to predict exactly what would be the outcome of a war involving
most of the nations of the earth at the start in a war against Italy. But it is
safe to predict what would not result from any such British or League war. For
one thing, it would not long remain a united enterprise. For another, it would
not succeed in its alleged undertaking to lay the foundations of a lasting peace
and scheme of justice. It would begin by making a small war large. How it would
end, no one can say, except to guess that it would end in the triumph of
communism or chaos.
No Englishman is to be blamed
for wanting to fight Italy or any other country if he believes such a war in the
best interests of England. Nor should he be censured for trying to secure as
many allies as possible for his country in that war by the use of the most
unscrupulous propaganda, the most absurd exploitation of moral issues or the
most barefaced lies. All is fair in love and war. Likewise, no Italian should be
blamed for wanting his country to follow the illustrious examples of conquest
and territorial aggrandizement which have made the United States, Britain and
France great and powerful. But any American or Frenchman who would have his
countrymen duped into fighting another nation's battle, be it that of Britain or
Italy, when it is not the battle of his own country, should be deemed a poor
patriot or a poor thinker or both.
It is absurd to argue that a
battle against every aggressor nation is always the battle of all other nations,
the argument now being advanced by Britain as the ruling principle of the
League. Such an argument is historically and rationally untenable. The nations
of the world did not combine to avert, defeat or even mildly censure a ruthless
and unjustified American aggression against and conquest of Mexico or similar
British and French aggressions, conquests and annexations too numerous here to
mention, yet the nations of the world, as a whole, have never felt or had reason
to feel the fear that America, Britain or France would go on from one conquest
to another until the entire world had been subjugated by one or the other of
these great powers. As Mr. Frank Simonds has so aptly pointed out in the
Italian-Ethiopian conflict, it is absurd for the winners at the national game of
conquest, having themselves acquired by conquest about all they feel able or
disposed to manage, if not more, suddenly to go righteous and try to enforce on
the entire world for all time a code of morality, the first commandment of which
"Thou shalt not follow our examples."
Under the heading of national
security, we must not only maintain adequate armed forces, but we must make sure
of the exclusion of European powers from further extension of their influence in
this hemisphere, as well as secure our control of the Panama Canal. To maintain
our paramount strategic position on this hemisphere and prevent an extension of
European influence, it is not necessary for us to repeat or continue the stupid
and unnecessary adventures of Presidents Theodore Roosevelt, Taft, Wilson, and
Coolidge, and Secretaries of State Root and Hughes, in dollar diplomacy, loans,
military interventions, financial interventions, political meddling to insure
fair elections, sound financial control, or protection, of American capital in
the Caribbean republics. To keep Europe out of those republics is all we need
aim at.
To do that, all we require is
naval supremacy and appropriate bases in these areas. We do not need to insure
good government, sound financial administration, or special protection for
foreign capital, in the Caribbean republics in order to keep European
governments out. We could not insure such ideal conditions there if we tried. We
do not have them at home and certainly they do not prevail in most European
countries today. Nor do we need to have any such ideal conditions in the
Caribbean republics in order to make it possible for out citizens to exploit the
resources and peoples of these republics. Nor ought we to attempt, through
intervention in these republics, to afford American interests there a degree of
security which business in the United States does not enjoy from gangsters,
tornadoes, business depressions or high taxes.
The only interest in Latin
America about which our government need be concerned is that of our security.
That interest we can safeguard only, but easily, with an adequate navy. By
disavowing the role of a purifier of Latin-American elections, finances, and
police administration, and allowing our interests there to take their chances
under local government, we can earn the friendship and goodwill of these
countries for respecting their sovereignty, independence, and autonomy. At the
same time, our fleet can dominate these countries as regards a European
intervention, and our capitalists can dominate them economically as long as they
choose to maintain extreme laissez faire. Should they abandon laissez faire and
turn socialist, or extreme economic chauvinists, as Mexico has done and other
republics are showing signs of doing, we should let them freely go their way as
long as they make no move to invite European intervention. And if, as is most
unlikely, they make such a move, we should check it by bringing to bear our
diplomacy, backed by our potential armed might, against the European party to
such possible intervention.
About twenty-five years ago,
our statesmen, naive in diplomacy and world politics, conceived the small-town
idea that the Caribbean nations had to be good to avoid European intervention
and that, because of this moral imperative, we had to make them good with
financial and military interventions. As any worldly wise person ought to know,
world powers intervene when, where, and because, the intervening is good, and
not when, where, and because, the intervenee is bad and might, on that account,
be deemed to merit a foreign intervention. About everything bad that a nation
could conceivably do to the detriment of foreign interests, the Russian Soviet
Government has done. But no foreign intervention has been made, or even
seriously contemplated, for the excellent reason that, in Russia, the
intervening would not be so good.
On the other hand, in Morocco,
Manchuria and Ethiopia, the intervening may be called good and easy--or in Haiti
or Nicaragua, for that matter. What makes the intervening good is not weakness
of their morals or financial probity, but the weakness of their power of armed
resistance, and the absence of opposition by the great powers to an
intervention. We no longer ,need to mention officially the Monroe Doctrine. We
might even expressly renounce it by way of flattering our Latin-American
neighbors. The size and efficiency of our fleet will say to Europe all that the
Monroe Doctrine was ever meant to say. And a big fleet will say it with a
delicacy which will not offend Latin America and with an explicitness which will
not be misunderstood in Europe. The Monroe Doctrine, after all, was but a crude
substitute for a big navy in the days when we could not afford a big navy. What
made the substitute work in those days was the big British navy.
As for economic security, here
again we find our imperatives largely dictated by foreign powers and not our own
choosing. The world has in prospect an era of increasingly closed economies. Why
this is true, why the counter arguments of classical economics and free trade
are wholly irrelevant and are being disregarded by prevailing public policies,
and why we cannot change this trend, could only be explained in another book the
size of this one. But an explanation of the inevitability of this trend today
seems about as superfluous as an explanation of the inevitability of old age.
The thing for nations or elderly people to think about today is adjustment in
the most satisfactory manner to inevitable changes.
Adjustment to the imperatives
of increasingly closed economies the world over, fortunately, is easier for the
United States than for any other nation, because our import necessities are
fewer and our near-monopolies in exports like cotton, tobacco and certain
manufactures, are more important than those of any other country. With our
resources for domestic needs and for export, we can feel reasonably confident of
always being able to sell abroad enough to pay for our necessary imports of
commodities like coffee, tin, rubber, silk, jute and tropical fruits which we
cannot economically produce ourselves.
The making of these new
adjustments will involve a series of barter arrangements and quota agreements,
under which provisions will be made for the exchange of given quantities of
American exports of specified commodities for a countervalue of given quantities
of imports of specified commodities. Within the framework of such a system of
agreements, or controlled exports and imports, private interests in this country
will have scope for considerable competition and initiative. The governing
principles will be procurement of necessary imports; provision for necessary
exports to balance the international accounts; protection of domestic industry,
that is to say, of the domestic wage scale and the domestic investment; the
relative immunization of the national economy from external disturbances,
especially those incidental to large wars; and the achievement of a diversified
national production affording the maximum economic self-sufficiency obtainable
without unreasonable economic costs and sacrifices.
The ruling liberal,
laissez-faire principle for foreign trade, namely that of dumping in order to
stimulate domestic production and increase the nation's holdings of foreign
investments, must, obviously, be discarded in a world of increasingly closed
economies. Our present foreign investments, especially those in foreign
securities or credits, must be counted as largely lost under the regime of
closed economies, except in so far as countervalues of foreign-held investments
in this country make it possible for American investors in foreign securities to
collect foreign credits, or except in so far as Americans residing abroad are
prepared to take payment in kind.
The American Government should
do nothing to impair the foreign obligations held by its citizens. But it should
do nothing involving the slightest national economic loss or inconvenience to
enable the holders of foreign investments to collect. The economic relations
between nations in the future must be on a pay-as-you-go basis, with the yearly
international accounts or payments in even balance by the movements of goods and
services. We do not want our national economy to collect goods from abroad in
return for no corresponding exports of our goods or services, but merely in
return for the cancellation of American claims against foreigners. We want a
goods-or service dollar exported for every goods-or-service dollar imported,
excluding interest as a service item.
It seems unnecessary to attempt
here an explanation of how State control of investment will operate. Obviously
it will not be one hundred per cent effective or inclusive. But it can easily be
made effective enough to reduce capital exports to a negligible quantity, which
is all that is desired.
The reasons why foreign loans
can never be repaid were explained at some length in my Is Capitalism Doomed?,
so I shall not restate them here. The repudiation of War debts and the wholesale
defaults on foreign bonds since the writing of that book in 1931 should make it
unnecessary to give added proof of this obvious fact. Foreign loans are good as
long as the lending countries re-lend each year the amount of interest income,
as England has done consistently (except during brief periods of temporary
misfortune, like war) during her entire history of foreign lending. It is
clearly absurd from the point of view of national interest to export goods and
services for foreign paper which can never be redeemed in goods and services.
With communism and wholesale repudiations the current realities, it can no
longer be held that a foreign obligation or property right, represented by a
piece of paper, is the equivalent of a domestically-located piece of property.
The nation is not the richer for its physical wealth held abroad, and the
individual American is not the richer for his savings exported for a foreign
piece of paper, the value of which is likely to be cancelled by repudiation,
default, communism, or excessive taxation.
By way of justifying public
policy in not making sacrifices of national interest to secure or facilitate
payment on foreign investments, it should be pointed out that to sacrifice
national interest to enable an American investor to collect a foreign loan is
not a whit different in any essential respect from taxing the people to make
good any ordinary business or investment loss suffered in this country.
It seems superfluous to
undertake a lengthy refutation of the liberal argument that any restriction
placed on international trade by public policy makes for international friction
and war. To refute briefly that argument, it need only be said that trade
competition is always a warfare between private economic interests of different
nations competing for each other's markets, and that such private economic
warfare is more provocative of warfare between the respective governments
involved than a process of adjustment of international trade exchanges by direct
agreements between governments. It is far less likely to contribute to a war
between governments to have the United States government inform various groups
of American exports producers how much they can export and get paid for, than to
have them either suffer or inflict a crushing defeat in free international trade
competition.
It remains only to discuss
briefly the subject of what is here called special foreign policies. Of these,
fortunately, we have fewer than the European powers. Our Asiatic immigration
exclusion policy is one of these policies. Our open-door-in-China policy is
another. Most European colonial policies and military alliances may be classed
in this category. Such policies are not strictly necessary for national defense
or economic security. These are the policies which furnish most of the immediate
causes of war. And these are the policies in respect to which it is possible to
make most concessions or concessions with the greatest of ease. At the same
time, it is extremely easy to inflame public opinion to violent self-assertion
in respect to these policies.
It is a curious insensibility
to reality, or a gross insincerity, which has made professed peace lovers since
Versailles confine their pursuit of peace mainly to endeavors at
concession-seeking in the fields of policies deemed by their champions essential
either to national defense or economic security-about all the pacifists talk
about is disarmament and tariff reduction-while these peace lovers have
completely avoided advancing any significant proposals about those special
policies in respect to which concession could easily have been made by the
privileged. Indeed, such concession would have served to save the
underprivileged from a desperation which, sooner or later, can only produce war.
The United States is fortunate in having few of these special policies. Oriental
exclusion and the open door in China are about the only important examples. The
Monroe Doctrine is no longer to be considered a special policy but rather an
accepted imperative of our national defense and of the existing balance of
power.
In respect to the special
policy of oriental exclusion, it is not to be expected that American opinion
will tolerate any fundamental concession. But this intransigence might easily be
compensated for in fact by rational and gracious acquiescence in Japanese
expansion in northern China, and in renunciation of our open-door policy for
China. We should thus be conceding little that is not already lost, or little
that is worth much to us. At the same time, we should be giving something of
great subjective value to the Japanese.
The diplomacy of the great
powers of Europe fairly bristles with special policies which could be modified
almost to any extent without involving any impairment of the national defense or
economic security of the cession- and concession-granting great powers. England,
for instance, though she could not make disposition of territory or economic
advantages affecting vitally the self-governing British commonwealths like
Canada, Australia, South Africa or New Zealand, could easily and safely make
enormous cessions of territory, and concessions of special privileges and
opportunities, in her crown colonies, and in India, to help countries like
Germany and Italy solve some of their problems, including particularly the
problem of what to do with the out-elite. France has African colonies, one of
which has far more Italian than French colonists, with respect to which all
sorts of concessions could be made without detriment to French military or
economic security. England and France, also, have special policies involving
military alliances or understandings with countries in central and eastern
Europe which are in no sense essential or even useful, for the greater part, to
the national defense or economic security of either power.
France has little to offer or
to receive in political, cultural or commercial intercourse with the Balkan,
central and eastern European succession States of the old Austro-Hungarian
Empire, or with Poland. Yet France insists on trying, more or less
ineffectually, to maintain a military and financial influence over these
countries paramount to that of any other great power. France, being herself a
nearly self-sufficient agricultural country, does not want or need the
agricultural products of these preeminently agricultural countries. And these
poor and undeveloped States with a peasant economy (except for parts of
Czecho-Slovakia) have no business importing heavily of French wines, perfumes,
or luxury goods, and luxury French professionals.
France, having no surplus
population for export, is not in a position to send to these backward nations
the essential technicians and skilled mechanics which they need. If France were
attacked by Germany, these new allies would prove more of a liability than an
asset. In short, there are no substantial bases of mutually advantageous and
complementary commercial, financial, military, or migration collaboration
between France and Poland, or France and the central and eastern European States
making up the Little Entente. Yet France foolishly pursues the objective of a
political hegemony over these States, instead of orientating French diplomacy
towards a series of mutually advantageous deals with Germany which might lay the
foundations of a prolonged European peace.
Germany, on the other hand,
having an industrial surplus and an agricultural shortage, as well as surplus
business enterprisers, technicians, and skilled laborers, for export, has every
condition needed for a series of useful commercial, financial, and demographic
relationships with these succession States over which French influence aims to
be dominant. Germany needs these countries, and they need her. The political
formulas for permitting the satisfaction of these needs have yet to be worked
out. The chief objective of the liberal statesmanship of the Allied countries
since the War has been to prevent the realization of any such formulas, which is
just another one of the many reasons why liberalism is doomed.
Briefly, then, England and
France could easily make cessions and concessions to Germany and Italy, but
England and France could not, jointly or separately, win a war against the
fascist governments of Germany and Italy, for the excellent reason that England
and France cannot possibly restore liberal government where it has fallen, or
where it never existed and where its chances of coming into healthy being are
less today than ever before. If an Anglo-French military expedition were to be
entirely successful in a military way against Mussolini and Hitler, it would be
faced with the dilemma of having to maintain a perpetual military occupation or
else make peace with, or relinquish the occupied territory to, the communists.
Liberalism and international
finance are no longer in a position to finance 'a liberal regime anywhere with a
stream of foreign loans. Besides, the temper of possible liberal leaders and of
the people about such leaders in the now fascist countries can be said to render
any liberal restoration well nigh unthinkable. The choices everywhere are
fascism or communism, and an Anglo-French demarche in Europe which put communism
in power could hardly be considered by those in power in England or France today
as a victory for their side.
What is needed in a near future
to save western civilization from communism and chaos is the coming to power in
England and France, as well as in the United States, of fascistminded leaders,
who will change the entire orientation of foreign policy in those two leading
European countries. The bases of long peace and helpful international relations
must be laid in a statesmanship and diplomacy of realism, rational calculation
of costs and probabilities, and honest recognition that there is no right which
is not enforced by might.
Are the rights of the
privileged nations of England and France, and the States which depend for their
existence on the protection of these two powers, worth the costs of attempts at
their maintenance in another war which only communism and chaos stand a chance
of winning? Or is a new deal, based on a more accurate adjustment to the force
and need factors, indicated? Here fascism and liberalism join issue.
An early fascist trend in the
United States is needed to save us from being drawn into another wild adventure
by the decrepit statesmen now at the helm in England and France, ostensibly to
uphold certain rights of England and France and their dependent States of
Europe, but actually to plunge Europe into world revolution and chaos. Our
Anglophile and Francophile American liberals should recall, in their present
reactions to events in Europe, that some twenty-odd years ago they got us into a
fifty-billion-dollar war to deliver Germany from Kaiser William and prepare it
for Adolf Hitler, who is much farther from the green pastures of liberalism than
any Hohenzollern.
These same misguided,
emotional, irrational, and frequently hysterical, American liberals with ideas
on foreign affairs are now about ready to try to lead us into another crusade to
oust Hitler to make place for a communist, who will be still farther from
liberalism than Hitler. Liberal leadership everywhere in the world today is
flogging the same dead horses of liberal issues which have been definitely lost.
Liberalism had its great holy war under Lloyd George, Woodrow Wilson and
Clemenceau. The holy war has been lost. Surely there is enough common sense
among the peoples (and, more particularly, among the in-elite of the liberal
nations of America, Britain and France), to turn from liberalism before it drags
the world into another holy war to uphold certain principles and a status quo,
which, incidentally, are inseparable, and which the trend of social forces
moving in flood tide since Versailles has been steadily undermining. Only the
fascization of the now liberal great powers can save us from another holy war to
make the world safe for liberalism, or, rather to hand it over to the Red army
of Russia, which is the largest and most fanatical military force in the field.
Lawrence Dennis
The Coming of American Fascism
CHAPTER XXIII
THE PARTY : ORGANIZATION FOR
ACTION
As we pointed out
in the first chapter, those who feel the poet's impulse
To wreck this sorry scheme of
things entire
And mold it nearer to the heart's desire
are confronted
first of all with the problems of a social system which does not work and the
tasks of conceiving, inaugurating, and operating a successor system which will.
Whatever else they may wish to accomplish, such as special types of social
protection and social security, this they must first achieve and maintain,
namely, an orderly functioning social order. Translating the poet's desire into
an enterprise of social action, therefore, must be the work of leaders and
followers, or a party of persons, with a will to power and will, through the use
of power, to change what they may find intolerable and to conserve what they may
find desirable. Such an association is a political party.
In this enterprise government
is the principal tool or instrument to be used by efficient group or party
organization for desired ends, which may be considered good or bad from
different points of view. Contrary to liberal assumptions, government is not a
neutral machine like a ship, of which public agents are the crew and the
majority vote the owner. Nor, to use another simile, is government to be thought
of as a sort of slot machine which will play any tune called by a majority vote.
Nor, again, is it useful to consider government as a sort of divinity to whom
prayers or petitions may be addressed. Government cannot be completely
controlled by periodical exercises of the ballot and it responds to pressure
more than to petition. Modern government controls public opinion more than
public opinion controls government. Here I include within the meaning of the
term government the powers who rule the chief agencies of opinion formation.
Government can either be
conducted by a political party having certain social objectives or, as happens
under liberal capitalism, it can be conducted by the resultants of innumerable
contradictory but efficiently applied force pressures of minority groups. In the
one case, that of a planned society, the objectives make up a plan of national
interest which has to appear rational and good to many people. In the other case
the liberal type of government, for instance--the plan of national interest
resulting from the blind play of minority group pressures in the pursuit of
individual and small group interests has to be assumed to be both rational and
good. The chief object or good of this liberal scheme is to play that type of
game. If millions go unemployed indefinitely or suffer needlessly, these facts
are regrettable but unavoidable incidents to playing the game.
If any number of people, even
the largest majority, find themselves so dissatisfied with the results of this
game that they want other results, they cannot achieve their wish by voting
changes in the rules of the game. They must, more or less, outline the results
they desire and set out to achieve these results. This means that they must
capture control of the government machine, keep control of it, and use it
efficiently for the ends they desire. If a majority of the people share this
desire and join this enterprise, it would seem fair to say that their party and
the resulting government are quite as democratic as any other. The fact they no
longer will to uphold a game which suits our big financiers, promoters, and
their batteries of lawyers, the fountain heads of exposition and definition of
Americanism, the American system and the American Constitution, is not
tantamount to saying that the people no longer wish liberty, law, order, and
security, or that government has ceased to be representative of the people.
The chief aim of this chapter
is to emphasize the logic and inevitability of a disciplined political party
organization for effective and responsible action through the instrumentalities
of government by any large association of people having a set of common social
purposes and not having the advantages for action in self-interest commanded by
combinations of small numbers of the wealthy and economically mighty. The chief
point of this final emphasis on the mechanics of party organization for
action-not protest or petition--will be found to dispose of most of the
objections to fascism as being chiefly a thing of shirted armies and their
violent acts. These objections usually go with a failure or refusal to see in
liberal capitalism the realities and meaning of existent uniformed legions of
the state and private corporations.
Combinations of small numbers
of the economically mighty, nowadays usually of large corporations and banks,
for specific enterprises of self-interest, are exceedingly effective and
disciplined in action. A popular movement of several hundred thousand or several
million people for some idealized scheme of national interest has to have a
discipline and technique somewhat military or hierarchical in character in order
to be able to cope with the effective uses of money and power made by these
minority group combinations of the rich and mighty. The old liberal idea that
law, justice, and court rule enforced by executive action will suffice to enable
the people to deal with minority combinations exercising power for private gain
is absurdly false, as has been pointed out throughout this book. A score of
great corporations can raise ten million dollars for anti-social purposes of
price-fixing or public-opinion manipulation more easily than the Republican or
the Democratic Party can raise a million-dollar campaign fund. As for the
chances of an incipient socialist, reform or populist party of the frustrated
and discontented raising a million-dollar campaign fund, they are not worth
talking about. And the combine of a small number of vast economic interests can
use its funds more efficiently and more unscrupulously than any popular
movement.
The shirted legions of fascism
are the answers of the popular will to correspondingly effective uses of power
by economically mighty minority groups.. The liberally conducted parties of
reform or socialism in various countries at various times have captured
political offices. They have even captured the titular headship of the
government. But they have never captured power. Only Lenin, with the aid of the
soldiery of a nation in arms, has been able to capture power for Marxian
socialism. And only the fascists, with the aid of their disciplined legions,
have been able to capture power for an effective scheme of national
collectivism.
It is incorrect to say, as do
many liberal and socialist critics, that control of the machinery of government
rests with any one person, group, or clique of persons or groups. Wall Street,
the big bankers, and the heads of the great corporations, no more control
government than the gangsters and exploiters of gambling and prostitution. No
group or coterie of groups controls liberal government or could control it. And
no group acting for a minority money-making interest would want to control
government. Such control would impose all sorts of obligations and cares and
yield none of the financial rewards so generally coveted and so often obtained
either from legitimate business or illegitimate rackets. Any two-by-four bank
operator or speculator will, with a little luck, make and salt away a fortune
such as no fascist leader would ever dream of acquiring. No; the interests,
legal and illegal, which are often incorrectly said to control government in
America, wish only to control the making of certain specific decisions of
government affecting them. And in return for these particular exercises of power
they are willing to allow and aid other predatory interests to do likewise.
Thus, an interest opposing a given tax will support any public extravagance in
return for support of the tax reduction sought.
In this connection, it should
be remarked that a party seeking political power or control of government must
have a large mass following, such as no group of private interests could long
command, and such a political party is never likely to be initiated by a group
of individuals on the make. For the latter, liberalism is the perfect system. It
allows power and control only when and where power and control can be exercised
momentarily for private interest and it exempts those who thus use power from
any real responsibility to the people. But, playing the liberal game prevents
any reform, socialist, or popular party from ever being able to do much about
serious social problems. The fundamental reason why the party receiving a
majority mandate to clean up a city government or to effect some large social or
economic reform on a national scale cannot exercise political power or control
adequate for these purposes is this: Such an organization or party, including
its candidates elected to office, lacks the only type of organization and group
discipline with which political control can be acquired and exercised.
As an eminent English economist
on a recent visit to this country has so aptly put it, one cannot legislate
successfully beyond the ability of administration to execute. And administration
requires the right personnel and the right technique of using personnel. Reform,
socialism, or a really new deal cannot be effected by passing laws alone or by
law enforcement by officials unsympathetic with the new program, or by law
enforcement under the rulings of a judiciary loyal to legal and constitutional
theories incompatible with the new program.
To accomplish its purposes, a
reform or socialist party must take over control of government quite as
thoroughly and masterfully as an invading army of occupation. This the liberal
mandatories of the people cannot do, for the excellent reason that they have not
an army or do not constitute an army. The liberals who undertook to set up and
conduct a liberal republican government in Germany after the war were doomed by
the fact that, having no army of their own, they had to rely on a hostile army
for the execution of their policies. An organization of mere joiners,
button-wearers, membershipdues-payers, parry-meeting-attenders, and
straight-ticket-voters is not an organization with which anything important of a
governmental or constructive character can be done. The button-wearers and
dues-paying members neither constitute an army nor can they hire an army,
something which, not only a billion-dollar industrial corporation, public
utility, or bank can do, but something which even any first-class gangster is
able to do.
It is, however, a great mistake
to infer from the arguments for a disciplined party organization that, if it
includes some semi-militarized units of men, the chief reason for this type of
organization is to enable the leaders one fine day to seize power by a violent
coup d'état. The gates to power were opened to the fascists in Italy and Germany
in perfectly legal ways, not because the government had reason to fear an armed
fascist attack on the government (for, at that time those in charge of the
government could have liquidated the fascist organizations with a few whiffs of
powder), but because the titular head of government felt that the fascists alone
were able to exercise political control once they took office.
It is strange how people who
regularly sing "Like a mighty army, moves the Church of God," and who regularly
drill and parade in the uniform of one or more fraternal orders, will see in
fascism only militarized organization for violence. The chief end of disciplined
organization is not violent overthrow of government. For, in any country or
moment, except a conjuncture like Russia just before the communists made a
violent seizure of power, a disciplined fascist party would naturally seek to
come to power in the easiest possible way, which would be a legal or
conventional way. The chief end of disciplined organization is the efficient and
responsible exercise of political control after it has been obtained.
Considerations of mass
responses indicate disciplined organization. Men and women of the sort who are
useful in any constructive undertaking prefer a political party or an
organization of any sort to be orderly and disciplined. There are, of course,
many people who prefer disorderly associations and meetings in which there is no
real leadership, authority, or order. Such people merely want organized mass
gesturing and argument. They make up the rank and file of the socialist,
populist, and reformist parties. But the vast majority of people prefer group
behavior patterns which are orderly and seemingly effective to some end other
than that of merely blowing off steam. The fact, of course, is that more than
half of our working population, in their daily occupations, are subject to an
organizational discipline which differs from that of an army only in unessential
respects. Our large city political machines have been disciplined organizations
with hierarchical command for generations, facts which explain why they
frustrate, defeat, and survive reform mayors and administrations.
Then there is the consideration
that only through a type of organization in which there are appropriate units
for administration and the transmission of orders is it possible to make
efficient use of the resources of men, just men, for whatever the ends may be.
The usual trouble with a party and leader elected to office on a reform, square
deal, new freedom, new deal, or socialist platform is a failure to fill up the
lesser executive posts of government with sympathizers with the new ideals. And
this failure is due, not to a lack of such sympathizers qualified for these
posts, but simply to lack of a type of organization which can make available
personnel known to the chief and subject to direction by him. The liberal system
tends to put personnel choice and management in hands like those of a Mr.
Farley.
Another important consideration
indicating the inevitability of disciplined organization is that only with such
a type of organization is there likely to be clarity as to objectives and unity
in action as well as an enlightened use of men and means for a given end. It
would be easy to enumerate absurdities in personnel and policy choices as means
to announced ends of liberal administrations. If policy decisions and
governmental orders have to be formulated with a view to the needs of orderly
administration by a disciplined party organization, most of the (utilities and
contradictions of liberal reform or liberal socialist parties in office will be
averted.
The realistic political party
machines of liberalism, such as those of Tammany Hall or the old Republican
Party National Committee had rather more order and efficiency in action than the
reformist leaders. After all, these machines had considerable organization
discipline and clarity of aims, for the chief aim was spoils and the means of
obtaining and retaining power in order to get more spoils. In the city and state
governments these machines can still operate fairly well by simply passing the
buck to the national government on all serious social problems, be it the war on
organized crime and abusive monopoly, or be it unemployment relief. But the
political machines of both the Republican and the Democratic Party of old are
now doomed by the need for drastic social solutions. They can no longer
side-step social issues, and maintain party unity and discipline on the central
issue of getting and holding power as a means to spoils. The farmers of the West
or the unemployed anywhere are going to force the issues on those in charge of
government or running for office.
The imperatives and controls of
a hierarchical party organization are now needed as never before, and they can
no longer hold together an organization built around spoils. In groping after
drastic social solutions, a political party must have the guiding and
controlling forces of a disciplined organization, operating through members of a
party council who are exercising governmental powers and who arc constantly at
grips with current problems. The guiding and controlling function of a majority
vote, recorded every two or four years, was always largely mythical. Today,
administration cannot be guided or controlled by majority votes every two or
four years. The majority vote, for instance, cannot decide in between elections
whether government should follow a policy leading to war, declare war or
maintain neutrality. The majority vote cannot control the day-today decisions of
government about economic policies, nor can the majority vote indicate a body of
legal rules which can possibly bind government to any fixed course on the
uncharted seas of economic control in which government is now everywhere
navigating. Only the party council, constituted more or less as the general
staff of an army in war time, can guide or control public administration in
these vital matters. The most dangerous and vicious possible guidance for public
administration is that of a vote-catching opportunism or that of a defensive
mechanism trying to make day-to-day adjustments to minority group pressures.
Control of public administration is not a matter of having public debates and
organized group manifestations, culminating in periodical majority votes. This
is true today as it never was before on account of the potentialities of
propaganda and the command of such potentialities by minority interests which
have no genuine concern with public interest. One could go on indefinitely
elaborating reasons or supplying concrete examples showing why a disciplined
political party organization is essential to the orderly conduct of government
in the present world crisis. Once his thought is directed along this line of
inquiry, the reader's knowledge of conditions and imagination should enable him
to develop this thesis to almost any length.
It remains to discuss briefly
the question of how many political parties are possible or desirable. It may be
said briefly that a planned economy, such as either fascism or communism must
achieve, precludes most of the features of a multiparty system or even a
two-party system along liberal lines. A good part of the case against a
plurality of political parties and a periodical rotation of parties in office
would be a repetition of much that has already been said about planning, the
inevitable uniqueness of a national plan and the evils of minority group
pressures which are necessarily irresponsible, anti-social, or anti-national and
utterly incompatible with the successful pursuit of any possible scheme of
national interest or public welfare. A plurality of political parties, no one of
which can ever exercise responsible control, can only mean a plurality of
irresponsible minority group pressures, the chief objective of which will be
spoils and never the realization of a scheme of national interest.
One can never prove by science
or philosophy which of several parties has the right or best scheme of national
interest, for the decision or selection in such a matter must express an
emotional attitude and depend on the ultimate values preferred and the premises
taken for granted without proof. One can, however, sustain in a scientific or
philosophical discussion the contention that a country has to make effective one
scheme of national interest in order to avert chaos. And one can argue
rationally that a country is better off with any one of many possible schemes of
national interest efficiently pursued than with the anarchy of innumerable
powerful minority interests operating in ways to render any effective social
control impossible and, thus, to make any scheme of national interest
unattainable. Such an argument would be largely a restatement and explanation of
the historical trends and forces which brought order out of medieval chaos on
the continent of Europe through the rise of nationalisms during and since the
Reformation.
Granting that all government,
like all human nature, is full of imperfections, there is no good case to be
made out today for insistence on periodical changes from one bad government
administration to another. Improvement would not seem to be best favored by
periodical rotation of parties in government. One does not seek improvement in
the management of Ford Motors or the Standard Oil Companies by changing
administrations every four or eight years. The best answer to the argument for
periodical party changes in administration is that such changes are not changes
in anything vital or important to the masses and that such changes prevent the
development of competent and responsible leadership. Personalities in
administrative offices change, but the dominant interests and the system remain
unchanged.
To the question How might an
American fascist party, called by another name, of course, arise? it would be
idle to attempt a precise reply. The right answer, which only future events can
furnish, must depend on a combination of adverse conditions, the reactions of
the adversely affected elite, the dynamic personality of a great leader and the
opportune moment and set of circumstances for his dramatic emergence from
obscurity to leadership.
The objective conditions and
the probable reactions of the adversely affected elite we have discussed. The
personality of the leader, the point in time of his emergence, and the nature of
the circumstances of his emergence we cannot usefully discuss, for these are
unpredictable factors. The French and Russian revolutions could be and were
predicted. But Napoleon and Lenin could not be and were not predicted.
The fields of analysis and
synthesis and, also, of useful speculation in which preliminary work can be
done, are those I have attempted to explore. In this concluding chapter I have
attempted no discussion of the techniques of disciplined party organization in
the United States, because these are matters in which we have already abundant
skill. In discussion of the question whether or not a country should prepare for
or make a given war, there is no need to discuss the art of war. In arguing for
or against the construction of a proposed canal which is admittedly possible,
there is little need for an engineering treatise on the building of canals.
The real issue for discussion
is whether those who want a different social order with the conservation of many
of our present values should organize for the capture and use of government to
this end, or whether they should merely go on protesting and petitioning without
occupying themselves with the tasks of creating and operating the kind of social
order they desire.
Preparatory thinking and
discussion at this time can be most useful in exploring the possibilities of
uniting a large number of the right people for successful action around a scheme
of objectives. In this connection it is important to lay a major stress on the
imperatives of order and the possibilities of choice in making up a new program.
A successful party might get started with a set of promises to satisfy every
interest. But it could not carry on long if it seriously undertook to keep all
these promises. We may well get a fascism through a party making and breaking
innumerable promises. It will be a better fascism to the extent that enlightened
opinion, formed somewhat in advance, forces the new movement to be
intellectually honest.
Undoubtedly the easiest way to
unite and animate large numbers in political association for action is to
exploit the dynamic forces of hate and fear. The most dynamic persons in any new
political movement are those in whom frustration and defeat have generated most
hate and fear. Obviously, the only way to avoid hates and fears is to prevent
frustrations and remove dangers.
If liberal leadership succeeds
in doing this for the underprivileged nations and the underprivileged members of
the Rite within nations, fascism will not triumph over liberal leadership. If,
however, liberal capitalism is doomed, we must expect its successor to be
largely the work of angry and frustrated men with a will to power. Preparatory
thinking, nevertheless, can bring into alliance with these men the less
frustrated and embittered and bring to the new movement their contributions.
Only a body of enlightened and sympathetic opinion will be able to impose on an
emergent fascism counsels of moderation and avert the extremes of a bitter class
war.
It may, of course, be thought
to serve the purpose of enlisting supporters for a social program to project a
far-off millenarian ideal, but projecting such an ideal will not help the
solution of any immediate problem. And, sooner or later, it will prove a
nuisance to have deluded a large number of people with an ideal which never
comes any nearer to realization. The truth is that men want leadership in
creative adventure and not leadership to a promised land which their
descendants, but not they, shall enter. Indeed, men as a whole have never really
wanted to be finally settled in a promised land flowing with milk and honey,
with no further adventure left except that of growing fat on the milk and honey.
It is the process of leaving Egypt and wandering through the wilderness in
search of something new and different that men enjoy. It was this motivation
that settled the new continents and produced modern capitalism. It is the same
fundamental motivation that is producing the planned economies of fascism and
communism.
As for the Marxian means to the
impossible end of a stateless, classless society of workers—free of a governing
class, of course—I find the means actually in use, namely, a dictatorship of the
aristocracy of the Communist Party, grossly misrepresented when called by
Marxism a dictatorship of the proletariat. The dictatorship of the higher-ups of
the Communist Party is no more a dictatorship of the proletariat than the
directorate of a billion-dollar corporation is a dictatorship of the
stockholders, or than the general staff of a great army is a dictatorship of the
soldiers. Of course, it may be argued that, in each of the three hierarchies
just named, the rank and file can change the ruling class if they so will. But
this argument must be based on assumed combinations of circumstances which occur
too rarely to constitute the basis of a generalization. In the case of the
Communist Party, the American Telegraph and Telephone Company, or the French
army, the dictatorship, as a practical matter, is a self-perpetuating
dictatorship of management—management which is answerable mainly to itself so
long as it is efficient and successful. Of course, an essential element of
success is a large measure of efficient and loyal service to the best interests
of the Communist Party rank and file, the stockholders of the A. T. & T., or the
soldiers, as the case may be.
Aside from the logical
inconsistencies implicit in the alleged end of a classless society and the means
of a so-called dictatorship of the proletariat, there are innumerable values in
the communist scheme which I find unacceptable for wholly subjective reasons.
But these faults in logic, these vices of intellectual dishonesty, and these
unmentioned features of communism which I do not like, do not take from it a
merit which is not found in the social philosophies of the liberal reformers
from Adam Smith to the embattled bondholders of the National Liberty League of
1935.
This merit of communism is a
program or a theory of action which, given a possible combination of favoring
circumstances, can be followed with success. Marxism has this merit solely
because it is a totalitarian social philosophy which, by reason of its
totalitarian character, must insure adequate provision for meeting the
imperatives of order while its cherished set of objectives is being pursued.
There is nothing original in Marx's theorizing about the nature of the State,
the mechanics of power over men or the political process. His thought derived
largely from that of profounder thinkers about these phenomena: Darwin, for the
struggle for power and the survival of the fittest, and Kant and Hegel for the
philosophy of the State, to mention only three of Marx's sources.
What was original or
distinctive in Marx as a 19th century reformer pursuing a social ideal was his
recognition of the State, government, or quite simply, power and its efficient
instrumentalities, as parts of any given social scheme, and the maintenance of
order under that scheme. From this recognition logically flowed the conclusion
that meeting the crisis of any given social system or correcting any of its
evils must necessarily bean exercise in the use of these instrumentalities for
the end sought. Marxism, of course, could never have become a social reality, as
it has become in Russia, but for a highly favorable combination of
(circumstances, one of which was an acute degree of collapse'-',of the old
regime in Russia. But the idealisms of liberal reformers of the 19th century
could never be realized in the event of any considerable degree of breakdown of
the social order, the reason, of course, being that liberal idealisms, when
realized, have to be crumbs from a bountiful capitalist table and not creative
achievements of liberal reformers in power.
These qualities of Marxism,
original for the 19th century social idealist and reformer, are not the peculiar
properties of his brand of socialism but merely the imperatives of good logic,
or clear thinking, for a man who would meet a major social crisis, correct grave
social evils, and realize certain important social ideals. To wish the
realization of a social ideal without attempting to understand and without
wishing to command and appropriately use the essential instrumentalities, may be
said to amount to willing the end but not the means, or to giving evidence of a
soft mind and a weak will. No second lieutenant of the U.S. Marines placed in
command of an area in occupation by our troops would be likely to display such
softness of thinking and lack of will. For instance, if put in command of a
district during our occupation of Haiti, he would not have left in the hands of
avowedly hostile persons instruments of power which might be used disastrously
against our forces, as did the socialists in Germany and Austria when they had
opportunities to establish their political control.
There is nothing peculiarly
Marxian, fascist, Roman, German or European about good logic. Nor is bad logic
good Americanism. These post-war experiences merely go to show that liberalism
is logical, effective, and successful only so long as capitalism is a system in
expansion or prosperous, or so long as liberal ideals can be conveniently
financed out of a good business surplus. As a formula of social unity and
action, or merely of good government to meet a situation in which business is
not making a surplus, liberalism is simply futility and empty verbiage.
So far, in this chapter, no
attempt has been made at direct proof of the specific assertion that the
existing system in the United States is unworkable. That kind of proposition can
never be argued to any point against a contrary conviction. No doubt both
Charles I of England and Louis XVI of France, up to the moment their heads fell
on the block, believed that their respective systems were workable. It can
always be argued that a system will work if only certain things are done, and it
is usually futile to try to prove conclusively that those things cannot be done,
given the will to do them.
For the purposes of reasoning
to a useful conclusion as to the workability of a given social order, it has to
be assumed that if a social system can be made to work it will be. This
assumption is tenable, if not indispensable, for many reasons. For instance, the
old system, especially in the early days of its decline, always has the
preponderance of factors with it—the best talent, command of most of the
available resources, and prestige. If the defense fails, it stands to reason
that it had an impossible system to defend. Whether the defense could have held
out a little longer, and how much longer, are, of course, always open to
question. But it hardly makes sense to say that persons with the initial
resources of Lenin, Mussolini and Hitler could have overthrown anything but
unworkable systems. The term workable, as applied to a social system, has little
sense if it means a system that fails to survive. If it works, it survives, and
if it survives, it works.
|